The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutAugusta Utilities Department Project 9721 Augusta Richmond GA DOCUMENT NAME: II U J U So ,A Ut-. LiTlE'S D ep.......,."., lC;V or- "pR.Q "TECT q '7:'1/ DOCUMENT TYPE: ~ 0 rV TR. AcT YEAR: 1 qqg BOX NUMBER: 7 FILE NUMBER: } 4:t.1 (.p NUMBER OF PAGES: ;;q:;l rl: I I ""1 I I. I I I I 'I 1 "'1, ""1, I. ,I. I. I I ~ #/t/.>//P AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT JAIVlES B. MESSERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT LIFT STATION - CONTRACT 2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS March 1999 Project 9721 PREPARED BY 2EL' 435 TELFAIR. ST. AUGUSTA. GEORGIA ENGINEERS PHONE (706)724-5627 ZIMMERMAN, EVANS AND LEOPOLD, INC. 5'e+~ dq ,~ ,'" 2 E 1E435 Telfair Street . Au usta, Geor ia 30901.2494 Ted W. Ellis, P.E., Chm, of Board, Emeritus 9 9 J. J. Tllnkernley, P.E., President ~ E N GIN E E R S J. R Armstrong, P.E., Vice-President ZIMMERMAN, EVANS AND LEOPOLD, INC. (706) 724-5627 Jorge E. Jimenez, P.E., Secretllry J. T, Eubllnks, P.E., Trellsurer C. D. Drown, P.E. April 22, 1999 9721 To: Plan Holders (See attached List) RE: J. B. Messerly Waste Water Treatment Plant New Lift Station, Contract 2 Gentlemen: Enclosed please find the following: 1. Minutes of Pre-Bid Conference 2, Shop drawings of Owner Furnished Pumps, Motors and Motor Controls 3. Addendum No. I to the Contract Documents Very truly yours, )m~]n, Evans and Leopold, Inc. J. J. Tankersley, P. E. President Enclosures JJT Int Letter ofTransmittal, ADD No, 1 972l.doc 4/22/99 Page 1 of 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 9721 TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR JAMES B. MESSERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT LIFT STATION - CONTRACT 2 CITY OF AUGUSTA, GEORGIA APRIL 1999 ZIMMERMAN, EVANS AND LEOPOLD, INC., CONSULTING ENGINEERS - APRIL 22, 1999 BID: Page 3-5, D. SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT INCLUDED IN BASE BID:, :TEM 5., under BASE BID, ADD (D) WHIPPS, change" (D) Substitute" to "(E) Substitute" SUPPLEMENTAP,Y CONDITIONS: Paoe SC-9 - Paraqraoh SC-24 Owner Furnished Eouioment: CHANGE: "July 10, 1999." TO "July 16, 1999." Paoe SC-IO failure: Paraaraoh SC-25 Beneficial Use of Partial System; Penalty for CHJI.NGE: "July 10, 1999" TO: "July 16, 1999." SPECIFICATION: SECTION T-8 3UILDING ACCESSORIES, Page T8-1: DOORS, FRAMES, ?.ND ~~~DWARE: Paragraph HARDWARE: ADD: Group No. ' - Keyed Entry from outside, panic hardware from inside Group No. 2 - 3l~nd or no entry from outside, panic hardware from inside. Group No. 3 - Passage from outside, panic from inside. SECTION T-13 GATES AND OPERATORS, Page T13-1: G2NERAL: ADD ahead of "specific": All Gates shall be designed for a static head of 20' . EACH BIDDER :S REQUESTED TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 BY ATTACHING THIS COPY TO THE =RONT =LYLEAF OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND NOTING RECEIPT OF SAME ON PAGE 3-1 OF THE 310. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 ZEL PROJECT #9721 9121 ADD NO, l.aoe James B. Messerly WWTP Lift Station Contract 2 - Pre-Bid Conference April 19, 1999 1 Attendance: Attached Discussion by ZEL Engineers, Originally what we planned to do was to answer Contractor's questions, Do you have any? No, Well, in that case we'll just get it on the record so that plan-holders will get a copy of the minutes and this is an opportunity for us to give Contractor's information on questions about the project: Description of Project: This project is about adding a new lift station in an existing structure at the James B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant. The plant has an operating lift station presently, which is shown on the drawings, The new works will be built adjacent to existing lift station, This station will have submersible pumps, We have a compliance date of September 1, 1999 on regulatory compliance. By that date the new lift station must be operational. There is a section in the Supplementary Conditions that we address the need to have 4 pumps operational (SC-25 - Beneficial Use of Partial System Penalty to Failure). What we have there is a requirement that the Contractor construct the works in a manner to allow operation of one wetwell and 4 pumps for it's intended purpose, which of course is to pump the wastewater up to the plant by September 1, 1999. That means that on that date we need to be able to use one of the two wetwells that are going to be built, with four pumps that are operational and capable of pumping to the wastewater water plant splitter box. If we can do that on that day for 24 hrs, then we have met the regulatory compliance date. Subsequent to that we can take those off line in order to complete the other four for whatever purpose, means, and methods the Contractor feels he needs whatever process he uses to complete the job. We have given a lot of thought to the ability of any Contractor to get this done. In order to do that, the first thing you have to have are the pumps and the electrics for the pump and there was not sufficient time for the City to go out for bid with Contractors due to the amount of time it takes to get the motors and pumps built and motor control centers. So the City went out and they are purchasing all the motors and pumps and motor control centers and all the appurtenant parts needed for the pumps to be operational. These are on order all ready and they are going to owner supplied equipment. We will send all the prospective bidders/plan holders copies of the shop drawing that were reviewed for approving the purchase of the pumps, All of that will be sent in the first Addendum in the package going out this week to all plan holders so you know everything we know about the equipment that is coming. Since we wrote this there has been a slip of the calendar, we had indicated that the pumps will be delivered on July 9. Because of the time it takes to do paperwork, place orders, etc, before we could get the proper flag-down on the pump supplier, the date now is July 16 for them to deliver the material. So, obviously there is going to be a change in the date that the equipment will be available to the Contractor and that will be in the addendum as well. The equipment will be available on July 16 instead of July 10. Obviously we may not need to change it because we said that if the equipment is not available on the date, then we would extend the September 1 deadline. We are going to have to compress the Contractor's time in order to still meet the date of September 1. James B. Messerly WWTP Lift Station Contract 2 - Pre-Bid Conference April 19, 1999 2 We looked at how a Contractor could build this. In this job we have about 10 different stainless steel fabricated gates, all kind of different things that you don't need to make four pumps and one wetwell operational to the bypass line. In other words, in order to meet that deadline we have looked through it and have determined that it's doable as long as the pumps, motors, control centers are here on the date they are supposed to be. The biggest challenge in getting the electrical building ready to receive the equipment by the time that the equipment will be delivered. The wet tap should not be a big deal. It's a wet tap ofa prestressed concrete pipe force main that comes off of the existing lift station. That's critical, but certainly the wet taps can be done before mid August. Ifit wasn't for the September 1 regulatory date we probably would not need a meeting. It would be just be a straightforward project. If the City doesn't meet its date, it's subject to fine up to $10,000 a day. So, that's the reason there is a penalty associated with not meeting Section 25 that says that by that date we will have 4 pumps and 1 wetwell. Obviously if you have 4 pumps you have to have 1 wetwell. We want to get to that point to meet the letter of the compliance schedule. Example, if none of the gates have not been installed that the contractor would proceed to shut down the wetwell and 4 pumps and continue with the work. The critical issue is that the existing lift station is operational and while it's got considerable problems we do not anticipate that it will cease to function and it will continue to work until the time we are through with this project. So, the most important part of the information we are trying to get to the Contractors is the information about what is the significance of the date and also about how the owner supplied equipment came about and what is it. All of that will be included in the package. Question (from Heavy Construction): Are the discharge elbows going to be shipped before the pumps. Answer: They are going to be shipped at the same time. We will send the shop drawings that have been approved for the owner purchased equipment. Question (from AquaSouth): How quickly are you going to turn this contract. Contract is scheduled to be approved within 2 weeks of the bid from the commission. Will be approved on the 4, which is five days after the bid. We don't have to have contracts executed to give you authorization to proceed while we process the contract. Question: How long will it take to receive bonds? Answer (from AquaSouth): Three days. It has been questioned why have not have a reward for early meeting of the regulatory date. If you have a penalty for being late, why don't you have a reward for being early: There is no value to the City of being early, they don't gain anything by it. There is no benefit to the owner. James B. Messerly WWTP Lift Station Contract 2 - Pre-Bid Conference April 19, 1999 3 We wanted to make sure that there was a way, at least one way, to build this project without having any bypasses of any kind. We wanted to make sure that whoever designed this, that could be done. We went through it and determined that if we can come up with a sequence by which there is no bypasses of sewage, the contractors can certainly come up with at least one sequence at which there will be no bypasses of sewage and we did that and illustrated it by putting it into the documents. As one way, and there may be other ways, by which this job can be built without any bypasses of sewage. What that means is that we have built into the design flexibility of where to put the sewage for periods oftime when you may have no choice but to have a bypass. The flexibility was put into the design to send the sewage directly to the equalization tank without going through the main force main, by going straight through the 10 box and you don't know what that means until you look at the drawings. Another critical issue is that there will not be any bypasses of sewage for the construction of this work and we are convinced that it can be achieved and that it's relatively simple to achieve for any contractor who will plan out his work and go through construction management of the project to identify all the key things that have be in and when. If you do your homework in the beginning you shouldn't have any problems achieving that. But there is Supplementary Conditions. I implore everyone to read all the Supplementary Conditions because that is where all the different stuff that you don't usually see is. All Supplementary Conditions need to be read carefully by the contractor. Supplementary Condition 6 - No Overflows SC - Interruption of Plant Operation, please read it. Any interruption of the plant operation has to be coordinated ahead of time and has to be in accordance with conditions in the contract. Mr. Dwight Hobbs will be the Resident Project Representative on this project. He knows everything he needs to know to help the contractors coordinate, plan things. He is a fountain of information and has been there a long time and knows where most everything IS. The owner furnished equipment: we will be sending information regarding this. Supplementary Condition 23 is the guide for sequencing construction which is only a possible sequence - you certainly don't have to go by that one, it was put there just to show that it could be done. These pumps are submersible pumps, German KSB pumps. When you look at the drawings you will see where the motor control building is. It is air conditioned and filtered (air purification system) in it. Back in the 80s, when the front end works were built, the grit chambers and bar screens that are being used today, that was the time when the structure that this lift station is going in ceased to be used. It used to house the grit chamber and bar screen for the plant and we built new ones in the early 80s and moth balled this structure. At the time that was built there was a bypass line constructed to aid in the construction and with this project we are re-activating that bypass and keeping it as a bypass. At the very front of the plant there is a box that has a concrete bulkhead poured in front of the pipe, as part of James B. Messerly WWTP Lift Station Contract 2 - Pre-Bid Conference April 19, 1999 4 this contract you have to remove and put a gate on it. We gave a lot of thought on how you were going to do that, you will have to bulkhead it in a way to allow you to take out that bulkhead with a temporary bulkhead. We think the drawings will guide you when you sit down to figure out how you are going to do this and you will see that it can be done. But that is critical to meeting the September 1 date because without that bypass line there is no way to do it. So the bypass line will be the way to get the job done for September 1 without it, it cannot be done. You will need to look at the work that needs to be done at the plant inlet in the control structure. That's a critical part of it. That will allow you to use that existing bypass line and bring to the water to this new lift station around the back of it, and by doing that I am certain you can meet that date. The first bypass I was talking about earlier was an overflowed discharge of sewage into the stream. This bypass is actually a bypass structure pipe line which takes the sewage out of the existing front end, it's not an actual bypass of sewage, it's a bypass route. It's an alternate route so the sewage gets to the new lift station structure. Question (Heavy Construction): Can we get into the plant. Answer: Yes There will clarification on the door hardware in the Addendum. Question (AquaSouth): Regarding electrical feed. Answer: The electrical feed this is a complete new room. Free standing. You have to bring power from where it is to the new building and run the power out to the pumps. The electrical panels are supposed to be delivered at the same time as the pumps. The transfer switches are manual so they should be pretty easy to acquire from a local supplier. Question (AquaSouth): Who was low bidder on pumps. Answer: KSB. They bid it directly. The pumps are supplied with cable which will go to the top of the wetwell and connected in to a panel for each pump. Control cables are water proof sealed and will be shipped with the pump itself. There is also a crane, overhead supplied Bar screen may not be delivered by September 1. Bar screen is used just when you operate the bypass line. Question AquaSouth): Will all the pumps be here by July 17. Answer: Only 4 pumps. The other 4 will be within 30 days after that. Question (RPR): How many total pumps will there be. Answer: 9. J.B. MESSERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT LIFT STATION PROJECT PRE-BID MEETING ATTENDANCE Name Company Phone No. J)/u~ 0; /;bJhb s lv IV ;-P If .::^f" c1,,...[ /I-6;1,-r tit f /06- 7'1:; -/{;9 ~ " Jr;fh[ ( /I/II/-f II- f 1. Z'. L L 706- 7'l V---I b Z 'J '-.) - rn ;J. 0_ ./ 0 " r r- ~ f! r / ~ ) c...""";'::""'- (/- L....?:~. ~ ( I r .-'.1 <...,C{......":;'j ~.'-.'" .. ~.~; - I ~ -;) )/,;,:. y ~jn ev:Jn '7 C -;i:-GI- 7<7&- 7z'I- 5"(;7-7 6L.D71 A1 o6LU:... P- Ht3.Av '( CO,Jt:5rP-ut'JOfC- S 770 -ifJ..? - 070D -, C; l., - 50 1"2-. 'Rus. lU Mc-M I u....o~ A~~ ~s~ U td;~.(s ~~~ UT1U-r1~ ,,; - ~L{8 -';IV' w\~ AV'Ae'~ r HOt v-o\J 0J l4.- - J f J / (4"-1t<:C-f.2.5L G-i AcpUGlf~v;t, ~lvJ~~ D; I Z - 9~C;;-/ Z)'O cG- L-- 7v& 7zLfSl,Z7 ( 'ZEL, ENGINEERS I '.- ....,. ZE ~435 Telfair Street - Ted W. Ellis. P.E.. Chm. of Bollrd. Emeritus ~.. Augusta. Georgia 30901.2494 J. J. T~nkersley. P.E.. President 'E N GIN E E R S J. R. Armstrong, P.E.. Vice-President ~ Jorge E. Jimenez. P.E.. Secret~ry J. 1. Eubanks. P.E.. Tre~5urer C. D. Drown. P.E. ZIMMERMAN, EVA...'lS _~'fD LEOPOLD, INC. (706) 724.5627 April 9, 1999 9721 Attn: Mr. Tim Tressler KSB. Ine. Eastern Regional Office 140 River Oaks Rd. Center Cross, VA 22437 Attn: Mr. JIm Moniss Southeastern Engineered Equipment Sales Co. 7001 Peadltree Industrial Blvd., Suite 130 Norcross, GA 30092 Re: Bid Item No. 99-043 Augusta Utilities Departmwt-Augusta, Georgia James B. Messerly wwrP Lift Station Equipment Purchase for SubmersIble Pumps, Motors, Motor Control Centers, and Control Gentlemen: This is to serve as notice to proceed in accordance v.ith the Augusta Commission action of .-\pril 6. 1999 in its regular meeting which approved the purchase of subject equipment in the amolIDt of four hundred ten thousand four hlIDdred thirty four dollars ($410,434.00). The Purchase Order Number is ZEL 9721-00 1. The terms and conditions shall be as provided in the specifications, addendums, and Purchasing Deparrment advertisement. The alternate proposal and clarification by KSB of March 25, 1999 is accepted as it modifies the original proposal except Paragraph E. The delivery date is changed to July 16, 1999 per verbal communication from Jim Morriss of Southern Engineered Equipmwt Sales Company. If you have any questions or need any information please call. Very truly yours, \immaman. Evans and Leopold., Ine. j~~~ President cc w/artachments: Southeastern Engineered Equipment Sales Co. Attachments: KSB Proposal Clarification Cover - Approved Sta-Con Bill of Material- Approved JIT:hnt ml-Equip Ltr.doc -.3r :;c Gerltlemen: ..: . '" ~C"''''''.3~c'''(: KSB bJ BID PROPOSAL KS8 INCORPORATED INOUSlRLAl & WATER ENGINEERING DMSleN lAl'l 'lM>1' ~. K.::zl ~ Carner C. 'tI5O , VA 224::l7 7ele:. ~77 FM~40 :: M::lil: ioz.OCIIT'o@cn"::link.t'I4;'! REFERENCE: AUGUSTA UTILITJES DEPARTMENT AUGUST A-R1CHMONO COUNTY, GEORGIA DATE: March 25, 1999 / 8046851708 BID REQUEST: JAMES B. MESSERLY W'NT? LlFT STAT10N EQUIPMENT PURCHASE 1 ZEL PROJECT 9721 Pursuant to 3 c~nversatjon witt1 Mr. J. iankersley. ? .:. OT L.::~. inc.: KS8 inc. would resoectiuily offer the following c:ariTications tC its Bid Proposal for its A.ltemate Design P'..Jmps AL iERNATc SID: Quantity eight (8) plus one (1) spare KS8 Model KRTK 350-420 I 1206X explosion prcof submersible pumps per the following detailed technical presentation and furnished with tne fOllowing features and ac-...essories: 1 . 8) 14" X 14" Cast Iren Discharge Elbows 30 ft. power and control cabie Series 434 Stainless Steel Casing & Impeller Wear Rings Lower Bearing RIO's ~VED 0 REJECTED 0 REVISE AND SUBMIT TaU SS BaiVHandle 0 RJRNISH AS ~rED 0 SUiMIT SPECIFIC ITEM The pump- is iated 143 Hp, 460V, 3 phase. Scr~ID~ tiiqjiAeral confonncmce wtth the ASTM A 4.8 Class 408 Cast Iron Impeller & 1~~~(1)foject and general c:ompliOi'lce . . . . Wl'tl, -Ihe-i.;;;rm~ g/l.oen In Ihe Contract Documents. MOIsture Leakage Protecnon - Stator CavIty Couwdfone or comments made on the. shop' drawings Sealed Cable Entry during tlUa ~I- do not relieve contractor from ...... . . . complicmce ~ tn., requirements of Ihe plans and Seal Leakage DeteCtIon - Float SWltcn spedflcatfons. i: :lproval of a 'pecific ilem :11011 nol Motor Temp Sensors / Thermistors induo. approw:j of on assembly of which Ihe item Is a . component. Contractor is responsible for; dimensions to be canRnnect and correlated at the jobsite; infonnation that pertalnstohlly to the fabrication processes or 10 the means, metftoda, tedln/ques, sequences and procedures of conltrUdlorr, coordlftano., of lhe Work of alllrodes; and fer perfonnlng all worlt In a safe and sa1lsfadory manner. 2. 3. 4.. ... -. O. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11 . ?age 1 of 7 ~~'ANDLE~.. DatIl Ply J. j . ( roar .::::> ;:l:;l 1.::; c::.p OU""""~vOc..~U ACCESSORfES: 1. 1) Motor Control Center Complete per Specifications by ST A-CON, Inc. EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATION: 1. Certified Performance Curve 2. Hydrostatic Test / Non-Witnessed 3. NPSHR Test 4. Materials Certification 5. Vibration Testing to HI Standards Included Not Included Not Included Not Included Not Included SPARE & REPLACEMENT PARTS. & TOOLS: 1. 1) ImpeJler Puller per Part ~A., No.5 to be considered as a required .Special Toolo. CLARrFJCA TIONS: Due to the demanding time constraints of having to assemble pricing and scope's of supply in an extremely short amount of time; and; due to the timing of the bid requiring the transmittal of bidS by Overnight Express Monday morning so they would be able to be assembled with Control documentation then delivered to Augusta-Richmond County in time for bid opening; certain information was not able to be confirmed from KS8's factory over the weekend. This information included certified deliveries, certain scope items, etc.... The result was that very conservative assurnptions were necessitateo to cover the eventualities of a SSOGO/day penalty payment. This document then, is respectfully offered to clarify KSB's scope of supply now that factory information is available. A AJternate Bid I Testing: Offered under the bid are Certified Curves for the supplied pumps based on like pumps. In practice, the first pump is produced and fully tested for compliance with the specified requirements. The other eight pumps are then only mechanically, electrically, and hydraulically tested to insure complete mechanical, electrical, and watertight integrity, but not sent through full certified testing procedures that require lengthy setup time and calibrations for each pump. Page 2 of 7 p.~ .l:~~ -~ -~ --'--r- oU"""voc:"u p , 4 After one pump is fully tested, the other eight pumps are only certified to be exact duplicates to the first pump per ISO 9001 certification requirements. In fact each pump is run tested after assembly to insure full operational abilities; but; no full test certification is offered. 8. CAST IRON Impeller & Intermediate Casing KS8 offers ASTM M8 Class 408 cast iron impellers and intermediate casings. This material is recommended under ASME guidelines for pressure casings. It has a Brinell Hardness Rating (BHR) of 220 and is well suited for the application. C. lowor B~rin9 T emperaturo S&nsor - Only KS8's standard design for this size pump is to supply a RTD temperature sensor for the thrust bearing only. This is a dramatic upgrade over simple thermistors normally used by other submersible manufacturers. As an option. KSB also offers an RTD for the upper bearing_ For this Alternate Bid. KSB is offering it standard design which substantially reduces lead times. D. Guaranteed Delivery Times Because the bids had to be assembled over the weekend when KSB could not have discussjons with its factory, conservative lead time estimates had to be considered. This resulted in me inclusion of heavy air freight costs so that deliveries could be accomplished in the specified time frames. KSB now has those lead times confirmed and can now offer Augusta- Richmond County as substantial reduction in the bid price for this Alternate Bid that directly relates to the need not to include air freight. This reduction is reflected in the Bid Proposal Summary, E. Penalties Sta-Con, Inc., the control manufacturer used by every bidder on this project, can not guarantee delivery of its controls if not approved and orders placed by 24 March. This was duly noted in the bid documents with MCertified for Installation" drawings included in the bid form. That date has passed. Therefore KSB Inc., cannot now guarantee delivery of all equipment to the job site by the required delivery times. Please note that for every day past the 24th of March, the specifications require a $5000/day penalty assessment. Please be aware that KSB must Page 3 of 7 Mar .::::> :::i~ 12:21p 8044438240 p.5 pass this cost on to Augusta-Richmond County. The bid proposal price offered, that reflects the deletion of air freight for the pumps ( still to be delivered to the job site by the specified time), does NOT include ttle penalties assessed due to the late deliveries of the controls. Therefore KSB has no option but to notify Augusta-Richmond County that these penalties must be passed along as an adder to its bid proposal at the same rate as assessed by the County to KSB Inc. If these penalties are forgiven, then KSB will not include them in its bid pricing. KS8 apologies for this requirement but points out that it has no control over the lead times of its sub-supplier Sta-Con, Inc. OPERATING & MAINTENANCE MANUALS: Six (6) copies of the KSB "Ooeratina & Maintenance Manual" are included in the pump prices as specified. INST AlLA TJON MANUALS: Six (6)copies of a KSB Jnstallation Manual are induded in the prices as specified. WARRANTY: The manufacturer warrants the pump and motor to the Owner against defects in workmanship and materials for a period of seven (7) years under normal use and service for municipal wastewater applications. A copy of this warranty is attached to this proposaL KSB FIELD SERVICE: The following teCl'lnical assistance is included in both the Base and Alternate Bids, by a KSB Trained Field Service Engineer: Pumos: Two (2) trips, of one (1) days duration each - total two (2) days at the job site based on an 8 hour day. Monday tt1ru Friday during normal working hours. Extra time, overtime, and layover time is an additional charge. PRICE: 51000.00 Page 4 of 7 ,"'ar ~::; ::;,~ 1':::: ~2!.p dU.o+""vdc:.,U p.5 Controls: Startup and erection supervision is included in the pricing to KSB for the control~ with no breakout in time or per/event costs. If awarded the project, KSB will ask Sta-Con, Inc. for this breakout for presentation to Augusta-Richmond County. SHIPPING: Pump Weicht: KRTK 350-420/1206X wI 30 ft. cable & Claw = 4070 Ibs. ea. Discnarge Elbow Weiaht: 14n X 14n := 750 Ibs. ea. Weicht Der Dump I Including Packing: Includes elbow = 51701bs. PAINTING: In compliance with Specification Part "A", Number 4, b: KS8 attaches its 2 part epoxy paint specification that has been previously submitted to ZEL for prior consideration. Page 5 of 7 t I.of ~....... .;;).;;:) ....:.. ':"';"f-' ;;.; v ---: -~ -,. ....... 0 '- r V ,...J. . Kse INCORPORATED INDUSTRIAL & WATER ENGINEERING DIVISION 14) RiYer Oalc:s Road Cet'ller Cross. VA Z2Cl.!7 T eie: !l()4.443.(jJ77 FAX: 8C)A-~2<<:l EMaiI: kSCltim~crossUnk.nel 810 PROPOSAL - PRICE SUMMARY SHEET AL TERNA TE 810 Total Alternate Bid $410,973.00 ADDENUM #1 Received 12 March 1999 DRAWING SCHEDULE 1 week INSTALLATION MANUAL DEL.IVERY - J weeks after receipt of PO o & M MANUAL DELIVERY 6 weeks after first issue of certified prints DELIVERY. AL TERNA TE BID Eight (8) 14" X 14" Elbows 1) Motor Control Center 4) KS8 Pumps 5) KSB Pumps 14 weeks after receipt of Order -9 July 1999 9 July 1999 10 August 1999 *Note: If drawings and associate<] cut sheets, included in this bid proposal marked. Certified for Installation" are approved and released by March 24, 1999 As this date was exceeded - SEE Clarifications. - PRICE BASIS FOB - MESSERLY Vl./WTP PRICE VALIDITY 31 APRIL 1999 PA YMENT TERMS As Specified Page 6 of 7 I-ldr- .::..~ '::'v .:.::::..; .::..c;.fJ .~l...J"''''''''''!'..;IdC::'''U ,e. ':: Prices and documentation compiled by Tim Tressler - Eastern Regional Manager - KS8 Inc. Questions and inquiries should be directed to him at: Phone: 804-443.63n I FAX: 804-443-8240 KS8 Inc. appreciates this opportunity to offer its equipment for your project. As we can be of any assistance please let us know. Respectfully submitted, KSB Inc. ~~ ~~' ~f~/ / / . Tim Tressler Industrial and Water Engineering Division Eastern Regional Manager Page 7 of 7 Ii - - eA ~i ~ - i~ ,,! ~~ -f ~~ ~f ift 1 - ~A I~ f - ~d j~:iljP=U fUt} g~:. ~"%.....!.JQ ~~~!h~!I: I"~':;~ ~ ~ftj.". ~: -a I !.~:s :I" Ufll ~W_ ~ $<~ of .~lf ': zOO ("J~ ~~ ;gl :an ~o ~=' ~::: "rl~ ~!'l co ~izl ~;1 .. c: .. JO l\:lg> c.n~c:: ~zC") CJl~C c:,..:) UJ. I r::,,-3 -->> N>-3 ~~q c:.c > CJ:) t::l I ~!;tl O~~ ~~tr:l -:3~CIJ . UJ. ::ot%j ~::t1 -~ 5~ 2: ac---- ~..cl-'& i3Z"!;; .-~1I_1I ~~i;2~ __ ~S ;~i~li _~.....a '"iI" , . fd;~ i~~~i !~9g~ !~6=! ::h~: -al~ b;;:!:I - "'~'t ~~~ ~ 666t-St-~ U::01 NCD-\::llS :>NI aGe 86G .!.eV d 017/G0 ZZ ~n in w:J Il, ~... ! II ."z ~fl -~ N ~i'I ~n . "'-:- .. ~~ w~ '" ." ~ . :l~d -O..........,..n .'f~.:xiPoEi:a ;a;.f'~n -l1i~ j":: /i'" i2~~:::; ~1U;t2;;:;E%.;;; ~:~~~:!.Ia . ,~. !I- lll:Jlll.... ii~~;~~yi~ ::- ....o;iow!~ ~~~~~.~ nF D. ... ,.....~ p'" "ii~~1. I!; :: f ~:~ :(a .~I _"'_ Z ." ' . . .... , II. <o6oc..... . : c: g~ .f ..."'~ ".-., ..:- -00 ~c--t" ilg, "'1 ilC") ~O g;~ ~.. ~'" .... ~'" ~"" . ~ ;:!!a .... ..' .. ... .. ... N:5> c.n~C i\;zc;i Ql~e WI rn 1t::1.....:l ->:> N~ ~~c;i CO >- t:I) 0 I n~ O~~ ~:Zt:rj ~~rn . (f1 ::o~ t2:l::o :::~ 5~ z .JD ~~:J=~ -~ii~C lIi~ "; :!;.. Alii ~ill"i ~~igi~ I ~6u ~Ilii"" ~~!J~~ i.~X= ~lcQ~ l~~n =ell~~ ":~!~ b::-= ~~ri 666't-S't-~ en Gf: N(XH:HS JNI 1.0V ace 862 d 0P'/E0 lJO I J!J';Id "E"O~GG' l:)a('O,Jd 5,\-UaWa"o,Jdwt 6lioE.1 02 dJ......... ~1,Ja5s.,)W 'a i "I.(l ,JO.:/ pa,Ja.:/JD , -I SlD"lUO~/~Jk aYl ,JD.:/ ~~a,J,Jo~ O~aq so . ___u_ Y~\I<J,Jj )!:JI(I ":JUt UOJ-lIH I .(c\ ,;!olljn.,Ja:J SI 5U,MlI"P/lUI..d S~l.(l. C"O-66 . 'dtnO:3 s.H3S';IH:Jllnd ~'6 l~3iC~d S1l33NI~N3 13Z ('0-66 II WJ.U IIIR A1NnOO aNOHHOlll - ';I1Sn~n~ .NDWH1V.l.SNI IlOJ 1I31J1.1.~3J. i;iii=~ ~oalB 'Yllln3N NI~H - a -~~"!" S!)nl ~3^Od NI~H - I ~. II I ~~i;9 Al!"M Al1W lno.l.ln __ ...3 -..&_C ii!ii~ ..~... .. v"li" ~ 'h$h !.;;ji= ~Ia~g . ,,-~ ~........~ "-:;~9:! =~i_'" ~Di:q h~:= ~;-~~ ~2v . -00 ~c- Op:l 19\ On ~o ~=' ~E ~.. ~c., . . . Q .... ..!ZI ':-t ~ l: D ... ~ .D .g N <:) > . . cJl -:l c:: 1-olo l;>;1 2 I N :z c;-J CJ1 P c::: l:..:J (IJ I t:::' """'3 ,.... > > N -3 I t'Ij co ~ ~ > UJ CI I ~3)f1;;'3~e NI\;IW n ~ JJW 0 a: ~ ~ ""'-3 Z ~ ~ tIJ UJ -< UJ ::tl M t%:l ::0 -< - ~ en - ~ 0 ~ 666t-St-~ Bt ~ NO:H:llS JNI '-ZCZ I36C l.BV d Bv/~ O€ ;Cl-O-&611 l::JarO.l~ :au.!lw.a^o..ldUl 6661 dU\1'\ ,til.la55aH 'S or a"1l .10" ,:l.l..olJjo !;10.l~\loJIJ:l'" aLl. .Jo" l:Hl.J.JO::J BUlaq 5'0 . ------ \,pu.l.lJ >\:l!Q ',ul ~-~+S ,tiQ p~j!+.J.a::l 51 BuillO.lP/+ul.ld SI"ti. e; "0-66 . 'dlnOJ S.~3Svt-O~nd 12L~ lJ3rC~d S~33NlnN3 13Z Cl>a-66 II l'l311 !ItS A!NnO~ aNOHHJI~ - V1Snany .NOU'Ill'llSNI i!lOJ G3UWI3:l. J~"'d JCI === l=:::l== oBE5E5o =[:::::1= === === === " dl!l!S 1'lNlW~3J.. Sl - 91 ( ?J3H:t'llS 311l1S arms tsSS - ~I ~O!:lV!NOJ ~NI!~CHS tJS - "I ~O!:JI;4J.NlJ:J NOUI;410S1 ~OlI~VcN::J 2:JI - CI S.lO 11'1 i!lOlJV 1NOJ NOr! vleSl l:Jl - C!l 1 A\fUQ 3WU tcI1 - 01 a "'\113~ 2~ - (, 1 .l.V13t1 l~ - 8 ~:J01B 3sn.J J - L i!l3Wi!lOJSN~i!l1 ~J~Od 'OtllNO:J !dO - 9 t13~V3t1S ~OlOH BH - S :3"UI!J N1JUII1UN:l^ - t Nil.:! NOllv1HN::lA - C t13WHV~~etld~AVldSta SSS - 2 ~lV~3dD ~3~1I3t1B t1010H - I AtllIA AIofW WOA",l ~~;j!~i ~ ""~w~ ~ill~i~ -~~i: ii5iii ~tiiI....a ~~;~~~ Y.;;~= !3~9~ ~~e~! ~ i- ~E!1I-- -a~1il ~:~=;; ll"" ~ D~ --.. as . IE1III g 2 Zl ~ T === === ===~ ol=:::l== ==8 88= === E D dwnd JJW (8-1) [j S iiI ~I~~ 91 I ITIDJ0 zOO n~ g~ ~l ::cO ~O ~~ ~.. ."... Q" ."tIl ~f'l C) ~iz, o~ .. .. .. Co .. 1>1 ~ c:'> No O'1~C ~~ NZc;i O'1!='C c:..J UJ I I:::,..-j ->> No.3 J,tr:lC;; eo > U"J 0 I 8Sa: ~ZtJ:j -3~UJ . UJ ::oM ~:::o -~ 5~ z 666 't-s't~ ~:e't t-m-tllS JNI 8GG l2V 1,<:2G d et>/S0 08 Q ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ , , ~ , ~~~~ e ~ e ~ 3!l'ld .'nO-6611 p.lfo.Jd SlU.llolaAO..ldwl 6&61 dll'll'l ,(l..lassaw '1[ 'r <l<,n. ...oJ P".I"JJo SIOJlUOJ/J~H aYl ..IOJ ~~a..l..lo~ ~aq 50 . ------ 4::lU,).JJ ,,::110 "::IU! UO:J-ll:!.S ,(q Po'/!J:l.la::l 51 6U1M'O..IP/lU!.Jd 5!L.(,L. E~O-66 II 'diM) S.1l3SIIH:Jllnd I~L6 133rmtd S~3JNI!JN:J 13Z C~O-6& .. H31l [Illl A1NnOO aNCHH:JIll - ~lsn~nv .NOI1~'1~lSNl llOJ aJIJl.L1l3J. ~!ir=~ -=a'"!" ~;..5 ~ ~~ii(9i -- ~~ ;~i~i~ .....1iI~__ - a- , 5!f!~U " --" "1~jI;i ~ ~".... =":"b EEIi~1i ""=~i;; ~~!iI.:: -.Ell h;:: B!f~ -en ~<'* ~~ "Ill ~C":l ~O ~:l ~$ ~... ~f" o .... too!" ''1 ~. .. c: .. C.JC ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ lOCllNOJ JJW D - ~ l\j~> CJ'1~e - NZ~ CJ1~C C..:l UJ I cp-.., ->;> N>-3 ~t%:lC":J CO :J> 00 t::l I n:=tl o>!;?' -3=E~ ~ZtIj ~-"" t::r:l C/'J -:-='--<r:n ::ot%j ~~ -t""l S~ :z 666t-St-~ en IT NOJ-~lS JNI l.~ 86G l.et::' d 0V/90 0 ~ ~ EJG~[3[3[j ~ I ~ ~ ~c: ~GJ 8 [;] ~ : I ~ : I ~ _ J~~~~~~ - I I~,~@D JNI Nm-I::::llS ~:01 6661-S1-~ ;r70-6&1I ~;:l"rg"d sluawaAo..dul 6661 dJ.I'\1'I .(l.-.)SS.aH '1l or a4~ ..Q~ p"....;JJO ~lo..1.Ug:lI:J:JW aen. ..0:/ :j.::l4>....o;:l 6ulaq Sll . -----. I.(~".:! >PrtI ':JUI UO'-ll~S .cq pJIJll..la:l 51 6U!Mll"PIlIll.ld S1\.41. CD'O-('(' II 'dIn03 S,H3SVH:l~nd tcLEo .l:l3r[llld SH33NInN3 1JZ E:I>D-66 II H311 alll A1NnOJ aNOWH:JIH - vlsnonv ,NDUIIlllI,LSNI HD.:! a3UUH;n. Z3'Jlld C.;(J ac~ 86G 1.0P d l\:) I~ > Ol-3C """'"'~ l\j2C"J Ol~C w en I 01---3 ->> N~ -.b~C') CO > U) 0 I n$:::;;.oo o~~ ~%trj -3~C/) . -Cf1 :t:l~ ~~ I~t.- IO~ 'Z 0t7/l.0 ~g;!::~ ;~~ !M 5....~.A i!~;~~ iE~~~;; ~!i!!~b ...'l~v__ - &- ' ~~!)U !i~~i: fil~~~ !~~=g "ia!i!~ ~l:';l ~ " ..~l;l ~~~;~ ~:::Il '" e~: ~ -en ~r+ o~ ?ill 0(") ~o ~~ :0..... ~f; 'to'" ~rIl - Q .... ...~ ':"I :: ... o ... QC &2 - ~ tg__________j:)] ag__________ ~J1 6J &~ 0----------- -0 .~~O-66. +~ra~d 5~u~wa~o~dwl 6661 d1^^ A,"~5S~W 'I[ 'r ~'4 Ad P"~~JJO "lC1"~UQ:Jr.l:lW .JI.l' ...oJ 'l.~" SUI"" co , ------ \4"~ j >t:>IQ -:NI UClJ-VlS Aq P,"",'''.:1 51 15l1llaa"pf+U1JIl l'l'41. &~0-66 . 'dInC13 s.lIJSYH~ 12L6 1 J3l"Olltl S~JJNI!JNJ 13Z CtoO-blO . WJU all .uNnDJ aNOWHJUI - "lSll!lfW .NOU\lll'ilSNl ~ a3UIUCr.l. J91/d lJO aa l.2 9i! sc! Yi! 1:2 .J -<J (d:ld) 13N'IId lOtllNlD dwnd B::l -<J l3 -a - 93 -<J !;3 -a B3 0- ]-,s~ dHnd - L3 0----------- 93 0----------- S3 0----------- ~J 0----------- CI3 213 L~ Il!1 !lNINNnzs cHld ~J .n L~ i!~ ~~^~ LIJ '313 L~ Rj !lN1NNnl!l ~ i!i! Oc! Ie &1 51 II 91 61 Yl tl i!I It at Kd ~ll/ftl ISSS ~l'llpl 2:l lJ ~ II - 0 ......- S.1O ISSS elll 1tllllS - J" 1j 211 la.1 ~ NiJ NCI.1I/111NJ^ & 9 9 <1 o---sna ~~- Zl~ l:ll ........,0--- :>,,^(l8, BH . . - IN 1 NOJ-l::i15 IT:01 6661-S1-~ "NlSI: N v:lij'::x i~~I=!;; !z"~Il~ ~~~PI~~ --~-i ii!~i~ ::~;.aa !!;rdl .\..~ - i~H~E ~a;;r ~~5i~ /IlSlil ~ II mtll 1IO=~:: -~"D~~ "M " .... D "D . Dli . ioo nC;;- OQ,') 19l 0("':) ~O ~~ ~.. .,,'" Q"" ...'" ~"l . Q .... ~!II '" ~. .. S s . L c 9^\I"1 1lJllll'lO:J i!j BJ t"\) lal LJ -'Xr It-- -'Xr II. '. JXr- I~ s,-o :IS 1:1 - - lJ a& 21/ 1d tal. - NIUI - dOn 081 \/"1J r1 &1 d-I OSI Zl 21 ,-1 dwnd U t1 iES 86G 1.0V aG2 ~ n roc:::".",.n CJl0"""'- I--~Cl N:zC")-a Q)~C~ c:..:l WI) ..!...0...-31 N>>~ --3 I t%) C/l ~ r'\-I CO 1oi.J ~ r.nt::1>~ C"":l~Ir'1 O>~;o ""'"3::1l~ -32M~ ""'"3O'JU)n . -< -I U)- ::tl~~ t":l L.~.J Z <:::0 cn~ 0-< ::2: d 0v/80 oe IX! aa 8 92 pa E:~ 22 L2 sa ~ Ie! 91 SI CI 21 61 Lt "ll " Ot It c i! 6 L 9 s , II &"0-66 . 'dlnOJ ~'tH;!l:Jld laL6 iJ~ ~JN(~ lJZ tt-O-(.6 . wJ1J alS ,UNno;! QNlJWH:llll - nSl'l!lnV .NO[lll1'"NiSNI ~j ll31J1OOJ. 011 !l01'o'N'o' aMI' 1"110111 - lO\m 011 S 3l11t1OW HJ"Od aNII SNOtlll:mmw1olO:) 111'\ ":JIll! llCSSDOlI<l A~loll&l - :rtnlItJIj SNCWI;!(NnNlIOJ -~ "N0I1:lNnj A 1d&'lS iSJ.!. ,(lJ.SJ.S llNW HJ1\Od A'o'1dSlll "U1'\:n MU.... JJ"'JllJ.l.Nl 'T.)....JX3.!.NI I$C.I.~JdO \.po Sol ..,. 9.:1 SI01'V1 llSO 3dU ~II~ 1011J.NlT.l !JI'\'" " ;Cpo-6" po)(~ "~u......,,g..cl"'l 6661 o/1I'\A A'...."5..W .. T" ~\4 JOJ """"no SlO..~Uo:lr.);lM ~ "oJ ~~"O::l 0111""1 ~" . ----- ~:,."....J '1;ltQ' ':lU( uO:)-'G-:5 A, 6' d N 2J!)Wd # liMn i.r.l _ t:l:lw snl[ i ZllIOH .......-^09" 1I:l:l - - 'JNI NOO~lS ~:0l 666t-St~ e!J '-017 ace: 86G d LJO :zCD n~ o~ ?JI g(j ~O a~ ~.. ."... ../10 ,,<II ~D1 - C .... ...!" ':"'1 .. .. .. .. '" N:5;:t> Ul""':lC .......~ NZc;J Ul~~ C..:l r:n Icl-j ->> N~ J,~~ r-tC _ :> 00 t::l I 2S~ ~2t:tj r::J:jcn ~ ~ CJ:l :xlt%j ~~ ~~ 2:, 017/60 a~ii:i' ~~~~!;; . ~&wll j~lI;i~ -:i=2: Ii_..,.;... li!~i~ -"......."" - j' .. ~~!d~ i"'f~i !lpB~ ~"'c~j ~c..~.... =i~!3 e:!l!~ ~~~':; ~~~ ~ .. .1:l>0-~' par....... S~\HIw~^O..d.... '"I LA C JOYd dJ.l'I^ ~uW '( r ~4' ..oJ P......~1I0 5"'''~'''7.J/~ ~In. ooIOJ ,~....cr.> C1U1~q ~ . ------ ~"J .,:>tQ """I uo;J-a\s tJ ,(q "'J~"'~;) 51 SuI.....P/.UI-'d !;A.ll. 19 C,0-66 J 'dlOllJ S.lOSVIOllnd lUll l::lJrmld SlIJ3NIO/C3 132 [~O-66 J N3J.I <<I. D"! HNno:J OrOcl1:Jlll - \/ UIl!;Jf1\I .NOtJ.~""lSNI l(lJ 113tJIl1l3:J. 6S 8S LS "lS tC ~"_M__ Ii .~-- .~~~!;; L ~s \1'",,1 I ~~il;~ CS ~;:~i; 9 Ji!E~~ c I 2S ~~....... .. - Ii" ' lI!l~ ~~~s~j ii~;~ IS. t -r .....c-~ 13S3~ I> dwnd Os ~:Il=' C ~-"i3 -r :::h_- IJS~ C dHlld i-D~1;l 2 ~~ --- -r A- - M ~__ 13S::l11 e dWlld i;iQ -A .. " Ii! I B~ ~:r:CI . --r- - 1I ss~all 13S3t1 I dwnd -en 2 . 1ndllll '" ~~ op) ~I g.. "d ItSI-I>d 9~ O{j 91 0-- So !rCd l/Sl-E:d Sl> SI 0- ~::1 !r ad ItSI-2d ~= "I 0- H -a'" !;-ld 1;I!;1 -1.1 ~c" [I 0- Ct '!;l ;:!!b al ':i 2, ... .. " a It 11> .. 01 . -'d 821- "d 8tl-~d CO"d 'T-- i 0' .0 ~ ::l1ll11i111^" " dWf1d ~~ xoo N > "-Cd H2H:d Bll- td C-Cd v-O-tl 0 CJ1 -3 c:: f, 31l1W11.,M/ t dHlld D---4~ xoo I"" ('t t"J NO 1I3'-Dd t-" 11-0-14 N Z CJ . -Zd 8Zl-2d 111..2d to~ "I- i at B 31111;11111M i1 dWf1d ~JNkjO CJl !=> C XOlJ \/-0-14 c..;l r.fJ. .-Id S~I-ld llll-Id b-ld "1- L D---l~ LC I ~ 3'llV'ltlM I dll/f1d NO lIJl'I(]d xeD C 11-0-H t-" > > N 0-3 ., 9C I ~ c:c c;1 s ~ > liE en '=' I 2-td '18-1'.1 \'L-I>d 1-1>.1 n ::c t 9NINNnll I> dHl'ld D---ll---O 9t: 0 > a: :lIdNNflll ioooo3 ~ 2-l:... "~~d I-Cd ~ Z ~ C tC ONlH!\IrnI t dHtld !lNlNNl'llI ioooo3 t:tl r.fJ. (!-ad \lIB-2d ilL-ad 0< 1-2.1 . UJ 2 !lNI~ 2 dlCnd ~~ 2t ::0 l:%:1 ,!-Id 1I~~ l-Id M ~ I 1& <: !JNNW! I dHl'ld 'lNIHNrnl U3 t""" -01 SSHa\' - ~ 0 N t . .llldN1 V :z 666l-Sl-CItM 0l ~ NOJ-I;:US JNI aGe 86G ~ d 017/0l :CI-O-66' p~D-'d 5'lY-..a..c..r 6661 LjO . J!l"'d d.L....... ,(I~''''H '11 'f' ~'4' .I<lJ """~JJQ 51O..,uO~r.l:JH ~<n .JOJ '::la......~ ~ 50 N . ------ l.4~"j ""'IlI """I uo:)-O'S ~ ,(q _I"'''~::l Sl S"'_O.JP/'lA./d SIl.U. €t1l-66 . ',lInOJ S~3S'IIOttnd il6 laL~ L::lJrlnkl ~I!lIO 13Z C .0-66 . N3.L1 all 16 ~lNI'QJ ONOHM::lll!l - ....Lsmc'W .kOln11V1SNl IJllJ a3UI.l.~3:l. 06 69 01 a ,,-al >-H--< BB 611 lI~J dIIn.! ~:J :rld ot <1 ~-~ la 13^]1 H!lIH :l1d 01 a ~~ ~e ~J-~-- L~ 1J^J1 1'\01 :l1d R!-'4Z -~I !;; e 'J ~in~.A 6~ !:8 i:ll=:~~ .L,C B 9 __ "",3 __E_! .a '::l~ ;; QI~ Bl!I Ii ~- q~UX B 9 ... jaG - ce ~~S~~~ --r Ll!I lH!:l1l IIW i~~ii :l.l.OH~ l: as ~il;;r ... i '" c_ 9 IB FCM-'4 ~::;~!l;: :Ilh~:; POJOH ~--~--<>- B n-..~q 3.lCW:RI B !: 1 ,~-~ OS ..A~_= lCV H'" 9C\f Olzs ~~a~~ 100- J"OI l a " c -en ?;~ Bl Op:i ~I lllfj DI-ill L(. 0(') !l3.llNLS ~ cIIlnd o .......0-- ~O 'I~.. 6-Z1 9(. ~=' IlJUI'l.LS e: dllnd ~""" ......0-- ... llVJ ~~ !:L "II'" 113111".lS a dWnd Q" "... ~t.l 11lglj c8-~ .L . Q ~3,HlnS I dHIld .... ...!Z' ':1 c(. C6 .. ... Q ... ill rO 1t N5> ot 2 ,-al C)'l.....;!<::: --n: o If--<>- 1I4 .....t":l .l~.I.S , dwnd :nd NZ() ,zs C)'l~C::: IgI~H 69 ~ r.n 0 10"", 1;-21 B9 ~ Oj~ ......>> J.l:jWlS C dWIld C~ J1.1 N0-3 cb[Zjc;1 L9 If <3 H <C > 0 99 c:J:l t::=' I 2~1 ~~ !lll/!S a dHI1d [~ o,~ o>a: 2!l J"1d S9 -3~ -3Zt%j I/~H ~ ~t:::I:lUJ a . -< CIJ D1 r-. 2 [~rt- oJ C9 ~M 11:1v.lS t dWnd tl!l ~~ ~@; - C9 cnt"'"'4 0'-< IJ 2: N It - - 0V/n . d l.GGC 86G l.0V ::>NI NlD-~lS ~:01 6661-S1-~ 666't-S't-~ t~ e21 lal 021 &\ 911 'I 911 ~I t &1 21 01 601 aOl LOI 90 SOl 901 CO ClOI 101 001 66 86 Ll. 96 !:6 1'6 1:6 'rI II 0't ~ UO ~:J!)"'d .~tO-66. +~ra~ ~~u~Ao~1 6661 dl.l'll'l A\-,uUIo/ -q 'r ~~ ~OJ p~.JJo 51o..l.uo:J/:J:lW .1.1\ JOJ .::J.,UO:l lI....q 5<1 , ------ I.I~"~J '1;)1Q ~WI WOj-II.S ~q _Jl.~.::J 51 OWOll...n......., 511(J.. Ct1l-66 R 'dln03 SolI3S~d 11!L6 J.::J3rOlId saJJNI!lNJ "1JZ t~O-66 M WJJ.l QUI .lJ.Nr(l:J llNOWl-Olll - IIJ.sn!lt'lll - --..:.NC\.L\lT1\I1SNl WJ ID1.:l1111~. J i!iJ=i -a roo ji~ ~-~ ! ,.. = ~i!,,~~ ~E:~!;; l'i!i~~ ...q..." -..a- ~ ~:dt :<!t 8-~o 151-td ~,;:;i;O 1 1nlt.3 >C3tO a NnOll"J - -0 0-- !!~i: ~ l-~d a~l-'d .,. ~ - II . ~&s:: 1 "1n\I J !IJ!)!)3W ' ~ - --<> D- ""::~21ii: ~~;...-; . ~ "l-~d (tl-~d -..JCI 8ip= IlOl9'JIllNl Nnll ' , - -0 ~ ~!~-i llJ1JW JHll 3Sd9'13 - 0 , dWnej ~ 9-Cd (l:l-Cd -00 . - -0 0-- ~~ 11n'rlj ~3HO OHnCll!l ' , Op' - ~ L -f:d If''I-Cd !g\ 1"111"'.3 llJ!)!lJW ' , - --<> D- 0(") ~ 9-Cd aCI-Cd ~O llOl"':llllNI Nflll ' , - --<> D- ~::1 !IJJ.JioI :1Wll lSd...1J - 0 lo.... C dWn.! ~~ ~ B-<!d l!SI-Cld 'lI'" ~.., llnvJ ~:l3HJ aNn~ - --() 0- "Q * L-ad .,,' a,I-2d ...!'II - ',", J.lrWjll~ ' , - --<> 0- Co' .. ~ 9-2d llCI-2d ... - <> IlOll/JlllNI NrUI - --0 0- '" ' , - -0 - ~ B -ld aSl-h:l , , - -0 0- - ':G} L -ld hl-ld l"lm1J i!l7.l!lJW ' , - -0 e>- - :& 9 -td llCl-ld llOJ.~lllNI M'lll , - --() 0- !l.31.:1W lHlJ. JSd'i1J - 1 dNf1d N - 0v/c't"d ac:c:S6Gl.0V . IN I NO:H::llS \>51 eel , 2!;1 8.1 ~"I a!Ol 1:"1 2.1 1~1 6t:1 BI:I 9t:t Opt LEI ~t ,[;t ctt acl 6' 60ZT Bill 9" l.21 9~ Sll ,,~ s, " It I arl ..e,a-"'I ~~ro.ld 5~....-.....d\.l1 6661 <111\/\ .(\.la55~ 'I( l' ~n ~J pa.Jauo ::;IO"'~""~.I'~ "'flo JDj .:0......10:0 O~..q 5" . .----- ~::JU.....J ,!:JIQ '?UJ ~-~S ,(Q ".lII.J~'I:' '" a-".JP/~Ul.ld 51l.4.1. ('0-66 I '<llnoJ $.lI3S'IKllmd IZL6 ~::lJrmjd ~33N1!lNJ m ('0-66 a IOU all! A~NnC::l a~IH - v!snonv .NOW"'''lSNI lIDJ l[3(j[HI:n. !:~ ,ell' CC'" ao II;V ot'G' &2\1 B~II' liiEI Li~ Li~ b'l\l.j '.1N:J 13^::n llv.j ::JlJ '^ 1 M!lIH '11\ 1 ^[ll 01-(;1 6-(;1 B-(;l l-(I :lld :l'd :lld !/91 :lld C2\I' 22\1' Ii!lf O;ZV 6111 BIV llV 'illY ~:J L-~ LifrJ L5 i! dIMd t doUld "-Cl 2- 1 l-CI JlJ :J"~ Jld Jld Bl-'d It-''d BI-Cd iI-Cd 'oj 1I-2d BHd ll-Id L-I L~ _-I L-I loll ell ~ I~ 93')\1<1 LJO ~!iJ:;B _::g~!" 5/~-l'i -~ :5;1'"' ~!~.t 1::g!;; ill!~~~ '::~gl"a ~~!J~~ i~E~~ ~~'",= i..~=~ ....i:i~ "l;;i ~ !:l~!!.!q ..:z.... .. ""G-~ - ~- j;\'" ~ .!;... :;:~u . .. zOO n~ o~ ::;1 OC':l ~O ~~ ~.. ~'" <:I'" r" . !'I ...~ ..... .~ l: ~ '" 666t-st-~ g::~n No:H::llS JNI 1.0P l.GZC 86G d Bv/(l I "CtO-~6' ~~D.ld 5~_..a..dwI 6(,6\ lJD l3~\ld o;l~l\^ 1_&5;1W 'i r ~ ..oJ """'''HQ 5)O.l'~::l::l" of'fl JO# ~~::J B_ SO . ~._... 4~."J ~~ .~ ~-V+S ,(11I palJ~;) 51 ~o"'P/.",,",d ~~. S81 C ~-66 . 'dtnaJ S.lI3$YIl:nllld \ZL6 J.J:rrtnld Sl:t:DNl!lN3 132 I:tO-" . 1oI3J.l all .ul\ntl::l llNCWH::lUI - .1Sron. t91 .NOllVll'l'lSNI ~..:l I1::!UIUI3:l. C81 281 191 DBI lOll i!~r:~ ii~;~e~ aLl ~ ~ ill di/::z li~~li ill ~q~ ')il ,..i' .. , t~$~~ il~~E !iLl !}g; J~;.:~ 'LI ~~ai~ lIh ~ "-..~q !:Ll i--- "~p-~ ji:Iil-~ ea: ~ aLl .. -00 ~{"'l" IL.l op, ~I DlI gC') ~O &91 ~:::1 :0." e9' ~= "'au, ~~ 191 <:l ;:Z!lo ':1 ')')1 ~ ... a S')\ .to ~ rJ\ N Q > 0'1 -3 C [;'jl ~ tJI;I N z GJ 6 8 0'1 ~ c:: ~l l 9 c:..:l r.n I I::' ~ \Ie - s 1 191 - T N > > ~3110tlJ.NO:) .2 ~ t --3 13^31 wmt.,j Jr () 0" II 091 I tr:1 lYN!lIS .....OZ-" \ll~ ~ ll1clN I c.o Ci ~ IllS ~ !llJ1\fN';l ~ > I 651 en 0 I C"":) ~ 0 >- s::: BSI -3 ~ -3 ~ t'%j lS! ~ OJ UJ -< UJ 9'iI ::0 ~ tzj ~ < Sil en r-' 0 ~ Z 6661-S1-~ 01 ~ NO:H:llS JNI l2V azz 86c d 0V/v1 ;6' 4 ,. , 64/12/1999 12:27 7764167616 . ~ APR-12-l999 11:32 STA-CON INC. SEE SALES COMPANY 407 298 22i[( PAGE 63 t".W/\O") A I J SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS , I : 14 AWG CONTROL WIRING 18 AWO PLC VO WIRING STAINLESS SCREWS IN DOOR LEGENOS 25,. SPARE TERMINAL STRIP Al..ARM LIGHT AND HORN ~ROVIDED LOOSE IN SEPARATE ENCLOSURE ~~ROVEO 0 REJECTED C REVISE AND SUBMIT o FURNISH AS CORRECTED 0 SUBMIT SPECIFIC ITEM This review Is only for general conformance with 1:19 design con~ of the proj&d and general complianc9 with the Information given in the Contrad Documents, Corrscticns or comments made on the shop drawings o:Jrina this review do not raiieve controc:or from compTicnco with the re(juir~ments of thl! ?Iens ana specifications. /:?Pf'ovol of a "padfic item ::~C!II !lOI include approva'l of an cssembiy of which ~ila i!em is ;: =,=,mconenr. C::>ntroC!or is rssoonsibie Tor; dimen5ion:; :0 )8 r.onfi~ ooci ::orraict&({ -=: th" iob;it:!!; inrorma:icn tna~ ?9rialm ~aiy ')0 till) i:::brkc:tion 'precesses or ic ihe moon&. mathoda, ~niques, Jequences and proceduros of conatrutflon; coordmallon ot the WOr1c of all '!rades; and tor perlormi"9 ell war!< In 0 mfC3 and satlstcctory menner, - , EVANS ND 1E D!l1e TO"'AL P.B3 ~-12-1999 11:31 . 'v.....LUt U..LU 5T~ON INC. BILL OF MA QUOTE NO. JOB NAME ICUSTOMER for.' -.; a.t1~n of th:e Work of alllrades; and .,..,. . -" 'V" ... IT mannE r. '"-Ul -,'. ~~~.., AND .LEOp<tLBtrn~ . De+; ~nn l.f-'/~-7 7 MQQEl. 6 J/j I. saD .... / I 'J SQO MODI 5// / SQD MOO ,,51 / SOD 9070- C'35001 / SQe 9080-0K& 7 seD 8~1XO 1 SOD 8501 ){l1)1 MPE 001~11&A sco ,&,-PA--sAXFN saD A-EXGR6 ~~ I LEGEND O~RIPTION GENERAL Mec MCC MAIN' MCC F'VMP1.... ~ MCC ' PUMP 5-8 MCC CONT :OL cPT I,..U'" II OL p~R TRANSFORMER TS TE STRIP I R I RELAY I TO I TIME DELAY ATTA~MENT i PM !PHASE MONITOR ; FAN COOll~G FAH PACKAOe : AV c:'~UA.le... GRILl.f I CONTROL MCC SECTfON-cONTROLS r -cCB CONTROL 8REAKER : GPT CONTROL ,POWER TAANSFOR"'ER ceT CONTROLTRANSF AI.. ALARM L.JGr-rr I AM ; Al..ARM HORN TS TERMlRI\L. STRIP I HOA H'&'~-OFF.AO'tO SELECiOR RL . RUN L.IGHT Pl PILOT LIGHT I ETM I ELAPSED TIME METER i P/B PUSH BU1TCN R ONTROL~~ 1~VAC) I R UN' pocOL RELAY 12VDC) , BOAC i ~ TIERY OPERA 'EO ALARM B BATTERY I MR I MOISTURE RE1.AY ~ i THERMISTO~ RELAY DisPLAY ; 8'" COLOR I1SPLA Y Ie E :; CABLE I ISPLAY 1iitS;l22 TO RS232 ~1"lr I~'" 01 SPLAY Cor..! Li I Dr WLA Y SQC~ CA6lE PLe cPu PROCESSOR , PI.C PUW!:K iUt.... - Y -PLC I MODEllA 101 UL.E PLC REMOT~ ~E WORI( MOOULE I PLC LOCAL RA~ SFER ~ IOCUL.E PI.C REMO'l TRA M ~ULE PlC OI4::lTAJ. INPU M(\' PlC _,~ r <3 INF'1 iT ..1"1. Plc- DlI~1 r'llJTI UT M E 8030CRM560 8 (;~MZ30 8 C~M232 ,& ~IM10i ~lmA121 8030 R0M271 I UOOEL 6 FAl.24n1S -9010. lUuvD1 9010-1'( 200023 -SL-S (Reo> 34T-1: I 9080- K6 1900 B 9001 SKP36 I IOOlSKP35 10-0016 '.SKR1U K ~~14AN-'20 R .UL.12 eO"C-001 1270 'SMB1AO 201 Fn-2Z1C QPK-ZO 100.S2P H'uJ" PF2-C1 PFA~~ 1 HIM-C 6020 SPC423 (8K) -S030~ I r SOD ~ jSOO SOO I AMSECO : WMEELOCK i SOO , SOO I SOD : sOO I NG~eR I 0 I I r t;poc 8. 110 C MPti; I EXAL TOR I WARRICK WARRICK 'OTAl CONTROL TOTAl CONTROl. IDEe IDEe TAL. CONTROL o C SOD D I D o D D o I I .. 1'A<-15-1999 10: 36 STA-coN I NC. 4B7 298 22Z7 P.16/40 PLC DIGITAL OUTPUT MODULE SOD 8030 ROM271 PLC 5 SLOT RACK saD 8030 RRK100 PLC 9 SLOT RACK saD 8030 RRK200 SA SURGE ARRESTOR (UL) EDCO Pc-642C-030,PCB1 B AD AUTO-DIALER MICROTEL SERIES 1000 AD D/lISOLATED (CONTACT INPUT) MICROTEL 61558 ADSS AUTO-DIALER SURGE SUPPRESSOR EFI POWERTRACKER ELECTRONICS UPS POWER SUPPL Y LIEBERT UPSTATION 3.5KVA LEVEUFLOW CONTROLLER MAGNETROL 801-2031-A43 CAPACITANCE PROBE MAGNETROL 100" SPECIAL NOTES: OR EQUAL SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 14 AWG CONTROL WIRING 18 AWG PLC liD WIRING STAINLESS SCREWS IN DOOR LEGENDS 25% SPARE TERMINAL STRIP ALARM LIGHT AND HORN PROVIDED LOOSE IN SEPARATE ENCLOSURE MAR-1S-1999 10:37 STA-aJN I NC. - -----------) for Value;md for Your Application Specific MODEL 6 MOTOR I-....::_-~. . ...,......' o' .... . .". ~-' ; ,. ~ . . ............. . CONTROL CENTERS .' ..~,.- ..:~.::. . :::~.: .. ,-. -....-...----- " I::..:.... 'j.':' ~.....--.. . . .. -~~!'7&: ._.........-.~- Wi SaLJARE n 407 298 2227 P.17/40 .I..~~ ~.~~~ ,I' ~ f, '.t'. '~\l1!! :-.. .l 'f . . ~ '.~ 1- ". ., l .' ;, ~~}i;>!:~':. , '. , ~,.<:,;:- ii f~ ~U~j~ ~ :._o:.'...~~ ,'M, . ~,.. MAR-15-1999 10:38 STA-CON INC. ~," ,:~~~::~;~~wrW .~L'j~'~~'~gi.\~_, .-..'"" "=., . ,~~ ..._p_::.~f':;']~' '~~'" ' L: r", " . ..~;~_... ........ -.... - , i. ,; ~ ,~ '....,...,.,., :~ ~:':' .:::.:....~:..: .~" :"k:::;.,"'f5:\ 407 298 ZZZ7 MODEL 6 MCCs: Meeting YOID' Needs Today, you want more from a motor control cenrer. MOrt: performance. More simple operaion and maintenance. More component: options. And more customer service. ThB MODEL 6 ftICItDr c:cmtrol .,___ dellve.. In .....y " " dalllJl - from Ills noeeed, ..n.b111 c~lon to Ita .... of _ IInd P.18/40 With MODEL 6 MCCs, you get just that. You get mort: than just gray cabi- nets for housing motor controls. You get reliability. You get to choose from the most recent, solid state technology. You get optimal valUe:. You get B company that smnds behind itli product and you, for the long term. You get the highest quality and standards from Square D. MAR-15-1999 10:39 STA-CON INC. 4e7 298 2227 P .19/40 Structured for Reliable, Long-Term Performance The MODEL 6 MCC enclosure is built with industrial grade features ~-pcciaUy enginc:cred to deliver rugged, dependablt: service for )'LdI'S to come. These strUc- tural features include: 1. St:md..:1rd section dimensions of a 20" W x 90" H x 15" Or 20" H 2. 12-gaugc smel frame ami welded COrner channels for exceptional structural rigidity 3. Structure braced for 42K Ale as ~tan- dard and built to meet or exceed UL, CSA, NEMA and EEMAC standards .. Full-depth vertical wireway to provide maximum win: pulling area s. Horizontal bus located at the top of the Stnlcrun= for easy installation, iru.-pcction and maintc:nance without having to remove units G.CaptivehorizontU splice bars to prevent bar los~ and make conn~1ingsccrions quick and t:aSj' 7. Tin-plated copper bussing to supply an excellent electrical connection 9. Iridescent chromate- pklted exterior hard- ware for increased corrosion resistance 8. Vertical ground bus in each section which mates with ground stabs on the rear of each plug-in unit to c:mlte a positive ground connection 10. RUiged, quartrr- rum fdstt:ners on unit and wireway doors to reduce installation and maintenance time it. A dUI3ble, ANSI 49 baked acrylic exterior finish standard. on aU MODEL 6 MCCs. 407 298 2227 P.2l3/4e STA-CON INC. MAR-15-1999 10:40 ':G)" . . . ' ,,' .. !JT...;~ crOf' , . . :' II ~ J i , ,/ , IJ . '~"":,"':.":-:. ........ ::,' :;}JI;"F?, ,'.'\0:'-. ....... ::~~:, ,';'" ~ , ~ . ; i ":~ . ~ . ~ . '.: ..~ !.:<'.' :' .. ";,~--,, . ~:.:.lj~:.~~':i.; .. .~ :_:1-"'''-'' ~..,... MODEL 6 lIoto~ Canbul CeaIeN ,.... s.wu- D ofter the .twclJ lIOUCtIIIw lIlId the ... oOftStlllcUml f.1Iturea UIat ~ ..,. of -WI tIouble- ".. Ofter-Uon. Moc:ll.daJ' Unit Design Maximizes Performllnc8 and Facilitates Maintenance the unit's "Hook and Hang" feature to pro'oidc proper smb aligrunent and allow for c::asy insml1ation and remova ofunilS has the ability to support up to three padlocks in the "Off" position 50 Tin-plated copper power stabs for optimal electrical connection with all plug-on devices; spring reinforced stabs for proper clamping force when connected to the vertical bus Feature-rich modular units are designed to minimize: space and maximize casc:-of-usc and accessibility of)'lDlI' motor control devices. Unit fc:an.u:t:s include: 4. Sturdy cast metal handlt=S with a minimum 115 degree differential between"On" and "Off," with color coding to clearly indicate discon- neer 5t:anJ!l, including "tripped" circuit breaker, t. Time te:.ttd Type S NEMA/EEMAC-rated contactors and startts along with other depc:ndable Square D camponenUi . !::: ..!..: - ~;:'. ,'.f't.~:1:~~ ...... - ,. ' . , . :..... ..:' . .' . .', ~~~~.. :'i': ' 2. Fully compartmen- talized unit design with solid bottom, side and rear plates painted White for optimum visibility ~II ..').' .. '! " ~ C.,',,;JiF , J'?',::X~~W~~f.': " . ;L 1\vin-handle earn MAR-15-1999 10:40 STA-(l)N I NC. L Shrouded power stabs to protect against d:unage dur- ing unit mainttnance A Variety of Motor Control Devices to Meet Your Needs 7. Solid bussing of the power ~tabs to the dillconnect to eliminate losses asso- cia~ with crinped wire connections In addition to full voltage reversing, non-reversing and reduced voltage starters, many other types of stBrtrS and electrical distrhution devices are available in MODEL 6 MCCs. You can tailor the MODEL 6 to ma:t the exact needs of yor application - ensurilg both aJIIlpat:ibility with your current equip- men! and fbcibility for future expansions. Select any of the following leading edge products to meet yur unique rcquit'ements. L A first makc/last break ground :nab to ensure the unit is grounded before connection to the power bw is made S. Control station plates. which can support up to five 22mm or three 30mm pilot devices i .0. Control tcrminal blocksi tilted forward to allow easier I . COnnc:CtJon and maintenance 11. MOTOr starter I termi.c.als convaliently located next to the vertical wireway, , making motor lead connection quick :md easy 1 Z. Control powcr transfcirmtt (when I suppli~) accessible from tfe front of the unit s9 identification and maintcn:lnce enn be I . dOlle WIthout .I . remoVlf& the unIt. 407 298 2227 P. 21/40 ALTIV AR-Variable Frequency Drives Modular"full-featured drives up to 40 HP can be mounted in smndard unit con- struction and can be easily added in the field in place of UUl- dMd controls. UL listing ;md factory intcgr;ltJ:d contactors and controls guamntee a reliablc padcage. Availabk: to 400 HP in full-section construction. MODICO~ Prognmmable Logic Controllers QUANTUM'" and Compact 984 PLCs arc the world's most popular and are a vail- able in MODEL 6 MCC unit and full section construction. COMPAC~ 6 High Density Units These six-inch units ~ perfect for a tight fit or fur applic3tnls with sma11 motors.. Available with NEMA or 1\rPlication Raed starttxs, and with branch feeders. MAR-15-1999 10:41 STA-CON INC. Devices to Meet Your Needs Transient Voltage Surge Suppres. sion Units '[be UL listed units offer inrt:gIated MCC surge protection fur 120kA to 320kA surge capacities.. MOTOR LOGIC" Solid State Ovezoload Rela)'5 These statc-of~the-3rr SSORs provide adjustable overload prorcction for motor loads without having to swap out heater elements. ALTIST~ Solid State Reduced Voltage Starters These starters offer the widest nmge of horsepower ratings and options to reduce inrush currenI5 and mechanical shocks with soft-start and soft-stop tl:chnology. POWERLOGlc- Monitoring Systems This equipment goes beyond simple meter- ing to provide powcr quality readings,3arm/ relay functions, dU::l logging, waveform capture, flexible com- munications and many more features not av;ulable with !mlIl- dard analog me[ers. 407 298 2227 P.22/40 ASeo'" Automatic Transfer Switches These devices can minimize downtime: by automatically switching to a customer supplied auxihary power source whc:n primary power is interrupted, NQOD & NEBB Panelboards and Distribution Transformer-II These panclboards and transformers for lighting and distribu- tion loads can be mounted inside the MODEL 6 MCC to reduce your installa- tion costs. Tra,..I..n VoII8ge Surve ~_IOII Uhtta Solkf..st.te RecIuGed Valtage ~ ,:~1:, s lIanllartnl 8yst_ MAR-15-1999 10:42 STR-CON INC. 407 298 2227 P.23/40 Motor Control Centers ModeJ 6 - 60-100 hp, 480 V !ALTlSTART 46 Soft Start Unit i Application 'and Gllneral 1.11\......db.n Electnmie equipment ALTISTAFIT"1II 46 Soft Start Units General Information Motor Control Center Soft Start units provide a pre-engineered. integrated motor control center package consisting of a combination disconnect and soft start controller for reduced voltage starting and soft stopping of standard three-phase asynchronous induction (squirrel cage) motors. The Square 0 MCC Soft Stan units integrate the latest technology ALTISTART 46 Soft Start from Telemec:anique into a combination starter package for MCCs. The ALTlSTART 46 (ATS 46) is a digital controller that provides the benefrts of reduced CUlTBnt inrush (and resulting voltage drop) and reduced mechanical shocks that can result from starting a motor BCI'OSS the line. A six thyristor (SOA) solid state power connguration is used to provide smooth acceleration and deceleration control of three-phase &quirrel cage motors. The ALTlSTART 46 uses a patented technology to control the motor perlormance based on the motor torque rather than simple voltage- or current.based control (see figures belOW). Advanced control algorithms are incorporated to ensure smooth rotation throughout the starting ramp without mechanical instability at the end of sranlng. The torque control provides accurate and repeatable acceleration and deceleration. This &Dows for linear speed ramp without tachometer feedback and reduces the temperature rise of the motor. SplIlIIl CUtra'l1 Torque R:lfIlp CUrtllnt LiIIIl ~--------------------- r~;~~--' I I I I ,- ,. ,. .,- " Torque Ramp , \ I 1 I I I I I llme Tune I I I I I I I I I I Torque Ramp vs. Current Limit Starting Benefits of ALTlSTART 46 Soft Starts . Reduced torque during start. which: - Prevents damage to material in process - Can increase the life of machines and reduce down time . Reduced current peaks on the liupply during starting, which: - Reduces plant capaelty requirements - Reduces wltage sag on installatlons with limited capaclty - Eliminates side effects on other equipment driven from a weak supply · Smooth acceleration and deceleration independent of fluctuations in motor load: - Ideally suited for most fans, centrifugal pumps or other variable torque loads - Can eliminate water hammer even on difficult pumping applications . Advanced protection for the motor and the installation, including: - Selectable overload protection class - Overload pre-alarm Phase loss end reversal protection - Stall protection during start - Protection from malerlal jams while running - Underload detection 72 C 1997 Square D All Rlgtlla R~rvod 1/98 ~ MAR-15-1999 10:42 STA-CON INC. 407 298 2227 P.24/40 Application and General Information Electronic Equipment Motor Control Centers Model 6 MCC Packaging ALTISTART 46 Motor Control Genter Soft Start unit6 are available from B.5 to 590 A in NEMAlEEMAC Type 1. Type 1A (gasKeted), and Type 12 MCC enclosures. Units are available for three (3) phase, 60 Hz. 208 V, 240 V or 480 V. 3 wire or 4 wire systems. Each unit is e. Motor Control Genter style package able to be installed and connBCt9d to standard Model 5 or Model 6 MCC sections. Units are saddle type, plug-on construction up to 72 A standard duty/52 A heavy duty. Units are full height relay sections above 72 A standard duty/52 A heavy duty, A 20' Deep MCC is required for units rated above 302 A standard duty1257 A heavy duty. The Type 1, Type 1 A, and Type 12 units are non-vented below 481 A.. Above 480 A the unit includes a door vent and fans and are only available in NEMAlEEMAC Type 1 or 1A enclosures. The circuit breaker disconnects used on MCC Soft Start units are thermal.magnetic type for standard duty versions and MAG-GARD magnetic only for heavy duty versions, Circuit breakers are sized per motor hp information provided with the order. All units with circuit breakers disconnects are shipped with current limitersffuses Ie achieve a 65,000 ampere short circuit rating at 480 V. The fusible switch disconnects used on MCC Soft Start units are bladed switches up to 28 A standard duty/21 A heavy duty and automatic molded case switches for units above those ratings. Provisions tor CIa$$ J or L fuses are provided. Fuses are not installed at the factory. MCC ALnSTART Unit with Open Door Features Included: · Current limiting short circuit protection provisions to provide high short circuit rating for the unit (65 leA 81 480 V). · Input power disconnect. Fusible switch or circuit breaker disconnect6 are available. · Telemecaniqu9 D and F line contactors are standard (NEMAlEEMAC type contactors are optional). · Door-mounted ksypad for setup and monitoring of the Altistart controller, · Control devices, If chosen. are mounted on the uni1 control station plate. . Agency Listing: The Motor Control Center ALTlSTART 46 Soft Start units are listed via the motor control center UL 845 procedures. The Canadian CSA label and Mexican NOM labels can also be applied. . Shorting Contactor. A shorting contactor is supplied on all units above 28 A tor standard duty version6 and abaYe 21 A for heavy duty versions. This allows the motor current to bypass the Soft Start thyristors once the Soft lQI,f9& n C 1997 Square 0 AU Rlght3 Rosorvcd MAR-15-1999 10:43 STA-CON INC. 407 298 2227 P.25/40 Motor Control Centers Model 6 ....,.""" ", ;0. ':~ -% I" "::_"~"'-;"i:>:' . . . ~ '. , , ' ;''; :.....:. i'~;:,:"R~ -,,~,,';.i , . -=tf}~i 1,'-""" ~;:.:I Keypad in Unit Do Dr 74 Appllcaticn and General Intarmortlon E1ltCtronlc Equil'mBnt Stan has ramped up to full voIlageJtull speed. The use of a shorting contactor reduces temperature rise within the enclosure during steady state operation and requires less current carrying duty on the thyristors . Input Isolation Contactor: All MCC Soft Start units include an input conlactor as standard to protect the motor, driven equipment or operating personnel in the event of a semi~nductor taull The input contactor also opens when the motor Is not in use, This provides protection from voltage transients when the electronics are most susceptible to damage. Control power Is maintained after the input contaetor is opened so fault diagnostics are available. · Full Voltage Bypass: All ALTISTART 46 MCC Soft Start units include a manual full voltage bypass scheme as standard to aUow emergency full voltage staning of the motor in case the Soft Starter is unable to be used. This feature includes necessary control and power ctl'C\litry to manually start the motor with full vollage using a bypass enable/disable selector switch. An additional overload relay is provided to protect the motor in the bypass mode. . (TCSTM) Torque Control System: The ALTISTART 46 uses TCS ramping to accelerate the motor to full voltage. Basing the acceleratlon ramp on the motor torque rather than currant or voltage, as used in traditional soft starts, provides a linear speed ramp independent of the motor loading wlthout tachometer feedback. The TeS ramp is also used for improved control of deceleration and eliminates the need tor a special controller to handle water hammer problems. . Integrated motor and controller thermal protection: The motor and controller temperature are continuously calculated ba&ed on the controller nominal current and the current that is actually drawn, The cooling curve of the motor is simulated through an electronic circuit that stores the thermal state of the motor even if supply power is disconnected. A rise in motor temperature can be caused by a slight or severe overload of long or short duration. As shown in the figure below, the ALTISTART 46 controller creates a dIgital model of the motor temperature based on two thermal images. The first (T1) representS the level of temperature rise corresponding to "iron. (motor trame). The second (12) represents the temperature rise of .copper" (stator windings). For each thermal image. two levels of alarm are detected. An overload pre-alarm is Signaled via logic output when the thermal stale exceed 105% forT1 and/or 130% tor 12, A thermal fault is signaled via output relay and keypad when the temperature rise exceeds 1 10% for T1 and 14QQk tor T2. T1 " -' " -- " " " ., - ~.... '-" ...."'.....;~.. T2 ,,~..~ :';'. Pre-alarm 5 1.05:: 1.11 2 3 04 5 "n ALTlSTART 46 EI8Ctronlc Overload Thermal Trip CUI'V8li Q , 997 Square 0 All Fl9I\lS AIi$8n/Bd 1m8 IaI ~-l~-l~~ L~'~J ~ I M-L.UI~ ! l'l\... . Applic3tion and General InfOlmllticm Electrunic Equipment Motor Control Centers Model 6 Starting and Stopping Four types of sta4ing are a.railable: . TCS soft stalt - adjust!i)le from 1 to 60 seconds · TCS with "boost" . adjustbJe 50 to 1ooD'" of mains oltage · Current limit - adJusta& from 150 to 500% of controAer ratin9f01t8g9 ramping Three types of stopping are sallable · Freewheel or coast to stop . TCS soft stop . adjustalls from , to 60 seconds · InTele BrakingTN . adjusta11e from 50 to 100% Protective Features · Motor thermal overload prolection - choice of Class 10 or 20 · Soft Start thermal protection · Motor phase loss protection . Mains supply hilure of greater than SOQms · Overcurrent fault . Locked rotor fault . Mains frequency outside limits of +/. 3.6Hz · Selectable protection, inoluding: - Phase reversal - Stall and jam - Thermal overload pre-alarm - Current threshold alarm - Underload fault Monitoring and Indication Door Mounted K4-pad · Displays setup parameters and ilult codes for previous fille faults. · Factory preset br most common adjustments · Security to avoid accidental controller modifications Is pnrided by dip svilChes on the biDe of the keypad, which must be adjusted to pruide access to 3 programming '"Is. Real-time indication via the digital kfpad of: . Motor current . Load Torque · Motor thermal state . Power factor · Fault status Two logic outputs: . Motor thermal overload or Indication of motor current present . Current threshold alarm One analog outpurfor 4 to 20 or 0 to 20 mA indication of motor current torquft1ermaJ state. or ~ factor. [Clt/98 01997 Square 0 All R/9IllS R~ 7S MAR-1S-1999 10:44 STR-WN INC. 41::H c::~tj C::C::C::' ( r' . c:: (/ "Ilj Motor Control Centers Model 6 Application and General Information ElectronIc EquIpment One logic input, which is configurable for force to freewheel, thermal overload reset or indication of external fault. options: . NEMNEEMAC HP rated contactors substituted for Telemecanlque D or F line contactors . Reversing · 120 Vac Control Power Transformer · '20 Vac customer VA capacity added to oontrol power transformer . Push To Test Pilot Lights · LED Pilot Ughts · Auxiliary interlocks Application Unlike NEMNEEMAC rated electromechanical devices. selection of solid-state reduced voltage starters is apptication dependent. Motor related factors (such as torque, base speed, and nameplate Fun Load Amps), combined with load characteristics (such as connected inertia, acceler.ation, and n,mning requirements), must be oonsldered tor optimum application of solid-state reduced voltage starters. See the ALTlSTART catalog (Square D Publication #8638CT9701)and Product Data Bulletin IIB600PD9201 for additional technical information. For convenience, the ALTISTART selection tables are based on nominal horsepower ratings. Remember, nameplate FuJI Load Amps and starting characteristics vary depending on motor manufacturer, base speed, and design. ALTlSTART units must be selected based on maximum unit amps, not horsepower. The ALTlSTART 46 Soft Start is offered in 2 versions: Standard Duty and Heavy Duty. The factory will program the soft start and size the components for standard or heavy duty based on the catalog number enlered. For heavy duty applications the soft start has been derated by one size before being packaged in the MCC unit. Standard Duty: Typical examples of standard duty applications include most fans and centrifugal pumps. Other standard dUty applications include machines such as screw conveyors or conveyors thaI are started with little or no load. For standard duty, the ALTISTART 46 is preset tor Class 10 motor overload protection. a 300% current limit and 10 second accelemtion mmp. Standard duty operation is defined as 10 starts per hour, with a maximum start time of 23 seconds at 300% current limit or equivalent. Heavy Duty: Typical heavy duty applications include high inertia loads or other loads requiring long acceleration times, Some examples 01 heavy duty applications include grinders, crushers and presses as well as high inertia tans and saws. For heavy duly, the ALTISTART 46 is preset for Class 20 motor overload protection, a 350"k current limit and 15 &econd acceleration ramp. Heavy duty is defined as 5 starts per hour, with a maximum start time of 46 seconds at 350% current limit or equivalent. Contact the Square D Field Office for additional applJca.t1on Information and pncing for app~cations requiring: · 2 speed or della.wye motors · motors other than NEMNEEMAC Design B · low slip motors · power factor correction capacitors · multi. motor applications · horsepower greater than 500 hp at 460 V or 200 hp at 2001230V Selecllon To select an MCC Soft Stan unit, reter to the unit selection tables on the foUowing pages in this section and: e '997 SqLW'8 0 All RighlIi ReeeMKI ,~ [Ij] 78 MAR-15-1999 10:44 STA-CON 1 NC. 407 298 2227 P.28/40 Application IlOd General InfonMtlOl'l Electronic Equipment Motor Control Centers Model 6 ,. Select either circuit breaker or fusible switch disconnect type unit. 2. Select Standard Duty or Heavy Duty rated unit based on the dury cyde. acceleration time and starting current requirements tor the load.,The ALTISTART 46 Soft Start will be preset for Standard Duty Or Heavy Duty at the MCC factory BCCOrding to the catalog number. 3, Choose a unIt with an ampere rating above the nameplate Full Load Amperes (FLA) of the motor being controlled by the soft start. 4. Select a Unit Control Circuit Variation to meet the control power requirements tor the application. If no option i6 chosen the unh will be supplied with unlused separate 120 V control circuit with control power disconnecl 5. Add Power and Control Options required tor the application. (gl1~ = t 1197 Squan 0 AD Rlgt1b FIoselWd T7 MAR-15-1999 10:45 STA-CON INC. 407 298 2227 P.29/40 Motor Control Centers Model 6 Appllcarlon and General IntonnBllon E1ectroni: Equipment Standard Duty ALTISTAR'fTM 46 Soft Starts with Circuli Breaker Disconneeta (Pumps. Fans, Lightly Loaded or Unloaded Starting Applications) Standard duty operation Is defined as '0 starts per hour with a maximum start time of 2:3 seconds at 300% current limit or equivalent Motor Rated Malt. Thurm.l. Hon:spowet Unit MagnBtic: SpSCB 200V 23DV 460V Amps CIS Amps (Inches) - 3 - 10 20 :3 - 7.5 12 2S - - 10 14 30 - 5 - 16 35 36 fj - - 18 40 - - - 20 45 - - 15 21 50 - 7.5 - 24 50 7.S 10 20 28 GO 10 - 2S 36 70 - - 30 40 so 4B 15 20 40 54 90 20 25 50 69 100 - - - 72 110 25 30 60 aD 110 30 - - 90 125 - 40 75 105 1SO 72 40 - - ',5 175 (2OW) - 50 100 140 200 50 60 125 180 225 GO 172 Z50 72 - - (3OW) - 75 150 200 300 75 100 200 250 SSO 100 285 400 72 - - ($W) - - 250 302 450 150 150 350 439 600 - 200 400 48{) 800 72 200(1) - 450 u> 52B 800 (SOW) - - 500 III 590 900 If> Available In NEMA Type' And Type lA enclosures only. 78 C 1997 Square 0 "-11 RIghIs ReserVB:l ,~~ MAR-15-1999 10:45 SIR-CON I NC. 407 298 2227 P.30/40 AppDcatlon and General Information Electronic Equipment Motor Control Centers Model 6 Heavy Duty ALTISTART 46 Soft Slam. With Circuit Breaker Dl9connects (High Inertia L.oad& or Loads with Long Starting TimBS) Heavy duty operation 16 defined as 5 starts per hour with a maximum start time of 46 seconds at 350% current limit or equivalent Motor Rated Maximum Horsepower Unit MAG-GARD CIB Space 200V 23DV 480V Amps Amps (Inches) 3 :3 10 1<1 15 38 5 5 15 21 30 - 7.5 - 24 30 10 10 25 36 50 q 20 ZO 40 6Z 100 30 40 75 105 250 72 (2OW) 60 60 125 178 400 72 (3OW) 75 100 200 257 400 72 (J5W) 150 200 400 480 CIOO 200rjl SOOW 590 800 72 (SOW) - <I' Available In NEMA Type 1 and 1A enclosures only, Standard Duty ALTISTART 46 Soft Starts Wrth FusIble Switch Disconnects (Pump&, Fans, Lightly Loadecl or Unloaded Starting Applications) Motor Rated Horsepower shown for convenience only. Size per ac:tual motor full load amperes. Standard duty operation is defined as 10 starts per hour with a maximum start time of 23 seconds at 300% current limit or equivalent) Motar Rated Max. SWItch HorsapDW8l' Unit Amp$ Space 200 V 230 V 4150 V Amps (Fuse CIB$6) (Im:hBS) 5 :> 10 20 30 (.I) 36 - - 15 21 60 (J) 10 10 30 40 5O'(J) 20 20 40 63 100 (J) 48 - 2:5 50 72 200 (J) 40 40 100 129 200 (J) 72 - 50 - 140 .we (J) (2(1WJ 60 75 1SO 200 ~(J) 72 (3OW) 7!i 100 . 200 2S8 <400 (J) 72 100 - 250 302 ClOO (J) (35W) 150 1SO 300 410 aDO (J) - 200 400 480 BOll (J) 72 (SOW) 200 - ~li) 572 ! 800 (J) - - SOOtj) 590 1000 (J) ~, AvaUable in NEMA Type 1 and 1A endOSURIS only. (g] 1188 79 ~ 1997 SqllBl'll 0 All Rights Aes8Nlld MAR-15-1999 10:45 STA-CON I NC. 407 298 2227 P.31/40 Motor Control Centers Model 6 Application and' General Information E1ectrcnie equipment Heavy Duty ALTlSTAfrrI1'I 46 Soft Starts With Fusible Switch Di5coMeets (High Inertia Loads or Loads with Long starting Times) Heavy duty operalion is defined as 5 starts per hour with a maximum &tart time of 46 seconds at 350% current limll or equivalent. Motor Rated Max. Switch HO............1If Unit Ampll Space 200 V 230 V 480 V Amps (FU3e Class) (Inches) 5 5 10 20 30 (J) 36 7.5 10 20 ~ 60 (J) 10 - 30 40 110 (J) 2.0 20 40 63 100 (J) 48 - 25 50 72 200 (J) 40 40 100 129 200 (J) 72 - 50 - 140 400 (J) (2OW) 60 15 150 200 400 (J) n(JOW) 75 100 200 25B 400 (J) 72 100 - 250 302 OOO(J) (35W) HiO 150 300 410 6OO(J) - 200 400 480 800 (J) 72 (SOW) 200<D - 4SO<i) fi12 800 (J) - - 5OO<jJ 590 1000 (J) I" Available in NEMA Type 1 and 1 A endosures only. A1.nSTART Unit Power Options Motor RBtscl Horsepower Spacll Description (Standard Duty Rated Sort Start) 200 V 230 V 41>0 V (Inches) 20 2S SO 6 SubStitulB NEMAlEEMAC Cont8ctorB 40 50 100 0 Provide hol8epowef raled NEMA/EEMAC Type S 60 1S0 5 added to wkfth conlacttn In place 01 Telllmucanique, AC3 lBled" 0 75 Dr F line contaClors, AlSo providee 8501 Type XO 75 100 200 0 control /lIilJy5 in place of Tlll8mBcaniqull 0 Une rOlays, 100 100 2SO 25 added to WlClIl\ (20. DIMIp) 150 200 40tl 10 added Ie wldIh 5 5 15 0 20 25 50 6 ~1I Capability 40 50 100 0 Not available wiItl NEMAIEEMAC TypIl Conlal;tOr.; 60 75 150 5 aMIIll to WidIh 200 ZOO 500 0 7.511> 10 tiJ 20 CD 0 Shorting ContldOr 200 200 SOO SlAnclaIlS QJ FmBWheel SlOpping musl be aa:eptable in these applications. No COf1trOlIed deceleration available, c;i 1997 Square 0 All FiIgnls AeseNBd ,~~ 80 MAR-15-1999 10:46 STA-cGN INC. 407 298 2227 P.32/40 Application "nd General In' ormation ElDdronIc Equipment Motor Control Centers Model 6 ALTISTART Unit Control Circuit Variations Description Application Space (Inchu) UNused Separute 120 V Control ClrQIIt wtth Suandard on all S1arl8rll UIlIIl~ a control pawor Single Pole Double TInM (SPOT)Conrrol Powllr Dlsconnsr;:! trarl$Iormlll' or Itne voltQge eomrol Is ch06lln, UntUli8d Sopama 120 V Control Circuit wIlh OClJlIe Pole 0 Double Throw (~OTlConlrol Power DlseonnllCl Pvsea S9para1e 120 V Comrol ClrclJn with lncludoo ono IU$C and control ci~lllnlerloc:k. Control Power DIsconn&d Cormol pl1Wer taken belwesn phase$. 0 Fused U1le VOltage CcnlnlI Circuit (l'Ml primary lUs8l:; malt. 240V floe YOllago) Control power Ulken from pl'laA and nelllTlll. Operating Mechanien1 InlerlOek SPOT (Addoo 10 Contral ~r Transformer) OPOT MDIor Ratad Hon;opower [Sl3ndarcl Duty Rated Soli Sian) 208 2.'30 4SC 50 (5) 100 (55) 5 5 15 150 (lOS) 300 (255) FU$Od Control F'oI.ver Transfonnar 100 (11) Available IrBnsIormers arc sIIown tor each honlepower ranoa, 0 VA rating shown in parenthesis Is \he lUC:IB&4 ggpael1y lor cIne 150 (81) 20 25 50 corttrol OellleOS aller aubtracllng the c:ontl.ClDr requiremems tor JOO (Z11) T e1smecanlqull eanIaclon;, For NEMAfEEMAC contactol1l 300 (1as) contact the Sq lIll/'G 0 Field 0Iflc;e, SOO (385) 40 5C 100 500 (267) laD 100 250 750 (S17) 300 (227) 150 200 400 500 (427) 300 (207) 200 - 500 SOD (407) ~,~ a1 C 19117 Square D All Rl~ ~rwa MAR-15-1999 10:46 sm-CON I NC. 407 298 2227 P.33/40 Motor Control Centers Model 6 Application end General Information Electronic Equlpmsnt ALTlSTART Unit Control Optlon& Description Space (Inches) 1,5-30 Eo8C, stan delay Unwimd mO.J2N.C. 0 line rlllay o it one per $l8rtllr; UnwirBd 2N.OJN.C. D line relay: 1N,0/1N.C, 1~180 SllC, on de1l1Y timer :3 lor up to lItree max, Unwimd mo.JN.C, D IIno r!llay; IN.OIIN.C, 10-180 see. oft delay timer Pllol Light5 (1TIlI~. 1hIe devices) Run pilOt Iighl (Red) 011 pilot IIgtn (Green) Alarm piJo1 ight (Yollow) Power On pilot IIgh! (6Iue) Sl3rl En:lbl9d pilot light (WhIte) Fault pllot light (Red) LEO Pllol Ughtc (max, live devices) Run pilot IIghl (Red) 011 pilolligllt (Green) Alarm pilot ligtn (Yellow) Fault pllOI lillhl (Red) Puch To T85t Pilot Ugttttnax. five CleviCWi) Run pilei Ught (Red) Off pilot Dghl (Greenl Alarm pfIollighl (YBlIow) Start Enablsd pilot light (Whltll) 0 Fault p1lo1lighl (Red) LEO Push To TlI5t Pilot UghtlmllX. IIYe dBViCSli) On pilei tigh1 (Red) orr pilot light (Green) Alann pllOl Ugh! (YB11aw) ,F:lU1l pllolllghl (Red) S13rt/Stop push bullon6 HandlOIlIALIIO selector switdl Fo1waniIOffIR~o seIeelor 6Witch AI:; ammeter with Q1~nllranslormer Elapsed TImo Moler SubstlIuIe Type K \rr=,lhmo dBYil;&s) AuxJIIIIlY BlICt/'lcal ln1enOClUi 1 N.D.!! N,C, ConlaCt on start onabl9d 1 N.O.l1 N.C, On lnplll c;ontaldor , N.Oh N.C, On ahorting/bypIW contaetor C 19i7 SqU8JB 0 All R9/1lS RllS8rved 1/98 ~ 82 .!! ",,'" !!' III II t' "'1' FOIIJ .I.l.. It E .!!! _ ilWItIM' =: !: .= .,... IVO It: - 5 ~CZ IN r.AW' MAR-15-1999 10:47 STA-CON INC. Application aM Genunll Information Electronic Equipment Wiring Diagram for ALllSTART 46 B! ...-:-- 10 -....;.... ~-'OA --... ~ a. .... .!l ~ " Q . ---0 REMan COoITIlOL ~,~ 407 298 2227 P.34/40 Motor Control Centers Model 6 !! <rz MI A.. ....-...... ":.~ c, 2 ~ ,S!! 2': ;-H- ...,..f~: : Dl ClI: :-+- .-+; :....~.~.: sa e 1997 Square 0 All Rlghb F\o:\CfWd MAR-15-1999 10:47 In I SQUARE STA-CON INC. D COMPANY TECHNICAL OVERVIEW S.IAmtnu $ ClASS 8020 TYPE SCP401, 423, 424,444 'l7 I on MODEL 400 PROCESSOR r-, The SYIMAX Model 400 Processor is a single-width module which plugs into a SY/MAA Class 8030 digital or register rack assembly. Compatible with the SYIMAX Programmable Controller Family, the Model 400 processor featUres a powerful instruction set tor the control of up to 4,000 inputs and outputs in small to medium control applications. The two SYfMAX communication ports on the Modal 400 permit direct communication with other SY /MAX Class 8020 Processors and oth9( devices, ana for connection to the high speed SY/NET. Local Area Network. The processor also includes a real-time clock (whidl accommodates leap yoar) with an accuracy within 1 second per day at 25.C. In addition to the basic control logic instructions available in $ffiaU to medium pc-ogrammable controllers. the Model 400 ptocessor has an extended instruction set typically found in larger controllers. Standard instructions include lutI program scan control (including GOTO, subroutine, and timed interrupt capabilities), CSNm sequeoalr, and ) ASCII input. TIle drum sequencer provides sequential control of outputs based on timB or a series of events. The Model 400 processor can process ASCII as inplJt. in addition to supporting the familiar SYIMAX ASCII outplJt capability. This allows the Model 400 to receive direct input from devices :such as weigh scales and bar c;ode readers. Model -400 processors (with the exception of the SCP401) also ofter a scan speed of less than 1 millisecond per K, floating point math, and PID calCulations tor handling closed loop conltOl. Refer to the Instruction Set table. The Model 400 uses a Motorola 68010 microprocessor. which is responsible .for performing and COO/'dinating all operations including all interrupts and errOt .condilions from the communications interface, SYIMAX bus. scan processor. and math co-processor. Scanning (except tor the SCP401) is performed by an AMD 29116 ptOCeSSOl' utilizing a 64-bit compiled word. Floating point ~s are pertormed by a Motorola 68B8' math co- ~. User meml.?ry is 4K, 8K or 16K CMOS RAM or 1St< RAMllNPAOM mix (8K UVPAOM maximum), with an additional 4K user registel's on-boarc1. Each register can be assigned as a data value, counter, timer, 18 digital 110, ote. ... .:.+~( C::JO c:..c..~1 I .....J...J' "1U TO-503-02 MAY, 1988 TOO Model 400 has a commercially available on-board battery which may be replaced under power. The battery supports the control program .,hon the prOCOS30r is removed from the rack and also augments the system power SOpply batteries when n8cessary. Two additional LED indicators annunciate WRITE PROTECT and BATTERY LOW conditio.nI; in addition to the standard SVIMAX LED's of RUN, HALT, MEMORY, FORCE and 110. . To maintain system security the Model 400 processor has a tour position (DISABLE OUTPUTS, HALT, RUN and RUNlPROGAAM) k8y-operated mode selector switch. MuIti-lBveI software security features can also be used to pnwent the alteration 01 data and control programs, pr8V8I1t WO forcing, pl'event viewing some or ail 01 the user program, cestrict notwork access of information, and P",OYide .pas~ security. Dedicated to Growth . Committed to Quality SIR-CON I NC . SPECIACATlONS Physloal Specifications MAR-15-1999 10:47 Electrical Specifications CulTent Draw on SYIMAX Power Supply 3500 mA 2500 mA for SCP-401 Memory Support .... -D- call alkaline batteries in power supply - at least " months (battery age less than 2 y6arS). On-board AA lithium battwy in processor - allaast 1 year (augments power supply batteries whfIn ptOCessor installed in rack) Envttonrnental Specifications Ambient Temperature Operational ...... O. to OO.C (32010 140.F) Storage ......... -400 to +SO.C (-..00 to 17a.F) Ambietlt Humidity ... 5 - 95%, RH non-condensillQ BattBry ............ 3.6V AA Ulhi4Jm (Tadiran TL 5104 or equi~alent) Vibration .......... Vibrated in It1ree axes from 5 to 14 Hz at 0.2 inch (Smm) displacement. and 14 to 200 Hz (2 G acceJera1jon maximum) for 90 minutes per X. Y and Z plane. Dwell at resonance frequencies for 10 minutes. Noise ............. PasseE following noise tests: · NEMA ICS 2-230 and lEe 65A Par1 5 Section 2.6.2..4. (Showering Arc) · ANSIllEEE C37.9Oa, IEEE 472 and IEC 65A Part 5 Section 2.6.2.5. (Surge Withstand Capability) · Chattering Relay (Landis) Test · Curreru Spike (A9Y8rsing motor) Test · ESO Protection meetS lEe &SA Part 5. Section 2.6.2.2. ~~( ~~o ~~( r.~u'~u Dimensions (without key) W x H x 0 ....... 1.5 l( 12.8)( 7.1 inches (3.Bl x 32.5)( 16.0 em) /"'-.. Weight (Approximate) . 4.2 pounds (1.9 kg.) FuncijonalSpec~aons Scan Speed SCP401 ........... 2.8 millis9COllds per K Boolean, 7.9 milliseconds per K nominal SCP423. 424, 444 0.7 milijseconds per K Boolean, 2..9 mi/fiseconds per K nominal Real Time CIocIc ..... Aecuracy within one second per day @ 2S.C. 16 seconds per day OYer lull temperature (0- SO-C) and humidity (5-95%) range. Memory Size SCP401 ......... 4K RAM SCP423 ......... BK RAM SCP424 ..,...... 16K RAM SCP4+t ......... 10K RAM/UVPROM Memory Utilization 1 WO(d per contact or coil Memor)' Overhead 8 WOf'ds Diagnostic ughts . - " Seven (RUN, HAlT, MEMORY, FORCE, 110, BATTERY LOW,. WRITE PROTECT) Total Addressable Registers ........ 4000 on-board ExtemaIIlO Over 4,000. Ally mix in groups of 4, a, 16 ()( 32 points per mOdule. lntemal Relay EQuivalents 16 per unused register (1 ".000 nominal total) Data Star. RegiSters ........ Flexible to 4000 l&-bit ragi&ters or 2000 floating-point registers. INSTRUCTION SET INSTRUCTION Dl8PLA y DESalfPTlON REMARKS Canrads -1 t- Repru,enlzl ON.OFF Sl8lI.I& of inputs, WlPUlB. ifIUlmaI Input devices can be monitored in HALT. --;ff'- relays, and I'8Qisler bits. Coil -ir- Aopreseua:. an QUtput ~ ID Iho prac:eamr. Upon 8 1r3fUition kI RUN, aJ/ g)l]$ WI! __ 61.~ on lh8 b.-.an. ~ Ihe 8lICOI'Id scan. I!lI cois are t.r;ldaIOd ~ng on Ihe ~ of the lcVc in Iha1 ~ ~ 2 TO-503-02 " ,',," '- MRR-15-1999 10:48 STA-CON INC. MODEL 400 INSTRUCTION SET (continued) 407 298 2227 P.37/40 ) lHSTRUCOON DISPLAY DESCRIPTION REMARKS Inl9rl\:iJl Relays R. Represents eootrol relay func::tiom. Operation is muc:I1 lh8 same as-an outpIJt but -(r- does I1D1 dir8c1ly control output ~ L.alcMJnlaldl --(l r- D~icaIes!he BClion 01 a mechanically halcIlillChino relay. La!Ch and l.Inlalch rungs must be programmed Relays --{Ur- This is aa:ompI~ ltIrough the UIllI ollwO inlBmal relay ~. coils with the same address. Once a latch coil i6 energized, it remains on unlil tho unIalcI'I COIl ill flC\llf'Qil!Od, 8\/9n if power is 1'9l'llOVed. Transi1iooal Co~ . -n l- An imDmaI Ot 8XIemaI coil wl1d1 will only energize on a Requires two lXlnS80JIive 00. addres565, ono 10 lTan6ition of lhlIlogic from open 10 cIosod. The output wi. ItlCIOl"d hl ttansitiOn and one 10 remember tho t8main on far a single pnx:assor scan. The lOgic must Ias1 6ta18. A transilionaI coil must be IlS$ign9d Ium the coil of( and Il'8n:lilion 10 on agaillll I'tHlIlClfgile an 000 addrBS5 number. The procassot .wi Ihe DUlpUt coi. IhBn LI58 hl Il8lCI L() address fOt recording too ~ SZalB 0/ !his same cail. Uasl8l' Contrr:lI MeR MCA ON lIIIows logic 10 furdion. MCR OFF Ilrns ~ Relay -( )- DUlpU1.S. MCR contn:is lIlI /iUCCI88C1ilg rmgs until a new MCR coa is prog~ or tile end of program is reachBd.. TIITB" TMR T mer mgisIer can 5tml a lour digit decimaJ value lWi1h a Programming techniques allow far programming raroa trcm 0 10 9999. Of ON or OFF delcly ancs inlervBl timers. Raplaoos 1iming reIay8 and molOr driven tmers. $ AiR ~ time bases arB .01 sec., .1 sec., ., min. CounI8r CTR Coun1B" regi$lef c:at\ store 8 lour digil clecinaI valvo trom Possible 10 cascade COUI'IIBrs 10 obtain a count o 10 9999. UP, OOWN and UPJDOWN counters 8fe greater lh8n lour digits. 51ar\datd. Drum Sequenc:er DRUM Simulldas ~ CII'uIn5wildl operation. Manual or al.llGmatic timB, evenl, or 8 conDn81ion ollimafevent sequencing. Synchronou& SHFT Used lD 6hIf1 inl1ividuaI bilB 0/ a lIIOt8ge ~isIer in eilner a Used in appIicalion:l1ha1 r8QUire a U9Br \0 keep StlIt RegisIer IotW8rd Ot rewrse di'actiJn.PO&liibIe 10 stVtt '. 8 Q( 16 InI;:k 01. tit paUem8. bit channels as a time. Asyndlronous FIFO Dala is loaded in10 !he Iirst lO1Il and BXIl6 out the Ia5t Used to record the on:ler 01 event5 as lhOy Shift Regilll8l' zooo ltIina IN and OUT axnmanlis~. PoaaibIB occur, such as in conveyor and alarm (Fntln, to shift 8 Of '6 bit ctlannsls at a time. lltlIlI.tlCiati "JlPIi' "',;. -IS. Fr.it OUt) Dam Comparison IF COtnI*" funetions between &tDragIll ~ Ol ~ It is poliSibIe 10 ~ram uvee c::ompariscnS on 1= .. an inIllger or ftoasing poinllllDlBgll rugisler and II lXI1StZInt. one inB. tn Int8per lTlOde, number6 trom , . ~. <I When an IF is true, the IF Dol m:ts ik8 a tihort. -32,768 to 32,767 can be compatDQ. In ffoatJng point mod6, 8 raooe of -3.4 x '038 10 3.4 x 10-- and wlu89 85 IrAiIII as t'.2 X 10-38 are allowed. Math anCl SPECIAL tunclion8 can be used in IF &S8I8n'lents. DaIa TranQer LET Tmnsier daIa Iram one 61Dr8ge n;Vsl8r 10 anaIher or RangBe are ..ne as Data ~ labove). pnlI$lIC$ a COR:I1IrIl irllo a IlOBge ragisIar. M8ltI IIr1d SPECIAl. 1unc::lUts can be used in LET~ T ranritionlII TLET T ranlii\iDn sansiliYe; t'8Gtricts the operation 01 1he LET LET irIm.Iction lD one operation g each cpan &0 c:Io&eCl tranaiIiOn of !he input aniIion. IndIt8ct Regi*Ir RDSTAT Incirecl regisl6r ruad 01 saaws field. Read RDOATA IncMlcl regislIIr I'ald 01 d8Ia fiBId.. FNDBfT LocaIB and dear Ihe tnI biI (i:)weI1 til tuItlerl 88t in lt1e incfitect regiIW beilg reud. Bnary to BCD BCD CorMnion or tlinwy O&la in a SZDrUge regiaeBr 10 i\a AIaw5 thtl JrOO8SSOl' 10 drive II BCD-type LED binary COdBd dec:imalIBCD) equiv8lent. wiltin II LET or IF lispay. ~ BCD 10 Binary BIN Conversion 01 binafy COded d8cimaI (BCD) d$ 10 il:I U5I8CI in ~~ 10 COtI'tllrt !he ONlOfF bi18ry equiI/8Ient wIltin a LET or IF inatruction. I\A,III !rom a Utumbwheel switch Ie a blnary mmber which hl plnryeosao- can operaIu on. TO-503-02 ~ 3 MAR-15-1999 10:49 \, INSTRUC110N DISPLAY LET,lf $landard MaIh Operations (Irnoger ancl ~ Point md\) AdciIion SubIJadion MllIIipl;..."Nj 0M9im Squ/Jto Root AlB*JIB Value SinB'" Caeine" LOG'c' l..ne . tv,..- Alt\IanceCI MaSh .-.cI 't ~ Ope. aIioot:f ~if-sI Operalicnr' PID ~ (gJ )( + SORT ABS SIN cas LOG LN v-x INVERT NEGATE ROUND XSORD HYPOT HYPXYZ TANGNT COSEC SECANT COTAN ARCSIN ARCCOS ARCTAN ARCCSC ARCSEC ARCCOT SETDEG SETRAO DEGRAD RAOOEG Pl L2T L2E LG2 LN2 EULER E ,oeo .,RAe ETOPI PrTOE ETOE ETOEULR SCRTE SORTPI ADOSTA VARNCE PIOR PIOO PIOM LEDl.AG STA-CON INC. 407 298 2227 P.38/40 DESCRIPTlON MODEL 400 INSTRUCTION SET (continued) REMARKS Malh operations are per10rmBd left 10 right. and &re The f8SUll of 8IlY integDr maUl operation must programmBd inlo LET D' IF instrvctions. I'IDC BIC88d the range .32.788 10 32.767 or an IlIII8rlIow conc2ition wil resuIl. Value range lor inlB{l8r ma1tl; :!:~,767 + VlIIua r~ 10( tloarinQ point math opBrBlions: -3.4 x 1C)3B lO 3.4 I lOU, 001 smaIIEIr Ill8I\ ! 1.2 I 10.31. TI\e intermedisr" result 01 an integer ~ cannol tall outside tle range -2.1."1.AA3.847 1.0 +2,147.483,647 or an CMIrtIow condition wiD I1I5Uk. Thl:l rOll1Jlt 0( any nearing point I11Idh operalion nwsl I'IDC BXaBl :t 3.4 II 1o:aa or be smallm than :!: 1.2 II 10'U or an over1low txlnOi1iCln will occur. The intermediate resuI1 01 a flosting point oompu1alion cannot IalI 0Ul9ide the range at :1.2 J,l)4lI32 to ;t3.4 II: 10-. . These lunc:ticns no! available in !he SCP401. Divide 1 by lIlB current result (11X). - These fI.rlcIians not available i1 the Cha1lge llign eX cuneot reeulL SCP4Ol. Round flOating poinlnumber 10 in16gDl'. Square cmenl ~ Calculate l\AoO.di!NInsionaI hyPOlenvse. Calculate II1roo-dimensionaJ nYf.olenuse. CaIcUaw tangent CalculalB cosec:ant. CaleuIalB sac&'lt. CaIaJIalG c:olangBnt. CaIcuIaIs arc sine. C8allal8 COSine. CaIcuIaIe arc tangent CaIculaIe an: CXlS8CaI'lI. CalcuIala art: sscant caIoJlalB M; COlal1Q9r1t Perform subsaquant N111".llb'liot1s in aagr811 mcxle. Per10rm Illb&ecp-n ('2lcl""l~ in.RIdian.modQ. CarMlrt cIegreoIllD radian&. Corwert I'8li8ns 10 degrees.. The IoIIowing mns1aIlt& are SlDr8d 10 8O-tlIl prucision: MuIIipIy result by ~ M~ r8SlJIt bt' 109 basel 20110. MulIiply resuII by log DlIli8 2 01 natuJBlIog 8- Mutliply l'8tiUll by log base 10 01 2. M~ I'll8Ull by log base e 0/ 2- ~ r8Ul by ~& consIIInt Multiply fBSUlI by natural log e. M'*PIY rusult by 1 deglllB in racIiana. MuIIiPY re&uIt by 1 I'lIlian in Clogmas. MuIliply ~ by e n MuIlipIy result by ne MuIliPy I'8SlJIl by e · MullipIy rus~ by e E..... Multiply resull by va Mulliply rB:kl1t by v 1! Store current resull in e\alis1ical block of ragislet6 . ThIao tUI'diona not IMIiIabIe in Ih8 consi&ting 01 the summation 01 pravious values. scP4tll. summation 01 ltle IqUBI'8S 01 pt8Yicus YHucls. and the eccurnutaIed counl of prIIVQ.as wIues. CaIc:utaIe stlI2isliclll vari8nal on !he aaunulaled lOIab i1 lhe BtBIis8caI tlIclc:k. Calculate I'B'oIIltS8-aCt PID Uip. . 'thus8 funclions not evaiIabIe in the CaIcul8Ie dW8cl-ac1ing PID loop. SCP401. CaIcutDe P1D leap in rnawal. CabAaze IIladf1ag 1uncID1la" PIO lOOp. 4 TO-S03-02 . \) MAR-15-1999 10:49 STA-CON INC. Model 400 INSTRUCTION SET (continued) 407 298 2227 P.39/40 INSTRUCTlON OISPLA Y DESCRIPTION REMARKS A logical lunction u68d willlin an IF [)( LET command having the prr:Ip8rty &uCh that if 5 and T are logic quantities, 1Ilen !he Jogic8l resu/t of . S XOR T" is defood Emusive OR III in !he b'lowing \able: InlegCr modo Ol'lty. S T S XOR T 0 0 0 0 , , , 0 , , , 0 RandOm Number RANDOM Generates random tll.mbef. Resul\9 in a positiYD random number lhat /'BllQO$ Goneteeor trom zero \0 \he value 0/ !he argument minus ,. GOTO GaTO Ins1Nc:Iion 10 cause \he proc8S5Ol' lO skip over 8 :I6CIion of Shonans pn:x:ewlC scan lime isnd immeclialBly !he ~ to II d9signaIed po&iljon in tho program. iL-rnPS 10 a designaIeCI po6IIion. Can jump Poei1ion is Clelertnined by a MARK rung placed in IorwIWd [J' backwatd. memory. &brouti1es GOSU8 Groups oIla016r diagram rungs lha1 can be esecuted !rom ApplieationD include varia~le sequence lhe UlI8l"s Iadd9r diagram only by enabling 8 nasuB machines. recipe program8. rodundant itlSU\JClion ~ is programmed in the main program. processas.. t.lARK The stW1 0I1he 9Ubt'DlJtin&- ST SUB 0en0IBs the begi'lning 01 the subroullOe area. ATN The end of a subrDuUne. Ca.IS8S tne procesoor 10 jump out 0I1he wbroutine and I'IIIUtn to l/'e main program. Timed lruer,u;)l, A SptlCIaI sal"f:juaTC rung using ~lSleI is 1 Ii) allows l/'e Protecl PrOQlams. CanmunicBlion 58165 following laalutes: Used in conjlA'lctO'l with: BOO RagisUw' 1. Communications Inhitits Security, Scan 2. PI'DQI'M1 V JOWing Inhibit 8176 Trne LimIt 3. RegiAer SatBguarding -{ }- 4. TIOOClInlem1pI Scan Control . , 6 5. Sean Trne limit Maltilt M A maW is a group of &lOrage registerS I\lInOIed as a uM. ApPic:ation i'dudes machine diagnostICS, men", LETM FonnlAaUts multi-register data transters and math. saledicn, etc. IF M 1 unctions. Also allows multi-register compare Sla18menl&. Amr; A An arrclV is a group af 32 bit 1IceIi~ point clIRa 8looIge . Not aYaiIabIB in the SCP4Dl. lET A registers operaled on as a unit. ~ multi.reQistar IFA ~ lnWtSlers, ~ and ma#11uncliona. Irrtml:daJe S8176 Setling bit 8' 76-07 will cause Ihe processor 10 R~SSers to be u~ are user~n.abIe. I.() Updaie -{}- irnmedia1ely update &eIeCIBd ragisIn in VIe IJO image -0" ~ 1lIfIfTOy. lm/naciaJs 58176 Pl'OC8G&8B incoming dalA values lrom COM M port CGmmunicaIion -{ }- cnanneIs wNch were ~ during processor ~. Updme -1' OT 12 . ORDERING INFORMATION ClASS TYPE DESCRIPTION 8020 SCP4Q 1 Model 4OO4K RAM withoUt Floating POinl 8020 SCP423 Model 400 8K RAM with Floating Point and High Speed Scan 8020 SCP424 Model 400 16K RAM With FJoatjng Point and High .Speed Scan 8020 SCP444 Model 400 16K RAMlPROM Mix with Floating Point and High Speed Scan For additional information refer to InstruCtion Bulletin 30598-5()3.XX. TO-S03-02 [gJ. 5 MAR-15-1999 10:50 ., .51 INSTRUCTION DISPL.A Y YTOAl. ~ SWAP 16 SWAP 32 ACCAL T Ac::cunuI8Sor ....aniplJlaJioos ADDAL T SUBAL T DUP AL T OUPACC H'l'PAL~ ATANYX" .. " klerllity Nur'n09" TypB Forcing Serial CommunicaUOll 10 Cllher poooe6liOl~cr pe.~61s Read Wme .. AIam1 Pnnl " ASCn input ANO OR ~ STA-CON I NC . 407 298 2227 ?40/40 I.. ':'.' ...... ... I .. "".J" .". DESCRIPTlON MODEL 400 INSTRUCTION SET (continued) REMARKS Same as ('l"t" except X in 1hb case i, l8ken trom \Ile a/1lln'Iale acc:umula1Or instead 01 ttle seccod ~umenl E.lichanr16 low and high ~ 01 trle current in&ermediate resull. ~ low and high words oJ lne c:urrenl iI'Ilermedi;l\Q rosutl Exchange current accumulalor wilh Ihe allernale aa::urnJIabr . AcSd currenl inl&t'mediale result (rom tlle alternate ~. Sublrac: curren! inlermediale res.Jt /rom !tie a1l8rnSlB ~ala- Copy allDmale aa:urrn.ialor imo currant ac:cumulalOr. Copy aJrTcm accumulalOl' (int.ennedia\e 1'8$U1t) inlo allerrla18 accuTIulator. Same as HY'POT elCelPt tne allema.le ac:urTLIImor IS used insleIado/ Ihc sec::n:1 BlQl.6TI8nL Similar..to ARCTAN'lDalpl1ha1lhe'lunction i:l per1a'med en lheratio V IX. NUMTYP laenlilies maUlemaocal classi/ication 01 current itnermediate.. result OR T I Fon:mg 0\Ien'i0eS Il1e acwaI il'l!lU1 5UIlUS cr OUlPll. as lNlTlA TED . contrOIIcd by llle ladder liagmm. Q 19l!19 Square 0 CornDAny T READ T WRTE T ALRM T PRNT These manipulalions aI'Dw the user 10 preserve ao.bit prec$on when porIormng c.a.lo.Aa\ions whid1 ell2end beyond a single 1\Ill9. - These lurclions ~ available in the SCP4{)'. Transfer storage register and 110 stallJS betwocn devices R!lQllircs no adouion31 hardware. wlllCt\ may be. lOCalOO up to 1 0.000 100 \ aposr.. All CIre IfatISIlioc'l sensi~ Transfers SloragfHegister da1.a trom remClle d9vIc:a 10 local po~- T ~ 1iIOtaQll'r8QiQ8r ocw. !rom a ICJ:aI prt:x::8SliO' to a rarroI8 dIWCa T~ a numerlcal value from II loca! p.oceaao. Ie II /'e9-- in B r1iIIT1C*l DIMce. The IlUmDer can ~ trcm .32,76.9 10 ~2..767; i rBIlSlers ASC11 coded messages trcm tne prtX:8SS01' 10 any deYicc Ihal CDTIm~ in ASCII. Numere valU86 Irom .32. 78S 10 + 32. 707 can bll lnnslerred. SimDIilied means of prodl..cing alarm ~ prlXl\JCZICI'l repons, lIlC. ASCII 0UUlUl data lorm8l. Z, ~ T?RNT ,Can ac:commoda1e a bicc:k siZ8 up ID 25S c:tlalacUlrs. wilh AIows ~ \0 drec:tly ~ wflh tw- tlIoci 1ern'VnaIion based ailher upon a cnaracter ClU1t or COde reaci8rs. weigh scales, eIC- aelimitel:' ch;ndar. ~ variou& word 8lrudur8&. inc:Jvding pari!y. A klQCaJ 1In:lion used witin al'l IF a LET canmano whi::n has 1hB property suc:h thaI if X am Y CII\! two ICgic ~ '!hen lne ~ .X AND V' if; oefIl8ClIe by 1tle ^ IoIowing Iabie: Imager trode cII'lIy. v X- o o , 1 y o , o 1 XANOY o o o , A icgica' h.n::Iion U5BQ. wil'lin an IF a LET ccmnand wfli:t\ Il8.S UlB ~ suc:n 1IlaI il P and A 8I1l k:gic Ql.IaI'Ililiea. II'len Ihe Iogc8l RlSIIl at .p OA R' asunas wluc:l as Qe(Jned in lIla lol'loorinc \abIQ: p o o , , PORR o 1 , 1 R o , o , 6 InlBQer mode only. f>rlnIed In USA. TO-503-02 TOTAL P. 40 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT JAMES B. MESSERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT LIFT STATION - CONTRACT 2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS March 1999 Project 9721 PREPARED BY ZEI. PHONE (706)724-5627 ZIMMERMAN, EVANS AND LEOPOLD, INC. 435 TELFAiR ST. AUGUSTA, GEORGIA ENGINEERS I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION IND INDEX ADDENDA INVITATION TO BID INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS BID BID BOND NOTICE OF AWARD AGREEMENT PAYMENT BOND PERFORMANCE BOND NOTICE TO PROCEED CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION TITLE PAGE NUMBER T-l Site Work Tl-l thru Tl-S T-2 Excavation, Filling and Backfilling T2-1 thru T2-4 T-3 Concrete T3-1 thru T3-8 T-4 Masonry T4-1 thru T4-3 T-S Structural Steel & Miscellaneous Metal TS-l thru T5-4 T-6 Plant and Yard Piping T6-1 thru T6-11 T-7 Valves and Hydrants T7-1 thru T7-S T-8 Building Accessories T8-1 thru T8-3 T-9 Painting, Finishing & Acoustical Treatment T9-1 thru T9-S T-10 Stainless Steel Pipe T10-1 thru T10-S T-ll Hoisting Equipment and Installation Tll-1 thru Tll-3 T-12 Pumping Equipment T12-1 thru T12-1 Owner Furnished Equipment Part A 1 thru 10 Owner Furnished Equipment Part B 1 thru 19 T-13 Gates and Operators T13-1 thru T13-2 T-14 Bar Screen T14-1 thru T14-2 T-15 Air Conditioning and Corrosion Control System T1S-l thru TlS-TS T-16 Electrical T16-1 thru T16-18 T-17 Instrumentation OMITTED T-18 Grassing T18-1 thru T18-3 T-19 Equipment Erection T 19-1 thru T19-6 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9?21-IND.doc IN 0-1 I I I SECTION IND INDEX DRAWINGS: I I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7 _ 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. I I I I I I I I I . . I - . I - SITE PLAN SITE GRADING & PAVING PLAN P & ID YARD PIPING PLAN YARD PIPING PROFILES PIPING & GENERAL ARRANGEMENT PLAN PIPING & GENERAL ARRANGEMENT SECTIONS PIPING & GENERAL ARRANGEMENT SECTIONS PIPING DETAILS STRUCTURAL PLAN STRUCTURAL SECTION STRUCTURAL SECTION STRUCTURAL SECTION MCC BUILDING ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 1.0. BOX PIPING FLOW CONTROL MODIFICATIONS DEMOLITION PLAN DEMOLITION SECTIONS 9121-IND.doc IND-2 'ZEL, ENGINEERS I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ."'.DDENDUM NO. 1 3721 TO CONT~.CT DOCUMENTS FOR JAMES B. MESSERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT LIFT STATION - CONTRACT 2 CITY OF AUGUSTA, GEORGIA .i:\PRIL 1999 ZIMME~p.N, EVANS AND LEOPOLD, INC., CONSULTING ENGINEERS - APRIL 22, 1999 BID: Page B-5, D. SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT INCLUDED IN BASE BID:, ITEM 5., under BASE BID, .Zl..DD (D) WHIPPS, change" (D) Substitute" to "(E) Substitute" SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS: Page SC-9 - Paraqraoh SC-24 Owner Furnished Eauipment: CHJI.NGE: "July 10, 1999." TO "July 16, 1999." Page SC-10 failure: Paragraph SC-25 Beneficial Use of Partial Svstem; Penalty for CHll.NGE: ".July 10, 1999" TO: "July 16, 1999." SPECInC.i:\TION : SECTION T-8 BUILDING ACCESSORIES, Page T8-1: DOORS, F~~ES, .Zl..ND HJlRDWARE: Paragraph HARDWARE: ADD: Group No. 1 ~eyed En~ry from outside, panic hardware from inside Group )lc. 2 Blind or no encry from outside, panic hardware from inside. Group No. 3 - Passage from outside, panic from inside. SECTION T-13 GATES AND OPERP.TORS, Page T13-1: GENERJl....L: ADD ahead of "specific": .1\11 Gates shall be designed ror a static head or 20' . EACH BIDDER IS REQUESTED TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEI2T OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 BY ATTACHING THIS COPY TO THE FRONT ?LYLZAF OF THE CONT~.CT DOCUMENTS ."'.ND NOTING 8.ECEIP'I' Of S~~E ON PAGE 8-1 OF THE 3:J. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 ZEL PROJECT #9721 9721 ADD NO. l.dac I I I I I I I I ..... ADDENDUM NO. 2 TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ::OR J?.J.'1ES 3. MESSERLY ';-lASTEWATER TREAT~1ENT ?Lll.NT LIFT STATION - CONTRACT 2 CITY Of AUGUSTA, GEORGIA APRIL 1999 ZIMMEFl".AN, SVANS AND LE:O!?OLD, INC., CONSULTING 2NGINEERS - A.?S.E 27, 1999 SPECI::IC;'.TIONS: SECTION TIG - STAINLESS STEEL PIPE, Page TI0-3 ?IPE ~~D ?ITTINGS: ADO: 42H 5.5. ?i?e shall ~e .2SH :~ick~ess and iSH 5.5. ?i;e sna~~ be .12SH :::hickness. I SECTION T16 - ELECTRIC;'~, Page T16-12: SERV:CE AND DISTR!3UT:ON: I I I I I I I I I I Af~er ?ara~raph No.3, ADO :he ~ollowing new ?ara~ra9h: Manual :ransfer swi:ches MTS 7 and MTS 2000 shali je 50C 701:, _ ;ole, 300 ~pere, ~on-fusible double :hrow :ransrer swi:::ches in ~E~~ ~~~e : enclosures. 3wi~=~es shall be Cucler-2ammer Cacalcg No. OT367UG~, ~i~i Srounc ~u~ Cacalog ~o. DS46aGK, or approvec scual. DRAWINGS: DRAWING 5: Gace Schedule CHANGE: "~on-rising sce~' to "risina Seem with coversH. EACH 3IDDER IS ~EQUESTED TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT Of ADDENDUM NO. 2 BY ATTACHING THIS COpy TO THE fRONT fLYLEAF Of THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND NOTING RECEIPT Of Sfu'1E ON PAGE 3-1 Of THE SID. 2ND Of ADDENDUM NO. 7 ZEL PROJECT ~9721 9721 ADO NO. I.doc I I SECTION ITB INVITATION TO BID I SEALED BIDS for the Lift Station-Contract 2 at the J. B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant of the Augusta Utilities Department. I Bid Item 99-054: JAMES B. MESSERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT LIFT STATION - CONTRACT 2 AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY I hereinafter referred to as the OWNER at the offices of: I Ms. Geri A. Sams Purchasing Department Room 605 Municipal Building Greene Street Augusta, Georgia 30911 I until 3:00 P.M. on the ~ day of April, 1999 at which time all bids will be publicly opened and read in the presence of those interested. I The CONTRACT DOCUMENTS may be examined during regular business hours at the office of Zimmerman, Evans and Leopold, Inc., Consulting Engineers; at the Augusta Builders Exchange, F. W. Dodge Plan Rooms, Augusta and Atlanta, or at . Construction Market Data, Atlanta. I I Copies of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS may be obtained at the office of Zimmerman, Evans and Leopold, Inc., 435 Telfair Street, Augusta, Georgia 30901, upon payment of $100.00 for each set. General Contractors submitting a bona fide bid and upon returning the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS in good condition within ten (10) days of the Bid opening will be refunded full payment for the first set and one-half for additional sets. General Contractors not submitting a Bid, material suppliers and subcontractors will be refunded one-half upon return of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS in good condition within ten (10) days of the Bid opening. I I I A 10% bid bond is required; a 100% performance bond and 100% payment bond will be required. A pre-bid conference will be held at 10:00 A.M. on April 19, 1999, Room 803, Municipal Building. I The OWNER reserves the right to waive any informalities and to reject any or all bids. I Date Ms. Geri A. Sams Purchasing Director I Augusta Chronicle - March 31, AprilS, April 13 and April 21, 1999 Augusta Focus - April 1, 1999 I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-ITB.doc ITB I I I I SECTION IB INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS IB-01 GENERAL I All proposals must be presented in a sealed envelope, addressed to the Owner. The proposal must be filed with the Owner on or before the time stated in the invitation for bids. Mailed proposals will be treated in every respect as though filed in person and will be subject to the same requirements. I Proposals received subsequent to the time stated will be returned unopened. Prior to the time stated any proposal may be withdrawn at the discretion of the bidder, but no proposal may be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days after bids have been opened, pending the execution of contract with the successful bidder_ I I IB-02 EXAMINATION OF WORK I Each bidder shall, by careful examination, satisfy himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under the contract. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of the contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations therein. I I IB-03 ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS No interpretation of the meaning of plans, specifications or other pre-bid documents will be made to any bidder orally. I Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to the Director of project PROFESSIONAL, and to be given consideration must be received at least five days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids~ Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the specifications which, if issued, will be sent by certified mail with return receipt requested to all prospective bidders (at the respective addresses furnished for such purposes), not later than three days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents. I I I IB-04 PREPARATION OF BIDS I Bids shall be submitted on the forms provided and must be signed by the bidder or his authorized representative. Any corrections to entries made on bid forms should be initialed by the person signing the bid. I Bidders must quote on all items appearing on the bid forms, unless specific directions in the advertisement, on the bid form, or in the special specifications allow for partial bids. Failure to quote on all items may disqualify the bid. When quotations on all items are not required, bidders shall insert the words "no bid" where appropriate. I Alternative bids will not be considered unless specifically called for. I 9721-IB.doc IB-1 I I I I Telegraphic bids will not be considered. Modifications to bids already submitted will be allowed if submitted by telegraph prior to the time fixed in the Invitation for Bids. Modifications shall be submitted as such, and shall not reveal the total amount of either the original or revised bids. I Bids by wholly owned proprietorships or partnerships will be signed by all owners. Bids of corporations will be signed by an officer of the firm and his signature attested by the secretary thereof who will affix the corporate seal to the proposal. I A Bid Bond of 10% payable to the owner is required in all cases and shall accompany the Bid. A certified check may be used in lieu of a Bid Bond. The Bid Bond of the successful Bidder will be retained until the Performance and Payment Bond have been executed and approved, after which it will be returned. I IB-05 BASIS OF AWARD I The bids will be compared on the basis of Bid prices, which will include and cover the furnishing of all material and the performance of all labor requisite of proper, and completing of all the work called for under the accompanying contract, and in the manner set forth and described in the specifications. The project will be awarded to the low, responsive and responsible bidder. I 1B-06 BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS I No proposal will be received from any bidder unless he can present satisfactory evidence that he is skilled in work of a similar nature to that covered by the contract and has sufficient assets to meet all obligations to be incurred in carrying out the work. He shall submit with his proposal, sealed in a separate envelope, a FINANCIAL EXPERIENCE AND EQUIPMENT STATEMENT, giving reliable information as to working capital available, plant equipment, and his experience and general qualifications. The Owner may make such investigations as are deemed necessary to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work and the bidder shall furnish to him all such additional information and data for this purpose as may be requested. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by the bidder or investigation of him fails to satisfy the Owner that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. Part of the evidence required above shall consist of a list of the names and addresses of not less than five (5) firms or corporations for which the bidder has done similar work. I I I I IB-07 PERFORMANCE BOND - At the time of entering into the contract, the Contractor shall give bond to the Owner for the use of the Owner and all persons doing work or furnishing skill, tools, machinery or materials under or for the purpose of such contract, conditional for the payment as they become due, of all just claims for such work, tools, machinery, skill and terms, for saving the Owner harmless from all cost and charges that may accrue on account of the doing of the work specified, and for compliance with the laws pertaining thereto. Said bond shall be for the amount of the contract satisfactory to the Owner and authorized by law to do business in the State of Georgia. . . . I . - Attorneys-in-fact who sign bonds must file with each copy thereof a certified and effectively dated copy of the power of attorney. - 9721-IB.doc IB-2 I I 18-08 REJECTION OF 8IDS I These proposals are asked for in good faith, and awards will be made as soon as practicable, provided satisfactory bids are received. The right is reserved, however to waive any informalities in bidding, to reject any and all proposals, or to accept a bid other than the lowest submitted if such action is deemed to be in the best interest of the Owner. I 18-09 MINORITY AND ECONOMICALLY DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS SUPPORT I It is the intent of the Augusta-Richmond County Commission to increase the involvement of qualified minority and economically disadvantaged businesses in the contracted work of County Government. I In an effort to support this intention, this project is offered to all qualified firms. The bids will be evaluated based on qualifications, price and construction time. With all other items being considered equal, the contract, if awarded will be awarded to a minority and economically disadvantaged firm or a firm that has included such firms as subcontractors on this project. I I The bidders shall include with their bid a statement of qualification for themselves and/or any qualified subcontractors explaining why they should be considered a minority or economically disadvantaged firm. If the firm does not fall into this category, no information is necessary. I 18-10 ENGINEER I The Engineer for the Project is Zimmerman, Evans and Leopold, Inc. (ZEL Engineers), 435 Telfair Street, Augusta, GA 30901. I ATTENDANCE OF THE PRE-BID CONFERENCE IS RE~ED FOR ALL CONTRACTORS WHO INTENDS TO ENTER A BID ON THIS PROJECT. The Bidder's attendance of the conference must be documented by signing the attendance roster sheet at the conference. I I I I I I I 9721-IB.doc 18-3 I I J'-' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -J ) I .1 SECTION BID PROPOSAL OF called "BIDDER", c;aQb l t() ~~"h" C 5\"iWGThYl<; ~C . {hereinafterl organized and existing under the laws of the state of 6QrOQm--I~W , doing business as * TO: Augusta-Richmond County Purchasing Department 605 Municipal Building Augusta, Georgia 30911 (hereinafter called "OWNER"). SUBJECT: JAMES B. MESSERLY W. W. T. P LIFT STATION - CONTRACT 2 Gentlemen: The BIDDER, in compliance with your Invitation for Bids for the construction of the subjec~ project, having examined the plans and specifications with related documents and ~he site of the proposed work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the proposed project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies, and to construct the project in accordance with the Contract Documents, within the time set forth therein, and at the prices stated below. These prices are to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the Contract Documents, of which this proposal is a part. BIDDER hereby agrees to commence work under this Contract on or before a date to be specified in written NOTICE TO PROCEED of the OWNER and to fully complete the PROJECT within 270 consecutive calendar days thereafter subject to Supplementary Conditions SC 25 as stipulated in the specifications. BIDDER further agrees to pay as liquidated damages, the sum of $1,000.00 for each consecutive calendar day thereafter as hereinafter provided in Article 15 of the General Conditions, Article II of the Agreement, subject to a $5,000 per day penalty per Supplementary Condition SC-25 (BENEFICIAL USE OF PARTIAL SYSTEM; PENALTY FOR FAILURE) . BIDDER acknowledges receipt of the following ADDENDUM (A) : f1 Dp.:t:1 \ L} 12.2 Jqq ~OIJ 1+ 2 '1)27 Jqc, BIDDER agrees to perform all the work included and described in the Base Bid of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the total sum of: . ~ ~, /JJYH "I'll 11 1 ~ '4rru.;, .1L.~ ~ ll'\;~ ;}~ Dollars ($ IJ 9'1 E.) ()OO.O (J AMOUNTS ARE TO BE SHOWN IN BOTH WORDS AND FIGURES. IN CASE OF DISCREPANCY, THE AMOUNT SHOWN IN WORDS SHALL GOVERN. *Insert "a corporation", "a partnership", or "an individual", as applicable. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS, 9721-BHl. doc B-1 :1 _1- I I I I I 1 I 1 I I I I I I -I o-J I. J ~ I SECTION BID The BIDDER agrees that this Bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 60 calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving Bids. Opon receipt of written Notice of Acceptance of this Bid, BIDDER will execute the formal Con~rac~ attached within 10 days and deliver a Surety Bond or Bonds as required by Article 5 of the General Conditions. The bid security attached in the sum of Dollars ($ ) is to become the property of the OWNER in the event the Contract and Bond are not executed within the time above set forth as liquidated damages for the delay and additional expense to the OWNER caused thereby. Firm Name Address HEAVY CONSTRUClORS, INC. 1396 S. Manetta P\<wy Bldg. 100-Suite 114 Marietta, Georgia 30067 (SEAL - ~! Bid is by a corporation) 'ZEL~~NGINEERS I 9121-BID.doc B-2 I~ _I 1 I I I 1 I 1 1 I I I I I I I I-~ 'I SECTION BID DATA TO BE SUBMITTED WITH BID A. SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS: The following instructions supplement the requirements of the Information For Bidders and. provides instructions for completing the schedules which follow. 1. The Bidder shall submit a list of names and addresses of at least three (3) clients for which the Bidder has constructed similar work of comparable size and complexity. Reference Paragraph 5 of Page IFB-2, Information For Bidders and Schedule B. 2. The Bidder shall list in the space provided in Schedule C the major subcontractors to be used for construction of the project. Subcontractors so listed shall be used for the contract construction unless their replacement is approved by the Owner. 3. The "Schedule of Eauipment Included in Base Bid" which follows as Schedule D shall be completed to denote the manufacturer of major equipment proposed to be furnished by the Bidder under the Base Bid. In that schedule, the manufacturer of the items of major equipment upon which the design is based are listed as Selection "A" for the several items. Also listed under many of those items are other manufacturers whose equipment or products are deemed equal in quality and acceptable to be included in the Base Bid. For those items for which more than one acceptable manufacturer is listed, the Bidder must indicate which manufacturer of equipment will be provided under the Lump Sum Base Bid by striking the inapplicable manufacturers. Failure of the Bidder to strike the inapplicable manufacturers will be interpreted to mean that Selection "An will be furnished. For comparable named equipment the furnished items shall fulfill the function and performance of the item specified and shall be of equal quality; any modifications required by the furnished equipment to the structure, process, associated equipment, or piping shall be a consideration in the Bid price and the completed installation of the item by the Contractor shall incur no additional cost to the Owner. In that same schedule, the Bidder has the opportunity to offer substitute equipment for consideration by the Owner and the Engineer. Such substitute equipment must satisfy the following conditions and the Bidder must state the deduction or increase of contract amount if that substitute is accepted. The offering of such substitute equipment shall be optional to the Bidder and the offering of such substitutions or failure to so offer shall not influence the determination of the low bidder and the award of the contract. Only the Base Bid will be considered for the contract award. In the event the Owner, upon the recommendation of the Engineer, accepts any substitute equipment for incorporation into the project, the contract amount of the award will be adjusted accordingly as a Pre-Award Addendum or by a formal change order. Consideration of substitute equipment by the Owner and the Engineer will be subject to the following conditions: a. The substitute equipment shall be of equal quality, function and performance to the designated Base Bid equipment item. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-81D. doc B-3 I J' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION BID b. When including operating equipment. requested, the Bidder/Contractor shall submit sufficient data full descriptive material, specifications, drawings, certified parameters and efficiencies for the Engineer to evaluate the c. Such equipment shall be suitable for installation in the space allocated on the construction plans without !Ilajor modifications. Any such modifications sha'll be delineated by appropriate drawings submitted with data for consideration and any cost associated therewith shall have been included in the substitute offer. B. LIST OF PREVIOUS PROJECTS: 5 C e 11 TT AC He D LI S T 1. Project Name: Client/Owner: Address: Completion Date: Approx. Contract Amount $ 2. Project Name: Client/Owner: Address: Completion Date: Approx. Contract Amount $ 3. Project Name: Cl ient: / Owner: Address: Completion Date: Approx. Contract Amount $ 4. Project Name: Client/Owner: Address: Completion Date: Approx. Contract Amount $ 5. Project Name: Client/Owner: Address: Completion Date: Approx. Contract Amount $ 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-BIll. doc B-4 ,I _1.- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1-) I SECTION BID C. LIST OF MAJOR SUBCONTRACTORS: 1. Mechanical/HVAC: Address: 1-1 e A V r' 2. Plumbinq: Address: 3. Electrical: c.. 0 tV ~ 7 ~ lA.,( r f .e.,s L 01"\) T R u.c, t 0 R--.S: (m7'173) Address: 4. frJi ^/t "11 S He A vV' Al '< Jr-H ALI.~LA,TA [;.A I LAM A~ At LA fllTA (;-A , coftT,rJj 'f II\IC Address: D. SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT INCLUDED IN BASE BID: ITEM 1. 2. DESCRIPTION PLUG VALVES GA TE V'AL VES 3 . CHECK VALVES 4. 5. 6. BAR SCREEN GATES LIGHTING FIXTURES MANUFACTURER ADD (+)/ DEDUCT (-) COST FOR SUBSTITUTE BASE BID (A) DEZURIK (B) r~.n (C) ~DLLEJt- SUBSTITUTE (D) $ BASE BID (A) ~. 3. r-r::-n (B) AMERICAN SUBSTITUTE (C) $ BASE BID (A) ~ (B) V'ALVEMATIC SUBSTITUTE (C) $ BASE BID (A) MEUNIER (B) IHrILCO b? II.. ',-! &llON'f (C) EWv D\6 ~ (D) VU Lr Fi~1 t $J8/ 000 (A) ..wJl TERli".ir ~ (B) --RODHEJ"i IIUUop.,. (C) HYDRO GATE (D) $ (A) LITHONIA (B) nv.uu.c u.t.u~!. (C) $ SUBSTITUTE BASE BID SUBSTITUTE BASE BID SUBSTITUTE 9721-BID. cloc B-5 'ZEL, ENGINEERS, I I I I I I I I I 132 ~ ~ Q r--. --.., N --rJ o '-J \) Q P I r 1,- I I I I I I I ~ c; ! ~ .......... ~ \ G"'- ~ '-l ~ C"'), ..... 0: -- Z'rn en,' > -4) ;0 Ci< ~I-< ~'n "'C~ 0 ::0: O:Z c.. . m(J) ~~ ~::c g,c ~:n "'C ~ -I 1: ~r 0 ~~ (J) .. - z' n . 7713 427 13755 ~ .Z I> I~ ,0 ;." ''ll I~ 'I.. 'm 1(") I~ I I I ! j 0'(") >10 ~;,. m'=t; I I >1(") ;co O'Z c::.~ z:::ll -4'> 1C"l .~ ; ,m .Z '0 :z ,m 1m Ii:!! > ::c g ::; m (") ~ NC ~~I~J~ ~ ~,z ~ ~'::ll,-lm =.m ~ -l,O'>'~ (') >10' --'m > ""'-'0'- > C:'-4 -,)it c1r- - :> 2'Q,g'O:::D'=:~:O::::iS'~ -l!O;OIZ;~;:::.~ < m'~'C ~ ::D o""~lm > -I (') ::~:Cl. ,> m I ~ ~1~iO'< ZlffilO ~'~ ~ ~>I,OI~IClIZ'O,~ -l -4'-1. :,." I"'" ' 1'10 -'- m,~ 0 "'II "'0 >'CliCl'(')'''I> o,n I Z -(') <. .~ i : '-10 I"'" -, i(')-~. -,< ~'C::: "" ::c ::D ::e:::ll:~'~11"'" ol::ll ~IO'~ 1"'"'~:::ll'OI '';Xl'O'z m'O'O'''Il'"" -.> n' Z >' ,('),0 '>'~I O:;;ii~!@!~:~;~!@ :g:~,~'~:@!~jgi~:~ ~ ~;~;oi~lml '. ,~ !~'~I,O :~iO'~'~I:=i~ F :s.. 0, >, ~ m > I 10 ~ .~ ':::' . I '::: (") ,. .., ~:~'::lll Ii; I! I' ! 'I'~ :,~I f m: m' . .~I; , I~ ~ ~I~ I ~. ~I i I :~1 .' i '!Cn.:n' ~:,~ 1 ;::Di ! ; " I' 1m . . I ~ :) ;;;:)!:: ;ml I ; I . I i I I I _ 0:>';:,,-'>;(1)1(1)1'-'> "'T1,z:>:c-,o> (I)'s:;s:i -- Cll'~-c't;IWIC:'Cll'a:IC::-o:Cll'O:'O;C:ICD:t <ll.ll.lill.l/ ~ C'l _..,"<,:ltC~-C::::l..."c-.<I..,::lln:...0:l'''<'''' ~ ~lb:bl~,blb;~.~.~;~;~jbi~;~!~lb;~;~I~ 4 ~,~.~.~:~ ~ , ~'~ ~ ~'~I~:~'~ ~ ~~,~! -----"'" "1""1"';' 'I c::-- :io'I' I ! : . i :"",,' ! ''''''':~: I :~ I I I C:) "",,:.-' ."",,, I ,,,,,,,I 1.-1 ;.....:_-:.NI 1.....:.""1"""1 '....1 No. ~'_l~'~ ~1~'Nl~l~j.'-'~'~'O ~'~I_ ~ ~:~.:!~;:!~:f,~'~:~;~,~i~:~:8~~:~:~i~, Q'N'O:Q;~:~i~:Q'~'8,O'~:O'Q:~;O:~"~i'~: :C='O.OrO'''J..ta.,O'Cll ,C'>:w,c.r:, ,0;'. ~ g ~ 0'0'0 ~.'o~. ,~_,~:g,~ 8:0' , 1 ~ ~'~Q ~ ~ ~:~.~ ~ ~,~:~~,~.Cl;B'6:~'~ mz ~ o. "'j>.m:o-\o,<Q.~:~;o- ~ ~ ~,m,~ - -< ';:0 -11 'co -._I_I~1 - -"'oJ O'r- ~ ^ ~ 0'- ~ ~'~'~:m'~.-l -I~.~;~I .0 ,:- m,C' 10 m" '>IO:~'rr.:='z.o'O:z'>:>:~:> ~i::D~I(') o:~:~;(').-I z!m:m'ol('):m'~i~i~i~ ~ ~ = ~ ~'~;~i~I~'9i~:~10 ~~:I..il..!z:~ > ~ n'~ m~: 1(")1(')'z; ,~!m:(')!(')!O:O,~:$ ~ ~ = = ~IO'~,C'O!~ m:m ~'C:O'Z Z, 1m ~ rr. ~ _ (')'_._,:::Im Z~I~ _'c:m:m 0,- o m-i,U; :..!:S?,U;'~ ~'9,~'m;U; z,~:(Jl:~i;::j r,.o,Cl' ~.; i>:Z Z >.z, '-1I~'~;m!m >::ll mi! .z'o m ~.Cl; ~ICl 0 z'~ -I '0: en, 'I ;~ (')~m'm zi ! :00 ""I"" m<, 012 (').1'1'1: l=iC'_:~ r.n m '_;Zl'm 'r-'~ ...;> : ~:0.2 212:~i~. , ~. i Z z.Z'~';i , ~: i O. '010'r-';:: > . m ~ 'z ; ~! I t~STRUCTOF~S co HEAVY 113:39 AM APR-29-99 ~IO Q ~;~'~'~.~~Q ~:q'Q.~ ~~Q~QI0iQI~ ~ ~ ~ n'~ r-('),n -I z:,.~,o 0 ~ -I ~ ~'o ,::: -< -< " ::e' ;,;;:', -< o.-<!-<::: " Z <'---.--- ~ moo" -< ' ~.~.O'~,O.O,> ~ ~O 0 0 0 j T.~ m'~'~IO:m ~Ir- ~ ~ - m:m'" ~ "'.n >.r-Ir-i>'O.~,Zi>:~" m'~'~ >'~,nn ;;:)01 10 o,n >'('),nJO'~ > m < r,:~~O'O O'C' ~In n'=:~,z;O'='::: O'~ Z > ='('):Z;Z'~.Z' 9!C C'~lm:~.= -I.m Z'-I 5 -I -1'0 ~ ~:~:-1: _'(i, CIl ......Cl > z::e.. rr, ~')> m ;;:) = rr,'rr.'m'-<, ~ ~ ~ m'm' __'m,o ~,Ol. .;;:) m.z ;I:'::;:r-:' , ~ ~ ~ m . Q ~.m _ c -,~'> m ~ ~ CIl r- wi ::.: ",.. .. > .---'. ''''.0 Z '" I - .. ~.. . . > . :E ..... :tI. C> I ~:. Gi!'" ,:0 :_-'. ,> = ~ ,::; 'G> Q ".. , ~ 00> ~ > > ~.~ -.)> )> > > ~ < <.;: .' . ."'"' . ~, 5' .... m~~1 ~ ~.m. ;:.,;J>:;::l i :O;Cl :Cl': I~: ~ I ; I .;> :;>: i I : ~ ! I I m,m.O:O:mmim,o!~'o:mmIO,O!O.O,O'O m: lOin z,Z.~:~,Z'Z:Z'~iZ ~'ZZ ~.~;~ ~::: ~,Z; :~IO O'C):Z:Z;Cl,OICl z!Cl.z;Cl Clz z:z:z:z:z 01 ,z:~ ~,e!.m;m.~,i:!!i2?lm,~'m,~ ~ m m m:m.m,m ~ 1m.> ~'~'~'::D ,., '~Ic...l~'::< ~'~ ~.~.- ~:l5 '~I ~Im,<:'-:~IO>I;;:)'<:IO'<:I'O ~O' ":::: c:::;1c:::;:~:<: 0 ,(') .~ m _ l'""lm 'c... I 'c... >I::D ~,r- ,-I ,z'-I';;:)'2!5' ,::elml>i::: ~IO!m O:n;n'= ~ Z "'0 ~.~:~;nICll'O'~lnl~:RI~ ~:z;~ ~i;,;;;^;~ ~i ~!~ - ;o'rr.ln.O:~ ~1('),~,::'~_IClIOi !:::i~!~ -I, :~ R:~I(").='S~~,o,='Oiml-l :::!Q,;;:)'~,)>,>,~ :::1 10 . 0 >,........ > -I 10 .....1""m.t5 ~'-l'-,O 'Z m~' '.. ''';m;z'~ II"'" .... ....:,..;. ...........~: I- , ::DI~ ~ -,r""' '" a;,z m '-' '''I ..........zl~ ~lm.m;;:lm. I i:i:: :0 ~,>'Z:z:mlm,!~ I olm'~I>:~1 .> ~: :::,zim,m!~'~I' I z.o'~'ZI' I [z IZ'I ,>1 I !~i~I~1 Ii: I t I I J .Z," ,f ....,:--.. ~~:'"::;jl~'~ ~A; :~:A:~ IA1"::Jl""::j ''':::I'~:~ t~'~j-::JI I ~ ~'~:~:~'o'~'O'~'Olo.O'~',o,~:~.~I~I~IO Z o,oro.QI.f:..JO .b.:O~Jlr.,AIAIOI(hIO:OIOlOIOI01I 0 _____1_'_'_'_'_'_'_1_1_'_1_1_'_1_'_1_ Z A ~:~'AI~I.I~IA'~iWIWI~I~'A'=I~'~imIN m 1'\J.c.., OhO'f (It CD """1C7l c.n ()\.O')l IN.-'.....I~ . ':-' ,:-"":,,I9'!<fjo;' 10;' ~1":",,:nl':-'h.ll't"i~I,':-'I9'!9'!o;' ~ I Z _ =J~I~j~,~ = ~IAI~i~I~'WI~I~'~lmIW N C ~ ~i~'A ~ ~ 0 A 0 ~:N N'N,A Ol~'~'~ 0 ~ S g 1"T~ l::s ~ Ie I~ 18 c; 18 i~ i~ i~l~ ~l~ ie;;, ~ ig I : I I 'I! I I I ! ' I : : ,I : I .' I ; I I, i .,' I.,,~:. I :_:_, _ ...1._ I ; _I I ~....!....iO -<I~ ~,~.o.ol~ 0 ~ o:~'o'~I~'~ O'~ ~ ~,o,o~ ~18 ~ g, I Q' ~ 0 CJ'l Q: CJ'! 101 ~ I ~ 0 I (J'I. ~ 10;' -=' (""") "11 ~I~'~'I~I~ ~ ~ ~;~;~: I~I~ ~i ~'~:~i~;m >I~ . : I I I I i I !~ ~.~ . . o ~ z m ::c } ~ --c: Q <- \ 'N '-.. iJ", l \f\ ~ tl' i-l ~ :.> co o I I P.01 0755 770 427 NC I HEAVY CONSTRUCTORS 39 AM o 1 APR-29-99 I I I I I I I I I I I I r r I I I .... ~ ~ gJ: ~m ~~ ~.~ o ~n ~O ?5Z ::jCIJ 0-1 ~AJ ~C ffin n-l triO :::0 en ... - z n . z )> I: m ~ 'lI ;u E m (") ... m Z " Z m m i!:!' )10, ;u (") :J: ~ m (") ... Z 0 ." Z o:~ ~ ~ ~ ::0 m " J: % ~ -< ." G) ,- " O~ll::O ::0 ::0 m ^ _ m "0' CI> ^ c:,"O:o 0 J: 0 : Z ::0 "tl: 0 ~ (/l' ;tl Z ... 2)lo )lo Z Gl ::! ';I> m ~ :~of po -';g ... ~:< C ::0 ' Z < 0 ffi I - :'----1--;'--0-6 S:,c.,. :> ,S: :)>,0 ~ ~ S ~ ~'~ OtOcOu, 0(0(0(0 :.. '>'n il:~ 0... C::;u z;I> ...(") ... 0' ~ Z m ;u ~ ""'" c,,4 "'" -..I _ N N ~ ->::! '8 ~ o :5 - t.,) ~ 'g ~:~ "u "-':l'J:, '6 ;I> ::0 ::o::r %l m :::.r...J Ul C"l o'J: o 1ii C:'J: ~,~ .::C;I= m C"l Z ~ ;I> 9 ;I> ;g ffi ~ 9> m - 1) ::c z 0 - Gl z ~ 0 CI> " m z C"l m i;i"c(c'l 'C"l ~ :; ~ ~ z zoo ffi c ." ." ..... "'i'l >')> ~ 0 .... ;::! C"l m r':> o ;I> ~ Z C ;:; ~ ~ ~ ~;I> )lo T ~ ~ ~ r. c if. r. 01" s,o ~'z -.., ~};: m,,,, Z 1)' G) m; ::0::0 (/l' 01 ,z' I I I '-" -:I:' :~; m' z: Co J: ,ell ,m [::0 (")1 ; ~ I ;:2 ~I ml ! ~ I I I i ! I I I O,C"l !;';o 0,=,< 0 Z:'i5<,z o,,,.,m,Z 0:"" ::0 m ,n m z'G)'Z,eIl o ;1>'(") m m C:'m'z Z'G)ZIUl m,:r ml~ ;;),m ;1>, 0'-<''-: i ' i . _.j..- ~~.. .....'-::;I~~ -.;: ..... '" '0 00' .j,. _'_1- J:a,. (.W'coiec ~,~ "'i'" l'a, !;;!; ~.~ c.nlc.n ~!~:R;IS: I ; I I I I ' - 0:>''''\''' O;C,/'I l." "'Ii *-:1ft '#-101" i ...... .... J SECTION BB BID BOND J I KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned, Heavy Constructors, Inc. as I principal, and Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto Augusta-Richmond County, Georgia (by and through its Commission) as Owner, in the penal sum of Ten Percent (10%) of the amount bid-------------------~or the I payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors and assigns. I Signed, this 29th day of April , 1999 I The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Augusi:a,. a certain Bid, attached hereto, and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing, for the construction of: I JAMES B. MESSERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT LIFT STATION - CONTRACT 2 I NOW THEREFORE, I la) If said Sid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, I (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the form of Contract attached hereto, (properly completed in accordance with said Bid), and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall, in all other respects, perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, I I then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. I The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligation of said Surety and its Bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. I I I I JZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-BID BalD.Ooc BB-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I .... SECTION BB BID BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper day an year first set forth above. ctors, I_nc. (L.S. ) P rj..Q" ci pal j)oiJ k' . m lQ nTI ,.J Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland BY~ Barry C. ~ellar~, Atty-in-fact IMPORTANT: Surety Companies executing Bonds must appear on Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be transact business in the state where the project is located. the Treasury authorized to 9721-BID 1lOIltl. ace BB-2 'ZEL, ENGINEERS <' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Power of Attorney FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND HOME OFFICE. BAL TlMORE. MO KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corporation of the State of Maryland, by C. M. PECOT, JR., Vice-President, and C. W. ROBBINS, Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authoriry granted by Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said Company, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint James M. Day and Barry C. Sellars, both of Marietta, Georgia, EACH.~... ..... J true an awtuJ agent and Attorney-in-Fact, to .make, executs..~ d deliv~ and on its behalf as surery, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertak1ngs....~ ...... ~.... ...... .... ..... ....... ... ~ n e execution of such bonds or undertakings in p e of the amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had bee executed at its office in Baltimore, Md., in their own pro ons. ~ The said Assistant Secretary does hereby ce' t the ext-"'~ forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said Company, and . in force.<Y,~-' IN WITNESS WHEREOF,. the said Vi ident~A~stant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the Corporate Seal of the said FIDELITY~DEPOSIT NY OF MARYLAND, this 5th day of Apr iJ . A.D. I f~, ~) ~SIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND ~ ~ ATTEST: ~ By Vice-Presii!enI \ nts, shall be as binding upon said Company, as fully and owl edged by the regularly elected officers of the Company STATE OF MARYLAND COIDo'TY OF BALTIMORE } ss: On this 5 th day of------Aro:il , A.D. 19--2.1, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came C. M. PECOT, JR., Vice-President and C. W. ROBBINS, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND. to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authoriry and direction of the said Corporation. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year firs)a~v:.--w~. ~:;~ z: ~/~ ~Sf AROL J. FADER / j/ N~" P",,1i< My Commission Expires August I, 1996 CERTIFICATE 1. the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the original Power of Attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy, is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the Vice-President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice-Presidents specially authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney-in-Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND. This Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authoriry of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 16th day of July, 1969. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter. wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company. shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed." IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company, this 2 9 th day of----hl?r i 1 , 1999 . p-~","" L1428c -032-0155 I Atlant:l.. GA 30339 I NationsBank I I I I I I -,-- I I I I I I I I I I LS.d June 22, 1998 Heavy Constructors, Inc. Ann: Don Martin 1395 S. Marietta Pk\vy Bldg. 100, Ste. 114 Mariena, GA 30067 To ,^,,ohom It May Concern, Heavv Constructors and Don ~1anin have banked with NarionsBank since 1993. The " many depository accounts have been handled in a very satisfactory manner and have averaged balances in the mid to upper six figure range. Heavy ConstrUctors recently paid off a S 16M term loan that was used to finance a Cat 416 B rubber tire backhoe. NarionsBank would consider a line of credit to Heavy Constructors if presented with a necessary historical financ..a1 history, work in progress schedules, and any other information needed to undernTi.te such a request. sel G~~:~~ r1II1 Wuson Relationship Manager Member FDIC ~~.L0 LZt> 0LL ~NI s~o~~n~~SNO~ A^~3H W~ 8~:01 66-6Z-~d~ -I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Credit References U. s. Filter/ Davis, Inc. 2111 Moon Station Drive Kennesaw, GA 30144 phone 770-423-0583 fax 770-425-8897 CONT'FlACTCRS - ENCINIlIlRS American Cast Iron Pipe Company 3675 Crestwood Parkway, #505 Duluth, Georgia 30136 phone 770-717-8554 fax 770-717-8531 YanCj Bros. Co. Drawer CS 198757 Atlanta, GA 30384-8757 phone 404-941-2300 fax 404-941-6561 Ameristeel 3811 Sank Street Duluth, GA 30136-4151 phone 770-476-1535 fax 770-476-0623 1385 S, Marietta PkWY. · Bldg, 100 Suite 114 · Marietta, GA 30067 fifiL0 LZt> 0LL '-'-'f'\\ ...,.,., ,.,...,,^ .. ,......,,.., ,,"'.... ......~... 8NI S~O~8n~~SN08 A^~3H W~ 6fi:0t 80"d .JIO/:; I 66-6Z-~d~ 'I I I I I I I I I :1 i I I I I I I I I '. ---- HEAVY CONSTRue.TOR'S, INC WEEKL Y EQUIPMENT MAINTENACE REPORT I March.1.99 i I EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION EQUIP SERIAL #! JOB LOC# I 416 B CAT RUBBER TIRE BACKHOE 08SG04434 I 98021 , I , 322 CAT CRAWLER EXCAVATOR 9RL00136 I 98023 I I 953 CAT CRAWLER LOADER/DOZER , 20Z3176 I 98023 I I I 325 CAT CRAWLER EXCAVATOR ! 07LM00236 ! 98023 --- i , (T.28 CAT RUBBER TIRED LOADER I 8CR00965 I 98023 I I 312 CAT CRAWLER EX (PUR 1/9/99) I 06GK00871 : 98022 I I 963 CAT CRAWLER LOADER/DOZER I LEASED/PUR i 98023 I I , 773 BOBCAT i 509647189 98023 I , 185 CHICAGO AIR COMPRESSOR i AM2072 SHOP-- ! 185 CHICAGO ATLAS PUR 10/31/98 : 752290.93 , 98023 , --. 744492-92 185 CHICAGO ATLAS PUR 11/07/98 98023 - 19981500 DODGE RAM PICKUP i B7HC16Y4WSs420T OFFICE , 1996 F.150 FORD PICKUP I FTEF15N7TNA2893 OFF1CE 1995 F.150 FORD PICKUP : FTEF15N1 SNB4200 . 98023/98021 I , 16 FOOT TRAILER I N/A i 98021 I " HIGH PRESSURE TEST PUMP I N/A I OFFICE I ; 5000W GENERA TOR (PUR 09/15/98) I 783300464 , SHOP ! I - '- 5000W GENERATOR (PUR 01/98) I 75531 on ! 98022 I , 5000W GENERA TOR (PUR 10/01/98) I N/A I 98021 i I JUMPING JACK I N/A ; BALLARD/98022 , , : I JM TRASH PUMP 18.BRIGGS/STRATONI SHOP I '- I 3M TRASH PUMP M-Q (PUR 12/3/98) I J01 TH-9179 I 98023 i 2R ELECTRJC PUMP 1/2 HP I N/A 98023 - I I El t . d !;!;L0 LZt> 0LL ~NI s~o~~n~~SNO~ A^~3H W~ tEl: tt 66-6Z-~d~ . I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 )1 I 1 I I I 1 I t..l U'vVArt vVh.J. cn Cl. 0L V'I Lfi nu J. J. 1 V J. U J. 4 PO. BOX 769 DAWSCNVILL2. GEORGIA 3053.4. (70E~ 265-8.4.74 t September 7, 1996 .. 1 Mr. Don Martin President Heavy Constructors, Inc. 1395 S. Marietta Parkway Building 100, Suite 114- Marietta. Georgia 3C067 Dear Dor.: This will acknowiedge receipt .~f '{our final pay request on our Waste Water Treatment Plant. Don, we have constrUC":ed several different projects over the last twelve years and we wanted to let you lc.r:ow that without a doubt you and your people have been the easiest, most responsive, and professional ~ontractor we have ever dealt with. May we tak.e this opportt.Jnity to thank you and John Morris for all the help and advice you have given us. And. also, for the great job you did in u'ie ccns-mlction and your anention to detail to mak.e our plant ~eriorm as it is designed to do. You may be assured that if we have another prajee: of this nature, you will be number one on our list of contraC":ors ':0 call. Thanking you. we.remain ;r;;:J~ Dcn D. Gordon Chairman DOGic::n -- .::. ~ 1- .1. ~a'.~ ~~La LZt> aLL ON! s~o~on~~SNOO ^^~3H W~ 9~:at 66-6Z-~d~ I I I I I ,I I I II I \1 I I I I I I I I S0'd Tel: (770)8~~-5051: r'a=c \'j',V)O",,;';-vvoo September 18, 1996 1 I I Don ~iartin He:lVY ConstrUctors, Inc. 1395 S, Mariena Pkwy !v!ariena. GA 3006i REF: t:pgrade of Tanglewocd and Chattahocc~ee Station p.JIIlp Stations To whom it may conc...am: Heavy CoD..StI'Uc-'...ors, Inc. rec...ontLy comple-"..ed two pump station upgrades for Gwinnett County Public Uti.liti~ for a tDtal COnt::I'3a pac: of 5305,485,91. The projec"'.s went as smoothly as could be ~..ed. for those type of projec=s. As could be ~.ed when upgrading old fa.cilities~ field conditions are ofte:1 very diffe...-oent than what is represented on our rt;CO.!d dIawings. Don Martin was very coopeI41ive in worlcing out reasonable solutions to these discrepancies~ while trying to stay on sc~ednle and within our budger.... Both projec:s were compl~..ed on time, and cbange orders were limited to owner requested additions, (such as painting existing equipment and adding extn fencing) wbich were net identified during the design phase. He:lVY was very fair in it's pridng of extI3. work. Heavy lw been preql1::11itied and has bid other work in Gwinnett County and would be welcome to work with this deparonent again. I would recommend Heavy without any reservations. If you have any questions conc::mng this maner, ple:1se contac: this offic: immediately. . . S~rely : /7~ Adam Minchev ~ P .E. " ',' ":'. .. ' Acting Director of Eng:ineering & Construction of Facilities <110 H'OBlUCANE SHOALS RD . LAWRENCEVILLE. GEORGIA 30245 14..25 S~L0 LZt> 0l.l. ~NI S~OL~n~LSNO~ ^AI:::l3H ww v 9~:0, 66-6Z-~dl:::l 'I I:..:. I I I I 1 I I I ., I I.. I I I ! I II I I I" i I 1.0:. .' I I..... I "~0 .'. d (~l tEJ DE.-\l'l FOODS COt'tfP.~'N CHARUS D. KINSE..'lt vtCE PRESIDENr ENG:NEDUNG September 5, 1997 Doc.1rfartin Heavy Constnlcmrs, Inc. 1395 S. Marietta Parkway Building 100, Suite 114 Marie~.a, GA 30067 Dear Don, It has trUly been a. pleasure working with you and your company on the pre-treatment plant Jt Braselton. GA. You did everything you said you would and more. WIth the compLetion of the project ahead of schedule it was possible for us to check out our dairy processing ?lant and meet our SW"t-up schedule, saving the company time and money. Your people we!"e professional3 and did their job in an our.standing manner. Wben we have anothc:r proj~ you can be sure your company will be high on our list of contractOrs. Many th:udc~ fur a job weil done. S. · mcerelY, ,If-.-- ~ Don Kinser Vice President - Engineering Dean Foods Company Rockford, II.. DK/c~ COItPOIU1"! omC!3 DEAl( rooDS iEcn-.1CAL crNTD. ", COUUN a;:.rrn DIUVE eo. BOX ~ aocx:roRD, !I. 51U~~ (11-'1 3~55 . ~ --:-~ ,J" ." ~ ..' .' ::'., .... ~~: ~'.~~',~~'.:~:7. ' f:f:.L0 .LZt> 0.L.L . '-,~"---'_.-:..'7:. ,," ,,--".-'- --,-:0-0' . ;.: ',',. '.;; ,.,,:;.' ,":'., . ",.:. ,..::;";.. :.:-..,....:::....... ........... .... ~NI s~o~~n~~sNO~ ^A~3H W~ 8f::0, 66-6Z-~d~ SoUthern Engineerlng Southern ~c;ir.eerinq Go 1800 Peec.~ SL, t{W AiI.anta. GA 30367-8301 (404) 352-9200 ~_;X; (404) 351-1196 http://www.:cenr:;.c::;m c".~ ~:~ y~ r:i $u.c~ . , "I 1 August 8, 199i I Mr. Don Martin Heavy Constructors., Inc. 11395 South ~etta ?arkway Building 100 Suite 114 I Marietta.. GA 3006i 1R2 I I I I I I I I I "I I r:' __ p' 1""- ' ~". omt. Vl:orgta .Modifications to Water Treamumt p!ant Sert/ed Solids F cr:lities Ol-J96-16.3 Dear Mr. 'Marrin: P1easeac:::ept this letter ofcomme:::td~on to you and your swffur the dart! and profe5Sion~li~ shown during the constrtlCtion of the referenced project. Everyone associated with the projec: was courteOUS and cooperative with our swI as well as the Owner' 3 penonneL 1"his project, like many others, was oot without its unique set of problems and issues which required cooperation from all involved parties to find a. resolution. Your e:fforts in this regard, whicl1 som...nmes ex( eeded the com:rac:ual requiremems, is appreciated. It was a pleasure working with Heavy ConstrUctOI'3, Inc. and I look forward to the oext oppommity to do so again. Sin~e1y. dI~ i &J..- Thomas L. Banon Project Nfanager . . n.B:mcp' . , ';t';~~":" ;'..'::.\'.:.. :..'.......::,:.' ,': ,',,'.~, . .. ".I.&~.' ~'~i"~':JI.~'~~ .~.:..:.':~~~:~ ~ .... -.' .",' . -..::. ' .~. j;' . ~ .," 13 . d ~~.L0 .L2:t:o 0.L.:!. :IN i' s~O.L:ln~lJ.SNO:l ^^t::t3H wt::t ~~:0l 66-6~-~dt::t w - A - CD CD ~'J.J \ ,-).1 'If ru - :J: (") ~ (") 5" ~ C- O OJ 0 :::iJ en 0 m "T1 ..., g: OJ ~ w' (") ::r 0 Z 91, Q. <' c.. 0 ~ :J :J ..., '< cr ::r > :T :i' Q) S' m m (") ?J ~ ~ -< Q :::.. C- s::: ~ CD ~ Q) 3 ~ J: (") en a.: s::: C"l 0 ~ =: CD ..., (jj Q. ;It:" ~ 0 OJ Q) c: m (/) (1) :J (/) 0 CD :J (jj g CD ..., ~ CD .... -< ..., :J (/) (/) ..., iii' :J (') 0 :i: Z 0 (") (J) CD "T1 OJ C"l ~ -0 .... en en 1:1 < -; ::r CD "0 c:: c:: ..., CD Q) c;;' ..., ~ "0 -0 0 n' "0 0 :J ::r OJ CD CD (C' CD CD ~ ;0 en 0 n' ~ 0' (i) ..., ..., Sl 1:1 ;It:" ..., 5- 5' (/) -. CD CD !lL ..., ..., ~ C "T\ "T1 (i) (i) :i: CD c: C"l CD 0 "T1 - -0 11 0 0 :J :J ~ (Jl CD (1) 0 ..., ..., a: :J (') CD CD CD ..., Q. Q. ..., ..., 3 CD (tl CD Ql CD CD 3 3 Q) 3 :J ~ co :) -t OJ - CD - OJ :) :) OJ ..., :) :J 0 :::0 -< en ... - - N N ...... N N c..J ...... N N ;:tJ U1 U1 W N '"', N - N W W N - -- (J) Z I l~ (') I ~ . OJ '< " J: <: "C s: :i: '< CD (i) C (1) m 0 0 CD (t) OJ OJ C"l (") (") () () g. <: <: 0 -< ...., ...., ::r '< '< ='l :::l ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ -< C"l C"l C S .... CD CD ('i' ('i' ? :E - - ~ -C OJ OJ - - 0.. - - '< '< c:: (Jl 0 m [ ~ ;C I ~ - - ~ CJ') C"') 0 -i -i -i -i -i -i -i -i -i 0 Z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 c 0 (f) Z ...... w .... ...... W N c..J ~ ~ Z Z U1 U'1 U'1 0 U'1 0 0 U'1 0 m 3> 3> :J ~ ~ ~ ~ ~. 3 3 3 ::0 Q,) r- o' o' o' g Q o' o' o' o' ~ :) :J ::l :J :J = :J to (1) it OJ < '< () Q Vi ;:l n 0' ..., (Jl ::l C"l I :JNI S~O.L:Jn~.LSNO:J .....,... 1::;1 3H WI::;I 1313: t t 66-6<::-~dl::;l 0LL S;;S;;L0 L~t> 60.d I I I I I I I I I I I Zn ~: CI :z: ~l~'m ;t:::c ~ elm tit' :~;z < I,..!~! .J ,o'~ : ,Z'O " 'UJ; '~'O I ; I' .' __.,;0 I ~:8' c, Z mil: n: ,"ll!~, en I _ ~:8'O: -I ~~ Z = I ~"tJ ::::c i.... ::0 -1m 0 c: Z ' I ~ Co. r ,.... Izmr\1 m -'-f 1m ,,"': 1l!1 ---I I '>--"0 }~ UJ ,- : ::; ::::c 1m .(") .. en .. - z n . Z 0 ",,'4' ~'~ fg~~: ....l;o mlo - - ~'-< 3;a r-io :tl:~ ,"fg ;>::! .?illm ", I~;>:: c''''Olo ~ :Z'~ " '01_ en ;;0 Z ... )>.> ~ ,z;~ - .>' ~, ICl!f m,'il f.;!l :,,'< ';0' '<j ::::...:>.:::: t.l c: c:1t.l, < ':J I\C "< 6,~,tC..:c1 O'<.:!q:)'q:)' I . , ..,..........J .......,.-,.N:.Ni ~;fE:8::s:: .OJ.CD.:'.~] 8 ~:~:~ o ~ Z m ;!l " ".> (") >,;0 ;0 = ;0 m :::'''-' CIl'O;03: o.(i5:C:= Z -':;;) - CIl ~ - 'F ~,,:~: ~ ;:~; ffi ~.go m - '" ::J Z,o: - Cl Z ~, '0' ~, o in Z 0' m c: b QQ f$=<=< Z'Z 0 0 m:O ." ." ... ." > > ~.o ....;,~ Qim;; X'.> Z ;Z :::; :c ...... _ .... = :> >- :;! Cl - 5' .. < -< 0- g .. r. 2' .. ,:; I I .-.. - -.--..- i 010; :EiO! Z ZI 'm' -If 12:f;1 Im~~ ,;Z "1 1(;) m ;0 ;0, I CIl' ~I o 0 r- :.i-- a T >'0 Z = :E:z1 " m'z' o 3: ;!l'- o (')'m:m, Z (;)'Z'Cl:I: 0'> o:m' m ,- m Z' = 9 z13, ~in ~:Z: c -< F . I I I I I I I I n: ~I ;:5!iaC m' .... m' --- I "1 ~i ~I c, ~, m: ;0' I 1 i I : : i ""'-l .~ :J:; :~ """"';.....,.c.o ,g:,,9 ~:~ "'1~ICDICD ~I~i~'~ lo.. 0>':' .:. 3 -:U1;<.n .Jto'tJ'l Ut ,Q'N,U\ I I I ~ '" '" ~ 0> v ~ ~ I Ie! ... ~ I 66-6~-~dl::l 0. Wl::l t>!;; s~o~~n~~SNO~ ^^l::l3H ~NI !;;SL0 L~t> eLL ~e.d I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I :JNI S ~ 0 .1. :J II ~-.l. S N 0 :J ,l.,,\1:;<3H WI:;< ~!;;:at 66-6~-~dl:::l I Ul l ~ - z. ~i81 ::I: ~IZ! m !!~I-)> ~I~I~ I C") I I :::! i olni~11 n ~1'~I"l:J 0 -a I :::c I >.nIOI Z 3:'0 ' 01%1 c.. i en c::: -I m I ~i~I~' ,nl"'''' ~ ;-1 -; i --, ~cn' ;0 'z I !211 i :% C'"): C 1~'Oi I~I ,; "'" :"1:"'-1 !g' "C I -I :~ .1 :In m' 0 :n ! ,-I -; I I m! I' .::c ' '0: i i : en I, . TO ~~ :~ l ,% .- 1m , ;" I Z in . , , , I ' iOln: , :iE101 ;Z'Z' Iml-ll ,;;:II ?),' 'ml-; ial:~1 1;:0 '" lien: .0 :zl III .'t!' 1161 z, ml I~I i I~I I ! ;:0 , a:J I I b:~i~ ;l;l .:1:1 n ,. nlmlO m'>!;!::1 en,~:" ~ ~I~ 'tI'~,z ~ ~';l;l'~lm':t:'m'~'-; o.:>.nl(')1 >:0 0 ='m'> >:~iO:-;>IC~~I=:> c.~:- > ;:CI(')I(') o.;l;lI~I-<IOI3: e,en'-; 0:0'% ~.~.~ < ffi <:::c -1';:0 0 ~ -; m )>,-;'QI::E'-;;(;)I~ >:o,m, enlUl 0 -< m 0: r-" _ )> O'~:'" Z en ~I-II-; (')\(') ~1r-'(').:iE r-lolzll:l:I(')'I~I~lol~;:cII"\ >/0 0 - olr-'o._.~ n - en ~'- < ~'a:J ;:0 ~li~'I~ ~ ~ ~li~\I~I~ ~:;:~i~;1~18!~!~!~I~,1 < m m -; (;) ;l;l -; ;:o'~'m;~ ~ :::.':.n'rTI/ < en mlZloo( en 1m'''' en'......I~ ~Ir- :iE ol~i~ II~I ~ nil:~ 18;~:iii!=ti ~ "'0 ;:c ,,: I '.'''':SI'''01 m m I i "'01 I I ;:-0 !"'O 1"'01 CJ) ~ i:::l 'enl:tl 5 :s 11m! I ,! I I j' 1m I OI~I>:~I'~'I'>;~I~i~~:~iZ~>I'~'I'al>:~I~:~I' (l) "OICllll C'Ic:l'(1)'Crs! ,(1) '0 1-5 c: (ti",'1::l (1) alll10l n S,.., P'< I;:' 1= 'tl,,, :;:, ..,,00' < I":' ::l n i.., "'='''''< , .., ~1~:~I~i~'~I~i~;~I'~i~I~I~I~'~i~'~i~!~ ~1~larr~I~'~I~'~'~ ~I~I~I~ ~'~'~:AIA'A I I ; I : I I i I I ' I I I I' I I I !~I ' , I , ;,~ I....~! I "'1 ~ ;-" I i~ I ~ I 1.- , ... :.- ~!," I....... .... 1"'1 ~1.'~I_I~I~t~I~INI~!~ A'_I~!~ Ql~IMI_ ~'-:~l '.f~ '~l_ ~l~'~i~ NIO ~1~IA - ~INIA,~I.,~I~,~,_lo,~,~'QI~,~I~'~'Q'~ 8'~lgig;~i~I~'8i~I~I'g:~loio;~:o;~io'~1 Qr~IQIQ:Q:~lt:Q!~:o.~!~~~ig:~:8;giglol ~1a:Jln~';l;l'<~'~';:Cln,~'en a:J''''OIOI~'~'~'<' ml-'''''' '<Im'-io'-'o 0'-'- ~ 010'-,:5: r-iZ'~:O,~I~'~:O'a:J;SI<::'<::;~ O~~::::l':::l;~'~; ,,;~ o'~!"'Olmln'-;lmlr- -;'~';:C ~iZ:OIO ~!>' mlc ~Io'm, !~I~IO'~im!:'I:Jlo Olffi ~:~:oi3:1 ;:c.;:tl ,....,(')'O!>.~I(') ....,zl'g ~ 0 (').-;;. :. .c/. ' ~,~ 0;~,~:~;~1~;~!9 Z en 0 ~i....IO~I~OIZ enl > 't! C'1 nlm en' n:n,Z -; m (')In: :-1 enl~ c!~'Ullol~i~iOI~ ~!~I~ ~,olffi'lmlo ~ enolm ~,-; .Q'o,~ ~ ;:c 0'- '~;c en enl~l~ O ....'Ul ~ ~,.A "'0 - _.~m .A Z ,- N n " , - ' -. . w. ..... %' Z ' - . Z wo, "" I' "" I' , m - '(;)1 '~I i - )>, -; ml :> :;l;ll ml z:(;).m ....'9' ,-<1(;)10 Z;:::l -; '01 ~. I '<'n,m m'zll .00-.... mil . :::l'n, ....... en' .< . . I !O,-, 1m 1:::.C:.::c 1m .z:z, m ,r-,"'" ml> I' ;, ~en:OI 1::1 S:91""'z:::l : Ci Z Z;ZI(j;, ~ : I:, I O. 'O,(;);,....!c .; .' , , , ,m I s:: I I: i: ! '~! : !: I 'I I~ , . . I' I , S::,Q:Q.~,a:J:~;~:~iQ ~'Q Q;m'~'O:Q:Q:Q,~1 >'~!-101~r-;n!01- Z:....;-Iolnl~,~ -;:-;101 22: ....100( i ' ':::l " '" I . ,00( 0: ~ ,~ ::E I ' I Z i -< 00(,00(, ~ mo O,~,-< IUlI~ 0 ~ 0101> ~;ZIO 0 0 0 ~:~',~'m:n ~iO m.~ r-1~I~i~.m;ml~!~I~lni >Ir-""">'O r-'::;:: >::::l 'jm en -:>.~ nln;:c 0, r-lol~,nir- )> n n.o ~,>m,:iE:(');"" 0 0 0 <::' -lniX:~Ir- z'o;:;~ o:~;z:)>I':I'~'Z'z en'z' (;) C:.C::'- m -'c~im Z -; -.. - o'-<'-<'~'_' : ~'Ul.;::I (;). > 'z;;:; ,. m, 't!.O:m I;:; ::: 'm' m ; -< I -;1-;~....lmlm:'Cli~lmiO ~ o,.>:;::Ilmlz :::li:::l ~,. I ~'C:!Cl!fT1'. >:.-<!!~'>,8:z:0i~ifT1 =<' .~:.Ul...r-,O! ~;;:O.:::l,~!:::l:' 'Cl,C)' :::l ~I:> - 0: ,(;) -'0,)> o 0' 0 : > . 0 . ... ' > : 0 ,. , '1 =: : > ~ ">' ;;.; , :E'<'<" ~ ,,..... ,. !wl -.' ,... . ,. . m;mrm: m. I.....">. '0 I .- '" . wi . I ;l;l :::liO' ,(;)! ::> 1 :::; i: i : i:>' i i:>i '00(, I!; ~!~;010!~~~!~'0:~'0,~ ~,o:o:o'o.o.o ~! Oi(;):~:~iOl(;)'(;)'~!o'~'(;) 0 ~ ~;~ ~ ~ ~ 01 ~I~!ml'm:~ ~;~!m.~:m,;;:I ~im mim:m'm,m'~1 a:J:til:~ ;;l Q.e :::l,~I~;~ ~.en:~ ~!~:~ ~ ;:J':::l ~,mIUllm -.> r- m:ol~:c,o'o ~,> :::l ;:0.;:>'0 ,Z -;':::l ;:;.s. ;:Clm:>'~,r=;o mIO'- -,~:~ 1~lm<:~ ~;o ~ ~;mln'a:J:en!z ~I)>,Q Q ",m, -'C'" '- " r- "'>~' "13:.... ....,m.:::lj ~1:::limIQ Q::iE ~ QI~:~:;l;l:-IO'OI~:S:: ~ enl~ ".;Inl- ;.> 0 - Oim,-;:3:IO':::lI~ > > ~.s::1 m:~IOI>,O'~lzl> ~1~:o;=I';:c!m!zl~ ~-:Oi ;:C1~:"'O;",r-' ."'0: I~:z:m o;mln - -;~ en! en mlm'~lmll i ~; 0' ':;o,)>,Z - m m',-Ienl o'mlr-l>'oo( ,>' :;:Ci '3:,Z',mln;ien Ul, 1 I Z'CI>:Zi I ,Z: Iz">1 ;<iii;~; I ! ,Z, I I I ! ! , ' :%, . I I : , ! , -'-'-'-I-'-I-'~'-'-'-'-I-'-'~'-'- -'-1' ~1~I~j~ 4 ~ 4:~,A ~,Al~ ~.~:~ ~'~.~I~ ~ ~ ~.~IO'~IQ'~IOIOIO'~ O'~'~i~'~'~~O OIQ O,Q1A.O:AIO ~;AjA.O ~'O'OIOtOIOlm -'-'_._'_._'_._-,-'-'-'-'-'-- - -.- ~;~ ~'A;~IAI~'A.~ w'w'~ A:~I~.~.~INI N:.:~I~I~I~I~I~.~ ~I~I~I~:~'N'_'_AIWI ~'~II ~~!~!~I~:~:~ ~I~ ~1~1~1~:~ ~.~:~ _I~ ~t~l~l- ~I~ .l~j~'~ ul~i~'~.~I~'~ ~I'~INI~I~:~IQIA'81~:NI~INIA'O'~'~ ~Io o 0 ~,-I~'N'_'-'~IO'OIW ~I~'~ ~:_ ~ N10I I~'QI-'O:~I 'Q'Q'~ NIA W:~.~I~,~ ! I : II ; ! ! :- j : i I I ! I I I ! I I I' I I i I I I ; I I I : ~ ' , I I I '. I 1-.11-'" ... - - I . _. _1'-1 ~'QI818 ~ 8i~ 8:~:8i8:~:~ 8 8i~.8:o'ol ~!~'~i~ ~:~I~ ~ ~i~I*:~'~ ~ ~:~.~.~!~: I I! !; !: I I i ell !. I 0 ! ell ~ S;!i;La L~~ aLL "'0 8 CI - ta.d I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION NOA NOTICE OF AWARD TO: HEAVY CONSTRUCTORS, INC. 1395 S. Marietta Parkway Building 100, Suite 114 Marietta, GA 30067 PROJECT: JAMES B. MESSERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT LIFT STATION - CONTRACT 2 The OWNER has considered the BID submitted on April 29,1999 by you for the above described WORK in response to its Advertisement for Bids dated March 31, 1999, and Information for Bidders. You are hereby notified that your BID has been accepted in the amount of: One Million Four Hundred Seventy Five Thousand 00/00 Dollars ($1,475,000.00). You are required by the Information for Bidders to execute the Agreement and furnish the required Contractor's Performance Bond and Payment Bond within ten calendar days from the date of this Notice to you. You are also required to show proof of insurance coverage as required by the General Conditions. Six sets are enclosed for execution. If you fail to execute said Agreement and to furnish said Bonds within ten days from the date of the Notice, said OWNER will be entitled to consider all your rights arising out of the OWNER'S acceptance of your BID as abandoned and as a forfeiture of your Bid Bond. The OWNER will be entitled to such other rights as may be granted by law. In the Agreement and Bonds, please note that the date of agreement is to remain blank on line 1 of the Agreement, in the second paragraph and last line of both bonds and in the last line of the Power of Attorney. After execution of all copies, please return all copies to this office for coordinating the execution by the Owner. Executed copies will then be returned for you and your Surety along with the Notice to Proceed. Submittal of your Insurance Certificate at an early date will permit work on the project to begin when the Notice to Proceed is issued. A Preconstruct ion Conference will be scheduled after contracts are executed. Please return an acknowledged copy of this ~7/ NOTICE OF AWARD to the OwNER. Dated this I/-~ day of , 1999. AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION AUGUSTA, GEORGIA ACCEPTANCE: By hm /l/lLvI'lHPO, ;! f, Title ~ dv~'t/}). f/r/J Receipt of the above NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged by C; o{2., Th' ,1999 By 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-NOA. doc NOA I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION AGR AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, made on the 4.~ day of 1?J~ ' 19'1!l, by and between AUGUSTA, GEORGIA, BY AND TOUGH THE AUGUSTA- ICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION, party of the first part, hereinafter called the OWNER, and HEAVY CONSTRUCTORS, INC., party of the second part, hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH, that the Contractor and considerations hereinafter named, agree as follows: the for the Owner, ARTICLE I - SCOPE OF THE WORK The Contractor hereby agrees to all of the equipment and labor necessary, shown on the plans and described in the entitled: furnish all of the materials and and to perform all of the work specifications for the project AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT JAMES B. MESSERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT LIFT STATION - CONTRACT 2 and in accordance with the requirements and provisions of the Contract Documents as defined in the General and Special Conditions hereto attached, which are hereby made a part of this agreement. ARTICLE II - TIME OF COMPLETION - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced within 10 calendar days after the date of written notice by the Owner to the Contractor to proceed. All work shall be completed within 270 calendar days subj ect to Supplementary Conditions SC 23, with all such extensions of time as are provided for in the General Conditions. It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning, rate of progress and the time for completion of the work to be done hereunder are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of this contract. Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will ensure full completion thereof wi thin the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time for completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and construction conditions prevailing in this locality. IF THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NEGLECT, FAIL, OR REFUSE TO COMPLETE THE WORK WITHIN THE TIME HEREIN SPECIFIED, then the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, to pay the Owner the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00), not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract for completing the work. In addition, if the Contractor fails to meet the requirement stated in Supplementary Condition SC-25, then the Contractor hereby agrees, as a part of the consideration for 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721 AGR.doc AGR-1 I I SECTION AGR AGREEMENT I the awarding this Contract to pay the Owner the sum of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), as a penalty for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default with the requirement of SC-25. I The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would, in such event, sustain, and said amounts shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current periodical estimates. I It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this Contract and the specifications wherein a definite portion and certain length of time is fixed for the additional time is allowed for the completion of any work, the new time limit fixed by extension shall be the essence of this contract. I I ARTICLE III - PAYMENT I (A) The Contract Sum I The Owner shall pay to the contractor for the performance of the Contract the amount as stated in the Proposal and Schedule of Items. No variations shall be made in the amount except as set forth in the specifications attached hereto. (B) Proqress Payment I On no later than the fifth day of every month, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Engineer an estimate covering the percentage of the total amount of the Contract which has been completed from the start of the job up to and including the last working day of the preceding month, together with such supporting evidence as may be required by the Owner and/or the Engineer. This estimate shall include only the quantities in place and at the unit prices as set forth in the Bid Schedule. I I On the "City's vendor payment invoice for payment, the Owner shall after pay to the Contractor 90% of the amount of place. The 10% retained percentage may be completion and acceptance of all work under run" following approval of the deducting previous payments made, the estimate on units accepted in held by the Owner until the final the Contract. I I ARTICLE IV - ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT I (A) Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection acceptance, the Engineer shall within 10 days made such inspection, and when he finds the work acceptable under the Contract and the Contract fully performed, he will promptly issue a final certificate, over his own signature, stating that the work required by this Contract has been completed and is accepted by him under the terms and conditions thereof, and the entire balance found to be due the Contractor, including the retained percentage, shall be paid to the Contractor by the Owner within 15 days after the date of said final certificate. I I I lZELl ENGINEERS 9121 AGR.doc AGR-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION AGR AGREEMENT (B) Before final payment is due, the Contractor shall submit evidence satisfactory to the Engineer that all payrolls, material bills, and other indebtedness connected with work have been paid, except that in case of disputed indebtedness of liens of evidence of payment of all such disputed amounts when adjudicated in cases where such payment has not already been guaranteed by surety bond. (C) The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner, other than those arising from unsettled liens, from faulty work appearing within 12 months after final payment, from requirements of the specifications, or from manufacturer's guarantees. It shall also constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made and still unsettled. (D) If after the work has been substantially completed, full completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, and the Engineer, so certifies, the Owner shall upon certification of the Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the work fully completed and accepted. governing claims. Each final shall except under shall be made that it the terms and not constitute a conditions wai ver of payment payment, IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties Agreement in three (3) counterparts, each f ori~t~~~~~~e year and day first mention __~;YJ.1 J"'l; \~ ~.......'?-' ..........".... ('0 ~O f cI..~ ._ "0". c-j_, f; R ~ ~, .,,~ ~ ~ ~ 1'~A ~ . ~ "': .. ~ ~~. :-~ ~ ,.~ - r ~ '1 · .. i'~ .. have shall executed this be deemed an ~. ... By: r:w ~ '/,'/?1 co EAVY CONSTRUCTORS INC. (SEAL) By As Address: 1395 S. Marietta Pkwy. Buildinq 100, Suite 114 Marietta, GA 30067 cretary ~~ Wltness 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721 AGR.doc AGR-3 I I I I SECTION PB PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that HEAVY CONSTRUCTORS, INC. (Name of Contractor) 1395 S. Marietta Parkway, Buildinq 100, Suite 114, Marietta, GA 30067 (Address of Contractor) I a Corporation , hereinafter called Principal, (Corporation, Partnership or Individual) I and Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland (Name of Surety) 1050 Crown Pointe Pkwy., Suite 1200, Atlanta, GA 30338 (Address of Surety I hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Augusta, Georgia, (by and through its Commission), Municipal Building, Augusta, Georgia 30911, hereinafter called OWNER, in the penal sum of One Million Four Hundred Seventv Five Thousand 00/100 Dollars 00/100 Dollars ($ 1,475,000.00) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF into a certain I I I hereof for the THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered contract with the OWNER, dated the _____day of , 1999, a co~y of which is hereto attached and made a part construction of: I JAMES B. MESSERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT LIFT STATION - CONTRACT 2 NOW, THEREFORE, if the principal shall promptly make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution or the work provided for in such contract, and any authorized extension or modi.fication thereof, including all amounts due 'for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, coal and coke, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed or used in connection with the construction or such work, and all insurance premiums on said work, and for all labor, performed in such work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. I 1 I" I 1 1 PROVIDED FURTHER, that no final .settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. I.. ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-PB.doc PB-1 I - I I I I IN WITNESS WHEREOF, copies) counterparts, day of this instrument each one which shall I (SEAL) ~ 1/;(~ Wicness to Principal Lob4rvlJlt-L../E-. 1"04- (Address) I I I I ATTEST: I Mrlriet.t.rl, I I I I I SECTION PB PAYMENT BOND is in 5 (number of riginal, this the /' By HEAVY CONSTRUCTORS, INC. 1395 S. Marietta Pkwv., Buildinq 100 (Address) Suite 114, Marietta, GA 30067 -: Company corney in-Fact Barry ellars ~~ /' .-< 1050 Crown Pointe Pkwy. /?:S'~ 12.00 ./ (Address) '!; v /' Atlanta. GA 30338 I , 'I . - (SEAL) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract. If Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute bond. IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the State where the project is located. I I I ~721-PB.doc PB-2 'ZEL, ENGINEERS I I Power of Attorney FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND HOME OFFICE. BAlTIMORE. MO I KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corporation of the State of Maryland, by C. M. PECOT, JR., Vice-President, and C. W. ROBBINS, Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said Company, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, does hereby nominate, constitute and appq' t James Day and Barry C. Sellars, both of Marietta, Georgia, EACH............. .............. I rue an a agent and Attotney-'in~Fact, to make, execute, seaWn'd: iver, for~n its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings.....~~....~,......................., ." And the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursp these ~r shall be as binding upon said Company, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been dul ~ ted and edged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its office in Baltimore, Md., in their own proper pe~ ~ The said Assistant Secretary does hereby certify .~ extra. ct u~r;;:~ on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said Company, and is no~;e. ~~ IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice~Pr nt and As . Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the Corporate Seal of the said FIDELITY AND COMP F MARYLAND, this 5th day of _ Apr i 1 , A.D. 19..2J.. ~ ~ FIDELITY AND DE COMPANY OF MARYLAND ~~ AITEST: ~~ q,:......~... By } Vree-Pre' nI \ ss: I I I I I I STATE Of MARYLAND COUNIY Of BALTIMORE I On this 5th day of--Ap'ril , A.D. 19-9-1, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came C. M. PECOT, JR., Vice-President and C. W. ROBBINS, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn,. severalIy and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporation. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF. I havo h,rewno '" my hand '$.;;]:"4 my Offid~ SooI ~w~., ~Sf CAROL J, FADER, N=ry Publi, My Commission Expir~s___AugpALL. 1996 I I I I CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the original Power of Attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy, is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the Vice-President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice-Presidents specially authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney-in-Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND. This Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 16th day of July, 1969. RESOLVED: . 'That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced signamre of any Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed." IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company, this ___ day of , 19____. I I I - L1428c -032-0155 p~ Assis~ Secretary " , - ;;- :,.../ ..~~ -, , ., I EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND "Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice-President, or any of the Senior Vice- Presidents or Vice-Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or anyone of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice-Presidents, Assistant Vice-Presidents and Attorneys-in-Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertakings, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages, . . . and to affix the seal of the Company thereto. " I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - .- - I ...., _/<':. I I SECTION PFB I PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that I HEAVY CONSTRUCTORS, INC. (Name of Contractor) I 1395 S. Marietta oarkway, Buildinq 100, Suite 114, Marietta, GA 30067 (Address of Contractor) I a Corporation , hereinafter called Principal, and (Corporation, Partnership, or Individual) Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland (Name of Surety) 1050 Crown Pointe Pkwy , Suitp 1)00, ~tl~nt~: ~~ 1011R (Address of Surety) hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly .bound unto the City of Augusta, Georgia (by and through its Commission), Municipal Building, Augusta, Georgia 30911, hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of One Million Four Hundred Seventv Five thousand 00/100 Dollars ($ 1,475,000.00iin lawful money of the United States, for ~he paymen~ of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. I I I I THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the Owner, dated the day of , 1999, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of: I JAMES B. MESSERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PL~~T LIFT STATION - CONTRACT 2 I NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly, and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said contract during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety and during the one year guaranty period, and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. I I I PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. I I PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. 1 I. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-PfB.doc PFB-1 . . I I SECTION PFB PERFORMANCE BOND I IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is each one which shall be deemed , 19 -2- (Number) counterparts, this the day of ATTEST: I Principal) I VY CONSTRUCTORS, INC. I ~1U~ (Witness) to Principal LObANLlIt-t.-tE. J 6+ (Addres's) 1395 S. Marietta Parkway, Buildinq 100, (Address) Suite 114, Marietta, GA 30067 (SEAL) I ATTEST: Fidelity and Deposit Company of Mary and I Ofr~ 146 North Fairground st. (Address) M~r;prr~1 r,~ 10060 torne. -in-Fact B~"r-ry C. Sellars 1050 n Pointe Pkw;,?; S 12-00 " (Address) '~~/~ Atlanta, GA 30338 "'i""....:;,'': ~,' .::;:..,... ::. I I (SEAL) I NOTE: Date or Bond must not be prior to date or Concract. Ir Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute bond. I I IMPORTAJ.\lT: Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the state where the project is located. I I I I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-PFB. doc PFB-2 . . I I Power of Attorney FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND I HOME OFACE. BALTIMORE. MD I KNOw ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corporation of the State of Maryland, by C. M. PECOT, JR., Vice-President, and C. W. ROBBINS, Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Anicle VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said Company, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, does hereby nominate, constitute and apM' t James Day and Barry C. Sellars, both of Marietta, Georgia, EACH............. . ........ .. .... I rue an a agent and Attorney-in-Fact, to make, execute, sealAinli iver, for~n its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings.. . . . . . ~~. .. .~' . . . . .. .. . . . . . . " .. . . .. . . . . . And the execution of such bonds or undertakings in purs~~ese P~Shall be as binding upon said Company, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been dul <;) ted and a edged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its office in Baltimore, Md., in their own proper ~~ ,,~ . The said Assistant Secretary does hereby certify .~ extract _1>~ on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said Company, and is no~;e. ~~ IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vic~-= and A' Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the Corporate Seal of the said FIDELITY AND ~__ COMP F MARYLAND, this 5th day of - April 8:'~~' A.~~~ AND DE <;) COMPANY OF MARYLAND ~~ A1TEST: SEAL - Cl,,;__....~ By Vice-Prt. nt \ }~ On this 5th day of April , A.D. 19-9..1, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came C. M. PECOT, JR., Vice-President and C. W. ROBBINS, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn,. severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporation. IN TEsTIMONY WHEREOF. I havo he_to '" my Iumd .ffi><<l my Offid'" Seal the ~ ~ 7'<". ~~I'~ ~ .~ ~Sr CAROL J. FADER -.' Hmo" Publk My Commission Expires AUgJ.lS~22Q STAn: OF MARYLAND COUNTY OF BALTIMORE I I I I I I I I I I CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby cenify that the original Power of Attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy, is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further cenify that the Vice-President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice-Presidents specially authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney-in-Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND. This Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 16th day of July, 1969. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a cenified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed." IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company, this day of , 19____. I I I I L1428c -032-0155 Assisran:~S~crelary ~ - ~~ I \~5 ,'-, :.. , ;," :./ :;:.. .~":-~~~ I EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND "Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice-President, or any of the Senior Vice- Presidents or Vice-Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or anyone of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice-Presidents, Assistant Vice-Presidents and Attorneys-in-Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertakings, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages, . . . and to affix the seal of the Company thereto. ' , I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I orley, Schilling & Randall 46 N. Fairground st. arietta GA 30060 . ..... ... .__ _.d _....._._.. . <51Z IKfltl If I ~~~I?' ~~:lli 1~~.t~nrm~lrN~:LJ ~7~i~ <5 IE ~~~~1 ppp.. DA~;~~~ THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE C Sellars 770-428-1565 Fax No. 770-426-8601 COMPANY A Grange Mutual Casualty Co. COMPANY B National Trust Insurance Co. Heavy Constructors, Inc. Building 100, Suite 114 1395 South Marietta Parkway Marietta GA 30067 COMPANY C COMPANY D THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTlVE POLICY EXPIRA TlON DATE (MMlODIYY) DATE (MMlODIYY) LIMITS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILfTY CLAIMS MADE [!1 OCCUR OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S PROT CPP2132086 09/30/98 09/30/99 GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG PERSONAL & ADV INJURY EACH OCCURRENCE FIRE DAMAGE (Anyone fire) MED EXP (Anyone person) $2,000,000 $2,000,000 $ 1,000,000 $ 1,000,000 $100,000 $ 5 000 ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS CPP2132086 09/30/98 09/30/99 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 500,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE $ CUP213208700 AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: EACH ACCIDENT AGGREGATE $ EACH OCCURRENCE $ 10,000,000 09/30/98 09/30/99 AGGREGATE $ 10,000,000 $ $ 100,000 09/30/98 09/30/99 EL DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 500,000 EL DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 100 000 09/30/98 09/30/99 Limi t: $300,000 GARAGE LIABILfTY ANY AUTO THE PROPRIETOR! PARTNER~CUTlVE OFFICERS ARE: OTHER INCL 01WC96A32488 EXCL Rental Equipment CPP2132086 ESCRIPTlON OF OPERATlONSlLOCATlONSNEHICLESlSPECIAL ITEMS CERTIFICATE HOLDER IS NAMED AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED RE: JAMES B. MESSERLY ASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT LIFT STATION - CONTRACT 2 CITY OF AUGUSTA, GEORGIA MUNICIPAL BUILDING AUGUSTA GA 30911 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL ~ DAYS WRI1TEN NOTlCE TO THE C ICATE HO ER NAMED TO THE LEFT, IMPOSE N 0 L1GA TI OR L1ABILfTY orley, Schilling & Randall 46 N. Fairground st. arietta GA 30060 ~:IitiERmlt5lG;~ml::<D.'I5::ltl~E3'llIl.~';:i:~'~'lliJER~f*J(5'Et:b~k:i~:;. DATE (MMlDDIYY) ..;.,. ..:. . ;..:....):/:,:....}.:.:....:;;../:\??:)i.t;.:);.Ci:...:::::):.::.:.:::)\.:::;t.::.~yS()*: 05/0 6/ 9 9 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE C Sellars 770-428-1565 F~N~ 770-426-8601 COMPANY A Northern Ins. Co. of New York COMPANY B Heavy Constructors, Inc. Building 100, Suite 114 1395 South Marietta Parkway Marietta GA 30067 COMPANY C COMPANY D OV....E RA. $i:S. ::i: .... ........... THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION DATE (MMIDDIYY) DATE (MMlDDIYY) LIMITS COMMERCIAL GENERAL L1ABILnY CLAIMS MADE D OCCUR OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S PROT GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODUCTS. COMP/OP AGG $ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ EACH OCCURRENCE $ FIRE DAMAGE (Anyone fire) $ MED EXP (Anyone person) AUTOMOBILE L1ABILnY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON.OWNED AUTOS COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE $ GARAGE L1ABILnY ANY AUTO AUTO ONLY. EA ACCIDENT OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: EACH ACCIDENT $ AGGREGATE EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ EL DISEASE. POLICY LIMIT $ EL DISEASE. EA EMPLOYEE $ THE PROPRIETOR! PARTNER~ECUTlVE OFFICERS ARE: OTHER INCL EXCL Builders Risk ECA11675816 05/07/99 05/07/00 Limi t $1,475,000 ESCRIPTlON OF OPERATlONSlLOCATlONSNEHICLESlSPECIAL ITEMS RE: JAMES B. MESSERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT LIFT STATION - CONTRACT 2 AUGU002 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL ~ DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTI ICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SH POSE NO OBLIGATION OR L1ABILnY CITY OF AUGUSTA, GEORGIA MUNICIPAL BUILDING AUGUSTA GA 30911 C Sellars /"" ;:j:A99f{p;P9RAORAifiqNf$$$): I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION NTP NOTICE TO PROCEED Date TO: HEAVY CONSTRUCTORS, INC. 1395 S. Marietta Parkway Building 100, Suite 114 Marietta, GA 30067 PROJECT: AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT JAMES B. MESSERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT LIFT STATION - CONTRACT 2 The Contract for the above work is being signed today by the City of Augusta, Georgia. Two signed copies will be mailed to you promptly. You are hereby notified that the commencement date of work in accordance with the Agreement dated is and you are to complete the WORK within 270 consecutive calendar days thereafter. The date of completion of all WORK is therefore The date for compliance with Supplementary Condition SC-25 (BENEFICIAL USE OF PARTIAL SYSTEM; PENALTY FOR FAILURE) is September 1, 1999. AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY AUGUSTA, GEORGIA By Ti tle ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PROCEED is hereby acknowledged by HEAVY CONSTRUCTORS, INC. this the _____ day of By Title 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-NTP.doc NT P-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION CO CHANGE ORDER Order No. Date Agreement Date PROJECT: HEAVY CONSTRUCTORS, INC. 1395 S. Marietta Parkway Building 100, Suite 114 Marietta, GA 30067 OWNER: AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY AUGUSTA, GEORGIA CONTRACTOR: The following changes are hereby made to the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: JUSTIFICATION: CHANGE TO CONTRACT PRICE: Original CONTRACT PRICE $ Current CONTRACT PRICE adjusted by previous CHANGE ORDERS $ The CONTRACT PRICE due to this CHANGE ORDER will be (increased) (decreased) by: $ New CONTRACT PRICE including this CHANGE ORDER $ CHANGE TO CONTRACT TIME: The CONTRACT TIME will be (increased) (decreased) by calendar days. The date for completion of all work will be (Date) . Requested by I Recommended by I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-CO . doc CO-1 I I I I GENERAL CONDITIONS INDEX ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTER................................... 4-6 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE.......... 6-7 I ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS, PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; ......... REFERENCE POINTS 8-10 ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE.................................. 11-16 I I I I I I ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES........................ 16-24 ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES............................. 26 ARTICLE 9 - PROFESSIONAL'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION............ 26-29 ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK.................................. 29 ARTICLE 11 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE............................. 30-35 ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME.............................. 35-36 ARTICLE 13 - WARRANTY & GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-39 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION................ 40-45 I ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION................... 45-48 ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION................................... 48 I ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS........................................ 48-49 I I I I I I I I I GENERAL CONDITIONS I ARTICLE I--DEFINITIONS I Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: I Addenda-Any changes, revisions of clarifications of the Contract Documents which have been duly issued by COUNTY to prospective Bidders prior to the time of opening of Bids. I Agreement-The written agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed: other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. I Application for Payment-The form accepted by PROFESSIONAL which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to include such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. I Bid-The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the price(s) for the Work to be performed. I Bonds-Bid, performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security furnished by CONTRACTOR and its Surety in accordance with the Contract Documents. I Change Order--A document recommended by PROFESSIONAL, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. I Contract Documents-The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Plans, Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement, Certificates of Insurance, Notice of Award, and Change Order duly delivered after execution of Contract. together with all amendments, modifications and supplements issued pursuant to paragraphs 3.4 and 3.5 or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. I I I Contract Price-The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work). I Contract Time-The number of days (computed as provided in paragraph 17.2) or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR-The person, firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. I I 1 I I I I I COUNTY-Richmond County, Georgia, or Augusta, Georgia, political subdivisions of the State of Georgia, the Augusta-Richmond County Commission, and its authorized designees, agents, or employees. I Day-Either a working day or calendar day as specified in the bid documents. If a calendar day shall fall on a legal holiday that day will be omitted from the computation, Legal Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day, Memorial Day, 4th of July, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day and the following Friday, and Christmas Day. I Defective-An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment, unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). I I Drawings-The drawings which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by PROFESSIONAL and are referred to in the Contract Documents. I Effective Date of the Agreement-The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed by the Mayor of the Augusta, Georgia. I Field Order-A written order issued by PROFESSIONAL that modifies Drawings and Specifications, but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. I General Requirements-Sections of Division I of the Specifications. I Laws and Regulations: Laws or Regulations-Laws. ordinances, codes and/or orders. rules, regulations, I Notice of Award-The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. I Notice to Proceed-A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to PROFESSIONAL) fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents. I OWNER- Augusta, Georgia, and the Augusta-Richmond County Commission. I Partial Utilization-Placing a portion of the Work in service for the purpose for which it is intended for a related purpose) before reaching Substantial Completion for all the Work. I Professional-The Architectural/Engineering firm or individual or in-house licensed person designated to perform the design and/or resident engineer services for the Work. I 2 I I I I I Project-The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. I Project Area-The area within which are the specified Contract Limits of the improvements contemplated to be constructed in whole or in part under this Contract. I Project Manager-The professional in charge, serving COUNTY with architectural or engineering services, his successor, or any other person or persons, employed by said COUNTY, for the purpose of directing or having in charge the work embraced in this Contract. I Resident Project Representative-The authorized representative of PROFESSIONAL who is assigned to the site or any part thereof. I Shop Drawings-All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a Supplier and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. I Specifications-Those portions technical descriptions of standards and workmanship as details applicable thereto. of the Contract Documents consisting of written materials, equipment, construction systems, applied to the Work and certain administrative I I Subcontractor-An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other SUBCONTRACTOR for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. I Substantial Completion-The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of PROFESSIONAL as evidenced by PROFESSIONAL's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be used for the purposes for which it is intended, or if there be no such certificate issued, when final payment is due in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to any Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. I I Supplementary Conditions-The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. I Supplier-A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor. I Underground Facilities-All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasement containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials, electricity, gases, stearn, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other cont~ol systems or water. I I 3 I I I I Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. I I Work-The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work is the result of performing services, furnishing labor and furnishing and incor- porating materials and equipment into the construction, and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. I Work Directive Change-A written directive to CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by PROFESSIONAL, ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.22. A Work Directive Change may not change the Contract Price or the Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Directive Change will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Time as provided in Article 10. I I I Written Amendment-A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the non-engineering or nontechnical rather than strictly Work-related aspects of the Contract Documents. I ARTICLE 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS Deli vezy of Bonds: I 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with these Contract Documents. I Copies of Documen ts : I 2.2. After the award of the Contract, OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR, at no cost, one (1) complete set of the Contract Documents for execution of the work. Additional sets of the project manual and drawings and/or individual pages or sheets of the project manual or drawings will be furnished by COUNTY upon CONTRACTOR's request and at CONTRACTOR's expense, which will be OWNER's standard charges for printing and reproduction. I Commencement of Contract Time, Notice to Proceed: I 2.3. The Contract Time shall commence as established in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time after the Effective Date of the Contract. I Starting the Project: I 2.4. CONTRACTOR shall begin the Work on the date the Contract Time commences. No Work shall be done prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences. Any Work performed by CONTRACTOR prior to date on which Contract Time commences shall be at the sole risk of CONTRACTOR. I 4 I I I I Before Starting Construction: I 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to PROFESSIONAL any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from PROFESSIONAL before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. CONTRACTOR shall be liable to OWNER for failure to report any conflict, effort, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, if CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. I I I 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL AND PROJECT MANAGER for review: I 2.6.1. an estimated progress schedule indicating the starting and completion dates of the various stages of the Work: I 2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions: and I 2.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work which will be confirmed in writing by CONTRACTOR at the time of submission. I 2.7. Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, an original policy or certified copies of each insurance policy (and other evidence of insurance which COUNTY may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. I I Pre-construction Conference: I 2.8. Before any Work at the site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, Project Manager, Professional and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in 2.6, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing applications for payment and maintaining required records. I Finalizing Schedules: I 2.9. At least ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, PROFESSIONAL and Project Manager and others as appropriate will be held to finalize the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten (10) calendar days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until I I 5 - I I I I the schedules are submitted to and acceptable to Project Manager and PROFESSIONAL as provided below. The finalized progress schedule will be acceptable to Project Manager and PROFESSIONAL as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Time, but such acceptance will neither impose on PROFESSIONAL responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from full responsibility therefor, The finalized schedule of Shop Drawing submissions and Sample submissions will be acceptable to PROFESSIONAL as providing a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the submissions. CONTRACTOR's schedule of values shall be approved by PROFESSIONAL as to form and substance. I I CONTRACTOR, in addition to preparing an initially shall be responsible for maintaining the schedule, schedule. Schedule updates shall include progression of scheduled progress on work. Schedule updates shall request. acceptable schedule, including updating work as compared to accompany each pay I I ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Intent: I 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary: what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the State of Georgia. I I 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be supplied whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. I I 3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in 3.6 or 3.7, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any such standard, specification, manual, code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents)and the provisions of any such Laws or Regulations application to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by PROFESSIONAL as provided in paragraph 9.4. I I I I 3.4. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by I 6 I I I I implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effecti ve Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. I I 3.5. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract D9cuments or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in 6.7, CONTRACTOR shall so report to PROFESSIONAL in writing at once and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from PROFESSIONAL; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or PROFESSIONAL for failure to report any conflict, error ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. I I Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: I 3.6. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions. deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: I 3.6.1. a formal Written Amendment, I 3.6.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.3), or 3.6.3. a Work Directive Change (pursuant to paragraph 10.4). I As indicated in paragraphs 11.2 and 12.1, Contract Price and Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. I 3.7. In addition. the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: 3.7.1. a Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5). I 3.7.2. PROFESSIONAL's approval of a Shop Drawing or sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.24 and 6.26), or I 3.7.3. PROFESSIONAL's written interpretation or certification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse of documen ts : I 3.8. Neither CONTRACTOR nor any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER shall have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies oil any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of PROFESSIONAL or PROFESSIONAL's consultant; and they shall not reuse such Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and specific written verification or adaptation by PROFESSIONAL. I I I 7 I I I I I ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS, PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS Availabili ty or Lands: I 4.1. OWNER shall furnish as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CON- TRACTOR. Necessary easements or rights-of-way will be obtained and expenses will be borne by OWNER. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights-of-way or easements, the CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. I I I Pbysical Condit:ions: I 4.2.1. Explorations and Reports: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized in preparing the Contract Documents, and those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized in preparing the Contract Documents. ,I I 4.2.2. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions, Except for such reliance on such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER, PROFESSIONAL, or any of PROFESSIONAL's Consultants with respect to: I 4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or 4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or I I 4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information. I 4.2.3. If conditions are encountered, excluding existing utilities, at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then CONTRACTOR shall give COUNTY notice thereof promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 48 hours after first observance of the conditions. I I I 8 I I I I I 4.2.4. The Project Manager and PROFESSIONAL shall promptly investigate such conditions, and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, the Project Manager and PROFESSIONAL shall recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time, or both. If the Project Manager and PROFESSIONAL determines that the conditions at the Site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents or are not materially different from those ordinarily found and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the PROFESSIONAL shall notify CONTRACTOR of the determination in writing. The Work shall be performed after direction is provided by the PROFESSIONAL. I I Physica~ Conditions-Underground Faci~ities: I 4.3.1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or PROFESSIONAL by OWNERs of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: I 4.3.1.1. OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data: and I 4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for reviewing and checking all such information and data. for locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. for coordination of the Work with the OWNERs of such Underground Facilities during construction. for the safety and protection thereof as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work, the cost of all of which will be considered as having been included in the Contract Price. I I I 4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was pot shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before performing any Work affected thereby except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.22), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice thereof to that owner and to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL. PROFESSIONAL will promptly review the Underground Facility to determine he extent to which the Contract Documents should be modified to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility, and the Contract Documents will be amended or supplemented to the extent necessary. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or length thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. I I I I I I 9 I I I I Reference Points: I 4.4. OWNER shall provide Engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in PROFESSIONAL's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to PROFESSIONAL whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. I I I Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material: 4.5 COUNTY shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. COUNTY shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppliers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. I I 4.6 CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) stop all work in connection with such hazardous condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by 6.22), and (ii) notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL (and thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with PROFESSIONAL concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such hazardous condition or take corrective action, if any, CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such hazardous condition or in any such affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR special written notice (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed by CONTRACTOR to be resumed, either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. I I I I I 4.7 If after receipt of such special written notice, CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then CONTRACTOR may order such portion of the Work that is in connection with such hazardous conditions or in such affected area to be deleted from the Work. If COUNTY and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. COUNTY may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by COUNTY's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. I I I 4.7.1 The provisions of 4.2 and 4.3 are not intended to apply to Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site. I 10 I I I I ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND INSURANCE I Performance and Other Bonds: I 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as Security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as otherwise provided by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by Law or Reputation or by the Contract Documents and be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds, and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act. I I I Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of Insurance I 5.2.1 All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Georgia to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of authority to act. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. I I 5.2.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in 5.3, an original or a certified copy of the complete insurance policy for each policy required, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with 5.3. I I 5.2.3. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall within five days thereafter substitute another Bond and Surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER. I CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance: I 5.3. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such comprehensive general liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance and furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, by any Subcontractor, by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: I I I 11 I I I I 5.3.1. Claims under workers' or workmen's compensation. disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; I 5.3.2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR's employees; I 5.3.3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR's employees; I 5.3.4. Claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or (b) by any other person for any other reason; I 5.3.5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; I 5.3.6. Claims arising out of operation of Laws or Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or for damage to property; and I 5.3.7. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. I The insurance required by this paragraph 5.3 shall include the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability and coverages provided in the Supplementary Conditions, or required by law, whichever is greater. The comprehensive general liability insurance shall include completed operations insurance. All of the policies of insurance so required to be purchased and maintained lot the certificates or other evidence thereof) shall contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL by certified mail. All such insurance shall remain in effect until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall maintain such completed operations insurance for at least two years after final payment and furnish OWNER with evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one veal thereafter. I I I I Contractual Liability Insurance: I 5.4. The comprehensive general liability insurance required by paragraph 5.3 will include contractual liability insurance applicable to CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraphs 6.32 and 6.33. Owner r S Liabili ty Insurance: I 5.5. OWNER shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining OWNER's own liability insurance, and/or Risk Retention Program, and, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. I I 12 I I I I Property Insurance: I 5.6. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL's consultants in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insureds or additional insured parties, shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include "all risk" insurance for physical loss and damage including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and shall include damages, losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONAL's, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONAL's). If not covered under the "all risk" insurance or otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit when such portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for Payment. I I I I I 5.7. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, PROFESSIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL's consultants in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insured or additional insured parties. I I 5.8. All the policies of insurance (or the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice h9s been given to CONTRACTOR by certified mail and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph of 5.11.2. I I 5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the Interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are provided in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within the deductible amount, will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor or others suffering any such loss and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. I I 5.10. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policy, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. I I I 13 I I I I Wai ver of Rights: I 5.11.1. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other for all losses and damages caused by any of the perils covered by the policies of insurance provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 and other property insurance applicable to the Work, and also waive all such rights against the Subcontractors, PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants and all other parties named as insureds in such policies for losses and damages so caused. As required by paragraph 6.11. each subcontract between CONTRACTOR and a Subcontractor will contain similar waiver provisions by the Subcontractor in favor of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants and all other parties named as insureds. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any of the insured parties may have to the proceeds of' insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. I I I 5.11.2. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that policies provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 shall protect all of the parties insured and provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. Accordingly, all such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurer will have no rights of recovery against any of the parties named as insureds additional insureds, and if the insurers require separate waiver forms to be signed by PROFESSIONAL or PROFESSIONAL's consultant OWNER will obtain the same, and if such waiver forms are required of any Subcontractor, CONTRACTOR will obtain the same. I I I Receipt and App~ica tion of Proceeds: I 5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. I I Receipt and App~ica tion of Insurance Proceeds I 5.13. OWNER as trustee shall have power to adjust and settle any loss wi th the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall obj ect in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as trustee shall make set- tlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If required in willing by any party in interest, OWNER as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for the proper performance of such duties. I I I I 14 I I I I Acc~tance of Insurance: I 5.14. If OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the insurance required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4 on the basis of its not complying with the Contract Documents, OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR in writing thereof within ten days of the date of delivery of such certificates to OWNER in accordance with paragraph 2.7. If CONTRACTOR has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 on the basis of their not complying with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing thereof within ten days of the date of delivery, of such certificates to CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 2.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided by each as the other may reasonably request. Failure by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to give any such notice of objection within the time provided shall constitute acceptance of such insur- ance purchased by the other as complying with the Contract Documents. I I I I Partia~ Uti~i%ation-Property Insurance: I 5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10; provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected the changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. I I Indemnifica tion I 5.16.1. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless COUNTY and its employees and agents from and against all liabilities, claims, suits, demands, damages, losses, and expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of its Work, provided that any such liability, claim, suit, demand, damage, loss, or expense (a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or injury to or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (b) is caused in whole or in part by an act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by and of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, whether or not it is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or other fault of a party indemnified hereunder. I I I 5.16.2. In any and all claims against COUNTY or any of its agents or employees by any employee of CONTRACTOR, any SUBCONTRACTOR, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under the previous paragraph shall not be limited in any way as to the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any SUBCONTRACTOR under workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. I I I 15 I I I I 5.16.3. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless COUNTY and anyone directly or indirectly employed by it from and against all claims, suits, demands, damages, losses expenses (including attorney's fees) arising out of any infringement or patent or copyrights held by others and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. I I ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES I 6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. I I 6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without whiten notice to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. I I Labor, Materia~s and Equipment: I 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and layout the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except in connection with the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not permit evening work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice to PROFESSIONAL. I I 6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals whether temporary or permanent necessary for the execution, testing, initial operation, and completion of the Work as required by the Contract Documents. I I 6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided m the Contract Documents. If required by PROFESSIONAL, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory, evidence including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable Supplier except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents; but no provision of any such instructions will be effective to I I I 16 I I I I assign to PROFESSIONAL, or any of PROFESSIONAL's consultants, agents or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.14 or 9.15. I Adjusting Progress Schedu~e: I 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL for acceptance to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9) adjustments in the progress schedule to reflect the impact thereon of new developments; these will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. I Substi tutes or "Or-Equa~" Items: I 6.7.1. Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by PROFESSIONAL if sufficient information is submitted by CONTRACTOR to allow PROFESSIONAL to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. The procedure for review by PROFESSIONAL will include the following as supplemented in the General Requirements. Requests for review of substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by PROFESSIONAL from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall make written application to PROFESSIONAL for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state that the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which shall be considered by PROFESSIONAL In evaluating the proposed substitute, PROFESSIONAL may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense additional data about the proposed substitute. . I I I I I I I I I 6.7.2. If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, sequence, technique or procedure of construction acceptable to PROFESSIONAL, if CONTRACTOR submits sufficient information to allow PROFESSIONAL to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that indicated or required by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by PROFESSIONAL will be I I 17 I I I I similar to that provided in paragraph 6.7.1 as applied by PROFESSIONAL and as may be supplemented in the General Requirements. I I 6.7.3. PROFESSIONAL will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposed substitute. PROFESSIONAL will be the sole judge of acceptability and no substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without PROFESSIONAL's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to fur- nish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. PROFESSIONAL will record time required by PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL's consultants in evaluating substitutions proposed by CONTRACTOR and in making changes in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby. Whether or not PROFESSIONAL accepts a proposed substitute. CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL's consultants for evaluating each proposed substitute. I I Concerning Subcontractors. Supp~iers and Others: I 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization (including those acceptable to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2). whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or PROFESSIONAL may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. I I 6.8.2. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or organizations including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials and equipment to be sub- mitted to OWNER in advance of the specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER's or PROFESSIONAL's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due Investigation, in which case CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable substitute, the Contract Price will be increased by the difference ,n the cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER or PROFESSIONAL of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL to reject defective Work. I I I I I 6.9. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between OWNER or PROFESSIONAL and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part, of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL to payor to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. I I I 18 I I I I 6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. I 6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor which specifically binds the Subcontractor to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and contains waiver provisions as required by paragraph 5.11. CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance moneys received by CONTRACTOR on account of losses under policies issued pursuant to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7. I I I Patent Fees and Roya~ties: I 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. CONTRACTOR Shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses including attorneys' fees and court and arbitration costs arising out of any infringement .of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance or the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. I I I Permi ts : I 6.13. CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits, licenses, governmental charges and inspection fees, and all public utility charges which are applicable and necessary for the execution of the Work. All permit costs shall be included in the base bid. Permits, if any that are provided and paid for by OWNER are listed in the Supplementary Conditions. Any delays associated with the permitting process will be considered for time extensions only and no damages or additional compensation for delay will be allowed. I Laws and Regulations: I 6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor PROFESSIONAL shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. I I 6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR observes that any of the Contract Documents are contradictory to such laws, rules, and regulations, it will notify the Project Manager promptly in writing. Any necessary changes shall then be adjusted by an appropriate Change Order. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work that it knows or should have known to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations and without such notice to the Project Manager, it shall bear all related costs. I I 19 I I I I Taxes: I I 6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the proj ect which are applicable during the performance of the Work. Use oE Premises: I 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the Project site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights-of-way, permits and easements. CONTRACTOR shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Any loss or damage to CONTRACTOR's or any Subcontractor's equipment is solely at the risk of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made against OWNER or PROFESSIONAL by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt to settle with such other party by agreement or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or at law. CONTRACTOR shall to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold OWNER harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) arising directly, indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any such other party against OWNER to the extent based on a claim arising out of CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. I I I I I I 6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste. materials, rubbish and other debris or contaminates resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials, and shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. I I 6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any pan of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger them. I Record Documents: I 6.19. Contractor shall keep at the site and in good order one record copy of the Contract Documents and all Drawings and Specifications. These documents shall be annotated on a continuing basis to show all changes made during the construction process. These shall be available to PROFESSIONAL and the Project Manager and shall be submitted with the Application for Final Payment. I I 20 I I I I Safety and Protection: I 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall assume all risk of loss for stored equipment or materials, irrespective of whether CONTRACTOR has transferred the title of the stored equipment or materials to OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or joss to: I I 6.20.1. all employees on the Work and other persons and organizations who may be affected thereby: I 6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and I 6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. I CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNERs of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility OWNERs when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property, All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL or anyone employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR) . CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and PROFESSIONAL has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance, with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided In connection with Substantial Completion). I - - . - 6.21. CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible member of its organization whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents at the site. This person shall be CONTRACTOR's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by CONTRACTOR to the Project Manager. 21 I I I Emergencies: I 6.22. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from PROFESSIONAL or OWNER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If PROFESSIONAL determines that a change In the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken in response to an emergency, a Work Directive Change or Change Order be issued to document the consequences of the changes or variations. I I I 6.22.1. CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify PROFESSIONAL of all events involving personal injuries to any person on the Site, whether or not such person was engaged in the construction of the Project, and shall file a written report on such person(s) and any other event resulting in property damage of any amount within five (5) days of the occurrence. I 6.22.2. If PROFESSIONAL determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. I Shop Drawings and Samples: I 6.23. After checking and verifying all field measurements, CONTRACTOR shall promptly submit to PROFESSIONAL for approval, in accordance with the accepted schedule of submittals, all submittals and samples required by the Contract Documents. All submittals and samples shall have been checked by and stamped with the approval of CONTRACTOR and identified as PROFESSIONAL may require. The data shown on or with the submittals will be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials and any other information necessary to enable PROFESSIONAL to review the submittal as required. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give notice to PROFESSIONAL of all deviations that the submittal or sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. I I I 6.24. PROFESSIONAL shall review and approve submittals and samples. Professional's review and approval shall be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR will make any corrections required by PROFESSIONAL and resubmit the required number of corrected copies until approved. CONTRACTOR's stamp of approval on any submittal or sample shall constitute its representation to PROFESSIONAL and County that CONTRACTOR has determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that each submittal or sample has been reviewed or coordinated with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. - - 6.24.1. No Work requiring a submittal or sample submission shall commence until the submission has been approved by PROFESSIONAL. A copy of each approved submittal and each approved sample shall be kept in good order by CONTRACTOR at the site and shall be available to PROFESSIONAL and County 22 I I I staff. Any delays associated with the submittal process will be considered for time extensions only, and no damages or additional compensation for delay will be allowed. I 6.25.1. Before submission of each Shop Drawing or sample CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar data with respect thereto and reviewed or coordinated each Shop Drawing or sample with other Shop Drawings and samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. I I 6.25.2. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL specific written notice of each variation that the Shop Drawings or samples may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing submitted to PROFESSIONAL for review and approval of each such variation. I I 6.26. PROFESSIONAL will review and approve with reasonable promptness Shop Drawings and samples, but PROFESSIONAL's review and approval will be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents and shall not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. I I 6.27. No Work requiring a submittal or sample submission shall commence until the submission has been approved by PROFESSIONAL. A copy of each approved submittal and each approved sample shall be kept in good order by CONTRACTOR at the site and shall be available to PROFESSIONAL and Project Managery staff. Any delays associated with the submittal process will be considered for time extensions only, and no damages or additional compensation for delay will be allowed. I I 6.28. PROFESSIONAL's approval of submittals or samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called PROFESSIONAL's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and the Project Manager has given written approval to the specific deviation; any such approval by PROFESSIONAL shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for errors or omissions in the submittals. . . 6.29. Where a shop drawing or sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of shop drawings and sample submissions accepted by PROFESSIONAL as required, any related work performed prior to Professional's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. Continuing t:l1e Work: 6.30. CONTRACTOR shall carryon the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.6 or as CONTRACTOR and OWNER may otherwise agree in writing. 23 I I I C~eaning Up: I 6.31. CONTRACTOR shall maintain the site free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris or contaminates resulting from the work on a daily basis or as required. At the completion of the work, CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish, and debris from the site as well as all tools, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and will leave the Site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER. All disposal shall be in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. In addition to any other rights available to OWNER under the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR's failure to maintain the site may result in withholding of any amounts due CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR will restore to original condition those portions of the site not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. I I I Indemnifica tion: I 6.32. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and their consultants, agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, direct, indirect or consequential (including but not limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs and court and arbitration costs) arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (a)is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (b) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder or arises by or is imposed by Law and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such party. I I - . 6.33. In any and all claims against OWNER or PROFESSIONAL or any of their consultants, agents or employees by any employee of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.32 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor or other person or organization under workers' or workmen's compensation acts. disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.34. The obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.32 shall not extend to the liability of PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants, agents or employees arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications. 24 I I I ARTICLE 7---OTHER WORK Re~ated Work at Site: I 7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWNER's own forces, have other work performed by ailed OWNER's or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work: and, if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the extent thereof. CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. I I I 7.1.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each utility owner and other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract for OWNER, if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNER's employees)proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such work, and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several pans come together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of PROFESSIONAL and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit or' CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. I I 7.2. If any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any such other contractor or utility owner (or OWNER), CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to PROFESSIONAL in writing any delays, defects. or deficiencies in such work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and results. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or non- apparent defects and deficiencies in the other work. Coordination: 7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the person or organization who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized, and the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided, in the Supplementary Conditions. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, neither OWNER nor PROFESSIONAL shall have any authority or responsibility in respect of such coordination. 25 I I I ARTICLE 8---0WNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES I 8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, COUNTY shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through the Project Manager or PROFESSIONAL. I 8.2. In case of termination of the employment of PROFESSIONAL, OWNER shall appoint a PROFESSIONAL against whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former PROFESSIONAL. Any dispute in connection with such appointment shall be subject to arbitration. I I 8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly after they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. I 8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing Engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and in existing structures which have been utilized by PROFESSIONAL in preparing the Drawings and Specifications. I 8.5. OWNER's responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in paragraphs 5.5 through 5.8. I 8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.3. I 8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.4. I 8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1. Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances. I ARTICLE 9---PROFESSIONAL' S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION Owner's Re.presentative: I 9.1. PROFESSIONAL will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of PROFESSIONAL as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL. . . Visi ts to Si te: - 9.2. PROFESSIONAL will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction to observe the premises and quality of the executed Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. PROFESSIONAL will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or 26 I I I I quantity of the Work. PROFESSIONAL's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site observations as an experienced and qualified design PROFESSIONAL. PROFESSIONAL will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work. I Project Re.presentation: I 9.3. If OWNER and PROFESSIONAL agree, PROFESSIONAL will furnish a Resident Proj ect Representative to assist PROFESSIONAL in observing the performance of the Work. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not PROFESSIONAL's agent or employee, the duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such other person will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. I I Clarifications and Interpretations: I 9.4. PROFESSIONAL shall issue such written clarifications or interpretations of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as may be determined necessary, or as reasonably requested by CONTRACTOR, which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification and interpretation entitles it to an increase in the Contract Price, and/or Contract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim as provided for in Articles 11 or 12. I Authori.zed Vari.ations in Work: I 9.5. PROFESSIONAL may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are consistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will bc binding on OWNER, and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or 12. I I . - Rejecting Defective Work: 9.6. PROFESSIONAL will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which PROFESSIONAL believes to be defective, and will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Sbop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments: 9.7. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibility for Shop Drawings and samples, see paragraphs 6.23 through 6.29 inclusive. 27 I I I 9.8. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibilities as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11 and 12. I 9.9. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibilities in respect of Applications for Payment, etc., see Article 14. Detezmina tions for Uni t Prices: I 9.10. PROFESSIONAL will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. PROFESSIONAL will review with CONTRACTOR PROFESSIONAL's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a whiten decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). PROFESSIONAL's written decisions thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other party to the Agreement and to PROFESSIONAL whiten notice of intention to appeal from such a decision. I I I Decisions on Di~utes: I 9.11. PROFESSIONAL will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of .the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of changes m the Contract Price or Contract Time will be referred initially to PROFESSIONAL in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph, which PROFESSIONAL will render in writing within a reasonable time, Written notice of each such claim, dispute and other matter will be delivered by the claimant to PROFESSIONAL and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days after the occurrence of the event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to PROFESSIONAL and the other party within sixty days after such occurrence unless PROFESSIONAL allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim. I I I I 9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11, PROFESSIONAL will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by PROFESSIONAL pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.16) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter. I Limitations on PROFESSIONAL's Res.ponsibiIities: 9.13. Neither PROFESSIONAL's authority to act under this Article or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, nor any decision made in good faith to exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of PROFESSIONAL to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any of their agents or employees. 28 I I I 9.14. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures or the safety precautions and programs used. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. I I 9.15. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractors, any agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. ARTICLE lO--CHANGES IN THE WORK I 10.1. Without invalidating the Contract, OWNER may at any time or from time to time order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. The Project Manager shall provide CONTRACTOR with a proposal request, identifying the Work to be added, deleted or revised. Upon receipt, CONTRACTOR shall promptly submit a written proposal for the changed work prepared in accordance with Articles 11 and 12. If the proposal request calls only for the deletion of Work, the Project Manager may order the partial suspension of any Work related to the proposed deletion, in which case CONTRACTOR must cease performance as directed; CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to claim lost profits on deleted work. All changed Work shall be executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. I I I 10.2. Additional Work performed by CONTRACTOR without authorization of a Change Order will not entitle CONTRACTOR to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Article 7. The effect of this paragraph shall remain paramount and shall prevail irrespective of any conflicting provisions contained in these Contract Documents. I I 10.3. Upon agreement as to changes in the Work to be performed, Work performed in an emergency as provided in Article 6, and any other claim of CONTRACTOR for a change in the Contract Time or the Contract Price, PROFESSIONAL will prepare a written Change Order to be signed by PROFESSIONAL and CONTRACTOR and submitted to OWNER for approval. I 10.4. In the absence of an agreement as provided in 11.1.3, OWNER may, at its sole discretion issue a Work Directive Change to CONTRACTOR. Pricing of the Work Directive Change will be in accordance with Section 12.1.3. The Work Directive Change will specify a price, and if applicable a time extension, determined to be reasonable by OWNER. If CONTRACTOR fails to sign such Work Directive Change, CONTRACTOR may submit a claim in accordance with Articles 11 and 12, but CONTRACTOR shall nevertheless be obligated to fully perform the work as directed by the Construction Change Directive. I II i. iii 10.5. CONTRACTOR shall proceed diligently with performance of the Work as directed by OWNER, regardless of pending claim actions, unless otherwise agreed to in writing. 10.6. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 29 I I I ARTICLE ll-CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE I 11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to written authorized adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense without change in the Contract Price. I 11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to PROFESSIONAL promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless PROFESSIONAL allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the amount claimed covers all known amounts (direct, indirect and consequential) to which the claimant is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 11.2. I I I I I 11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined by the following procedures: I 11.3.1. Designated Unit Price (Field Measure) CONTRACTOR and OWNER recognize and acknowledge that the quantities shown for those items designated in the Bid Proposal as unit price items are approximations prepared by OWNER for bid purposes and that the actual compensation payable to CONTRACTOR for the utilization of such items is based upon the application of unit prices to the actual quantities of items involved as measured in the field and required to complete the Work as originally defined in the Contract Documents. I I 11.3.2. When it is determined by OWNER that an addition, deletion, or revision to the Work as defined in these Contract Documents is required and affects the quantities required for items designed in the Bid Proposal as unit price items, CONTRACTOR and OWNER agree that the compensation payable to CONTRACTOR for such unit price items shall be adjusted accordingly by a Change Order based upon the application of the appropriate unit prices shown in the Bid Proposal to the quantity of the unit price item required to complete the Work as defined in the Contract Documents. I II 11.3.3. Other Unit Prices. For items not designated in the bid proposal as unit prices, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may establish unit prices as agreed on by Change Order. 11.3.4. Lump Sum. When it is determined by OWNER that an addition, deletion or revision to the Work is required which results in a change in Work designated in the Bid Proposal as a lump sum item, the amount of increase or decrease in the lump sum price shall be established by mutual agreement of the parties. 30 I I I I 11.3.5. If the pricing methods specified in 11.3 are inapplicable, or if the parties are unable to agree on a price for the changed work, a reasonable price for the same shall be established by OWNER in accordance with 11.4 and 11.5. OWNER shall then process a unilateral Change Order, specifying the said reasonable price, in accordance with 11.4 through 11.6. CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work as directed in the Change Order. I 11.3.6. Failure on the part of CONTRACTOR to construct any item to plan or authorized dimensions within the specification tolerances shall result in: reconstruction to acceptable tolerances at no additional costs to OWNER; acceptance at no pay; or acceptance at reduced final pay quantity or reduced unit price, all at the discretion of OWNER. Determinations of aggregate monetary change for items identified as lump sum quantities shall be made by OWNER based upon an analysis of the scope of CONTRACTOR's failure to construct to plan or authorized dimensions. I I Cost; of t:he Work: I 11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: I I 11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' or workmen's compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. Such employees shall include superintendents and foremen at the site. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. I I I 11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. Trade discounts, rebates and refunds and all returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. . 11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who then determine, with the advice of PROFESSIONAL, which bids will be accepted. If a subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 31 I I I 11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to PROFESSIONAL's architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. I 11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following: I 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. I 11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. I 11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the pans thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of I PROFESSIONAL, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof---all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. I I 11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. I 11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. I 11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses), not compensated by insurance or otherwise, to the Work or otherwise sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.6). provided they have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's Fee. If, however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2. I site. 11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the 11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection the Work. 32 I I I 11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work and premiums of property insurance coverage within the limits of the deductible amounts established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.6. I 11.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following: I 11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, PROFESSIONALs, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accoun- tants, purchasing and contracting agents, expeditors, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph I I 11.4.4--all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by CONTRACTOR's Fee. I 11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal area branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the site. I 11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital used for the Change Order Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. I 11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph 11 . 4 . 5 . 9 above). I 11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly, employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property. I I 11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4. CONTRACTOR's Fee: 11.6. CONTRACTOR's Fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or if none can be agreed upon. 11.6.2. a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions or' the Cost of the Work: 11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be fifteen percent: 33 I I I I 11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, CONTRACTOR's Fee shall five percent; and if a subcontract is on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the maximum allowable to CONTRACTOR on account of overhead and profit of all Subcontractors shall be fifteen percent: I 11.6.2.3. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5 and 11.3: I 11.6.2.4. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's Fee by an amount equal to ten percent of the net decrease: and I 11.6.2.5. when both additions and credits are involved in anyone change, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2. 1 through 11.6.2.4, inclusive. I 11.7. For all changes, CONTRACTOR shall submit an itemized cost breakdown, together with supporting data in such detail and form as prescribed by the Project Manager. When a credit is due, the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in direct cost as determined by the Project Manager, plus the applicable reduction .in overhead and profit. When both additions and credits are involved in any change, the combined overhead and profit shall be calculated on the basis of the next change, whether an increase or decrease. In any event, the minimum detail shall be an itemization of all man-hours required by discipline/trade with the unit cost per man-hour and total labor price, labor burden, equipment hours and rate for each piece of equipment, material by units of measure and price per unit, other costs specifically itemized, plus the overhead and profit markup. I I I Cash A11owances: I 11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be done by such Subcontractors or Suppliers and for such sums within the limit of the allowances as may be acceptable to PROFESSIONAL, CONTRACTOR agrees that: I I 11.8.1. The allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and . 11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances. No demand for additional payment on account of any thereof will be valid. Prior to final payment, an recommended by PROFESSIONAL account of Work covered by correspondingly adjusted. appropriate to reflect allowances, Change Order will be issued actual amounts due CONTRACTOR and the Contract Price shall as on be 34 I I I Uni t; Price Work: I 11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with Paragraph 9.10. I I I 11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. I 11.9.3. Where the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement and there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work and if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR has incurred additional expense as a result thereof, CON- TRACTOR may make a claim for an increase in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase. I I ARTICLE 12--CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME I 12.1. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any request for an extension in the Contract Time shall be made in writing and delivered to PROFESSIONAL and Project Manager within seven (7) calendar days of the occurrence first happening and resulting in the claim. Written supporting data will be submitted to PROFESSIONAL and Project Manager within fifteen (15) calendar days after such occurrence unless the Project Manager allows additional time. All claims submitted by CONTRACTOR for adjustments to the Contract Time must set forth in detail the reasons for and causes of the delay and clearly indicate why the subject delay was beyond CONTRACTOR's control or fault. I I 12.2. If CONTRACTOR is delayed at any time in the performance, progress, commencement, or completion of the Work by any act or neglect of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL, or by an employee of either, or by any separate CONTRACTOR employed by OWNER, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unavoidable casualties, utility conflicts which could not have been identified or foreseen by CONTRACTOR using reasonable diligence, or any causes beyond CONTRACTOR's control or fault, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as OWNER may determine. CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to an extension of time for such causes only for the number of days of delay which OWNER may determine to be due solely to such causes and only to the extent such occurrences actually delay the completion of the Work and then only if CONTRACTOR shall have strictly complied with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. Provided, however, notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, no interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the performance, progress, commencement or completion of the Work for any cause whatsoever, including 35 I I I those for which OWNER or PROFESSIONAL may be responsible in whole or in part, shall relieve CONTRACTOR of its duty to perform or give rise to any right to damages or additional compensation from OWNER. CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy against OWNER for interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay of any aspect of the Work shall be the right to seek an extension to the Contract Time in accordance with the procedures set forth herein. I I ARTICLE 13--WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK I Warranty and Guarantee: I 13.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER that all materials and equipment will be new unless otherwise specified and that all work will be of good quality, performed in a workmanlike manner, free from faults or defects, and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and any inspections, tests, or approvals referred to in this Article. All unsatisfactory Work, all faulty Work and all Work not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents or such inspections, tests, approvals, or all applicable building, construction and safety requirements shall be considered defective. Notice of all defects shall be given to CONTRACTOR by PROFESSIONAL. All defective work, whether or not in place, may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article. I I Access to Work: I 13.2. For the duration of the Work, PROFESSIONAL and its representatives, other designated representatives of OWNER, and authorized representatives of any regulatory agency shall at all times be given access to the Work. CONTRACTOR shall provide proper facilities for such access and observation of the Work and also for any inspection or testing by others. I I Tests and In~ctions: - 13.3. If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any Work to specifically be inspected, tested, or approved by someone other than CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL timely notice of readiness therefore. 13.4. The testing firm (s) (if assigned by OWNER to this Work) and all such inspections, tests, or approvals provided for by OWNER shall be identified in writing by PROFESSIONAL to CONTRACTOR. All other inspections, tests or approvals shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense including additional expenses for inspection and tests required as a result of delays by CONTRACTOR or hours worked in excess of 40 hours per week. For all required inspections, tests, and approvals on any Work prepared, performed, or assembled away from the site, CONTRACTOR will furnish PROFESSIONAL with the required Certificates of Inspection, testing, or approval. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organizations as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. Materials or Work in place that fail to pass acceptability tests shall be retested at the direction of PROFESSIONAL and at CONTRACTOR's expense. 36 I I I 13.5. All inspections, tests or approvals other than those required by Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR (or by PROFESSIONAL if so specified) . I 13.6. If any Work (including the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered without written concurrence of PROFESSIONAL, it must, if requested by PROFESSIONAL, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given PROFESSIONAL timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and PROFESSIONAL has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. I I I 13.7. Neither observations by PROFESSIONAL or Project Manager nor inspections, tests, or approvals by persons other than CONTRACTOR shall relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. I Uncovering Work: I 13.8. If any Work required to be inspected, tested or approved is covered prior thereto without the prior written approval of PROFESSIONAL, or if any Work is covered contrary to the request of PROFESSIONAL, the Work shall, if requested by PROFESSIONAL, be uncovered for observation, inspection, testing or approval and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. I 13.9. If PROFESSIONAL considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by PROFESSIONAL or inspected or tested by others. CONTRACTOR, at PROFESSIONAL's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as PROFESSIONAL may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, and consequential costs of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction, (including but not limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs), and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price, or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. I I Owner May Stop the Work: 13.10. When Work is defective or when CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment, or make prompt payments to Subcontractors for labor, materials, or equipment, or if CONTRACTOR violates any provisions of these Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work until the cause for such order has been eliminated. However, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any other party. CONTRACTOR shall have no right to claim an 37 I 1 I increase in the Contract Price or Contract Time or other damages for a stop work order under this paragraph. 1 Correction or Removal of Defective Work: 1 13.11. When directed by PROFESSIONAL, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and as specified by PROFESSIONAL, either correct the defective Work whether fabricated, installed, or completed, or remove it from the site and replace it with non defective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not correct such defective Work or remove and replace such defective Work within a reasonable time, all as specified in a written notice from PROFESSIONAL, OWNER may have the deficiency corrected. All direct and indirect costs of such correction shall be paid by CONTRACTOR or deducted from payment to CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR will also bear the expense of correcting or removing and replacing all Work of others destroyed or damaged by the correction, removal, or replacement of the defective Work. I 1 One Year Correction Period: I 13.12. If, after approval of final payment and prior to the expiration of one year after the date of substantial completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, any Work or materials are found to be defective, incomplete, or otherwise not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions, either correct such defective Work, or if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Site and replace it with non-defective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected, removed, or replaced. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of such removal and replacement (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. I. I I I Acceptance of Defective Work: I 13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment, also PROFESSIONAL) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by PROFESSIONAL as to reasonableness and to include but not be limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs). If any such acceptance occurs prior to PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the panics are unable to agree as to the amount thereof. OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. - I 38 I I I OWNER May Correct Defective Work: I 13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice of PROFESSIONAL to proceed to correct and to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR falls to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously, to the extent necessary to complete corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees such access to the site as may be necessary to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR in an amount approved as to reasonableness by PROFESSIONAL, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. Such direct, indirect and consequential costs will include but not be limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs, all court costs and all costs of repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. I I I I I I I I Negl.ected Work by CONTRACTOR I 13.15. If CONTRACTOR neglects to execute the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including any requirements of the progress schedule, PROFESSIONAL may direct CONTRACTOR to submit a recovery plan and take specific corrective actions including, but not limited to, employing additional workmen, and/or equipment, and working extended hours and additional days, all at no cost to OWNER in order to put the Work back on schedule. If CONTRACTOR fails to correct the deficiency or take appropriate corrective action, OWNER may terminate the contract or CONTRACTOR's right to proceed with that portion of Work and have the Work done by others. The cost of completion under such procedure shall be charged against CONTRACTOR. A Change Order shall be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents, including an appropriate reduction in the Contract Price. If the payments due CONTRACTOR are not sufficient to cover such amount, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. I .. 13.16. Should CONTRACTOR work overtime, weekends or holidays to regain the schedule, all costs to OWNER of associated inspection, construction management and resident PROFESSIONALs shall be identified to CONTRACTOR and the Contract Price reduced by a like amount via Change Order. 39 I I I ARTICLE 14-PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION I Schedu~e of Va~ues: I 14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of application for Payment acceptable to Project Manager. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. I App~ication for Progress Payment: I 14.2. At least twenty (20) calendar days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL for review an application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the work completed as of the date of the application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. Payment is subject to a ten percent (10%) retainage that will be held until the final payment or acceptance by OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. I I I I CONmACTOR's Warranty of Tit~e: I 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review of App~ications for Progress Payment: I 14.4. PROFESSIONAL will, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the application to OWNER, or return the application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing PROFESSIONAL's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the application. OWNER shall, within thirty-one calendar days of presentation to him of the application for payment with PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of the amount for payment, pay CONTRACTOR amount recommended. I . . 14.5. PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by PROFESSIONAL to OWNER, based on PROFESSIONAL's on-site observations of the Work in progress as an experienced and qualified design PROFESSIONAL and on PROFESSIONAL's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of PROFESSIONAL's knowledge, information and belief, the quality' of the Work is 40 I I I I in accordance with the Contract Documents subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10. and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation, and that CONTRACTOR is entitled to payment of the amount recommended. However, by recommending any such payment PROFESSIONAL will not thereby be deemed to have represented that exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to PROFESSIONAL in the Contract Documents or that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. I I, I 14.6. PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment will constitute an additional representation by PROFESSIONAL to OWNER that the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to final payment as set forth in paragraph 14.13 have been fulfilled. I 14.7. PROFESSIONAL may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in PROFESSIONAL's opinion, it would be incorrect to make such representations to OWNER. PROFESSIONAL may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in PROFESSIONAL's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: I I 14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement. I 14.7.2. Change Order. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or I 14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14. or I 14.7.4. of PROFESSIONAL's actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.9 inclusive. - . - OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by PROFESSIONAL because claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing of the Work or Liens have been filed in connection with the Work or there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-off against the amount recommended, but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to PROFESSIONAL) stating the reasons for such action. I Substantial C~letion: 14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that PROFESSIONAL issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If PROFESSIONAL does not consider the Work 41 I I I substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will notify CONTRACTOR in writing glvlng the reasons therefor. If PROFESSIONAL considers the Work substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to PROFESSIONAL as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections. PROFESSIONAL concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing. stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections, PROFESSIONAL considers the Work substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as PROFESSIONAL believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion PROFESSIONAL will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibili ties pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform PROFESSIONAL prior to PROFESSIONAL's issuing the defini tive certificate of Substantial Completion, PROFESSIONAL's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. I I I I I I I 14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. I Partial Utilization: I 14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) OWNER, PROFESSIONAL, and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following. I .. . 14.10.1. OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL that said part of the Work is substantially complete and request PROFESSIONAL to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify, OWNER and PROFESSIONAL in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request PROFESSIONAL to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If PROFESSIONAL does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will notify. OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If PROFESSIONAL considers that part o(the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions .. II U 42 I I I of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. certification of the division of I 14.10.2. OWNER may at any time request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to take over operation of any such part of the Work although it is not substantially complete. A copy of such request will be sent to PROFESSIONAL and within a reasonable time thereafter OWNER, CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion and will prepare a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected thereon before final payment. If CONTRACTOR does not object in writ- ing to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL that such part of the Work is not ready for separate operation by OWNER, PROFESSIONAL will finalize the list of items to be completed or corrected and will deliver such list to OWNER and CONTRACTOR together with a written recommendation as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, utilities, insurance, warranties and guarantees for that part of the Work which will become binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR at the time when OWNER takes over such operation (unless they shall have otherwise agreed in writing and so informed PROFESSIONAL). During such operation and prior to Substantial Completion of such part of the Work, OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on said list and to complete other related Work. I I I I I 14.10.3. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance. I 14.10.4. OWNER, may at its discretion, reduce the amount of retainage subject to Beneficial Occupancy. I Final In~ection: . - 14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, PROFESSIONAL will make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to remedy such deficiencies. I Final Application for Payment: - 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of PROFESSIONAL and OWNER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by 5.2, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required, (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of liens and as approved by County, - 43 I I I CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or release in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any lien. I I I 14.12.1. No application for final payment will be accepted by OWNER until approved as-built documents by CONTRACTOR are accepted and approved by PROFESSIONAL. I 14.12.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of these contract documents to the contrary, OWNER and PROFESSIONAL are under no duty or obligation whatsoever to any vendor, materials provider, Subcontractor, laborer or other party to ensure that payments due and owing by CONTRACTOR to any of them are or will be made. Such parties shall rely only on CONTRACTOR's surety bonds for remedy of nonpayment by him. CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and resolve all claims made by Subcontractors, indemnifying OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for all claims arising from or resulting from Subcontractor or supplier or material men or laborer services in connection with this project. I I - I 14.12.3. General Indemnity: CONTRACTOR shall indemnify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for any damages sustained including lost profits resulting from CONTRACTOR's failure or refusal to perform the work required by these contract documents. Fina~ Payment and Acceptance: I 14.13. If, on the basis of PROFESSIONAL's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and PROFESSIONAL's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, PROFESSIONAL is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, PROFESSIONAL will, within ten (10) working days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment. At the same time PROFESSIONAL will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of 14.6. Otherwise, PROFESSIONAL will return the application to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. After the presentation to OWNER of the application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with PROFESSIONAL's recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by PROFESSIONAL will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. . - - - 14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if PROFESSIONAL so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommendation of PROFESSIONAL, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Contract, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Article 5, the written consent of the 44 I I I surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to PROFESSIONAL with the application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. I I CON'lRACTOR's Continuing Ob~igation: I 14.15. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. Neither recommendation of any progress or final payment by PROFESSIONAL, nor the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion, nor any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents, nor any use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER, nor any act of acceptance by OWNER nor any failure to do so, nor any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or sample submission, nor the issuance of a notice of acceptability by PROFESSIONAL pursuant to paragraph 14.13. nor any correction of defective Work by OWNER will constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (except as provided in paragraph 14.16) . I I I Waiver of C~aims: 14.16. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: I 14.16.1. A waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to 14.11 from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and . - . 14.16.2. A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 15--SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION Owner May Suspend Work: 15.1. OWNER may, at any time and without cause, suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 45 I I I Tezmdnation For Cause: I 15.2. Upon the occurrence of anyone or more of the following events: I 15.2. 1. if CONTRACTOR commences a voluntary case under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code), as now or hereafter in effect, or if CONTRACTOR takes any equivalent or similar action by filing a petition or otherwise under any other federal or state law in effect at such time relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency; I 15.2.2. if a petition is filed against CONTRACTOR under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code as now or hereafter in effect at the time of filing, or if a petition is filed seeking any such equivalent or similar relief against CONTRACTOR under any other federal or state law in effect at the time relating to bankruptcy or insolvency; I 15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; I 15.2.4. if a trustee, receiver, custodian or agent of CONTRACTOR is appointed under applicable law or under contract, whose appointment or authority to take charge of property of CONTRACTOR is for the purpose of enforcing a Lien against such property or for the purpose of general administration of such property for the benefit of CONTRACTOR's creditors; I I 15.2.5. if CONTRACTOR admits in writing an inability to pay its debts generally, as they become due; I 15.2.6. if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.9 as revised from time to time); I 15.2.7. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 15.2.8. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of PROFESSIONAL; or . 15.2.9. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if there be one) seven days' written notice and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct, indirect and consequential costs of completing the Work (including but not limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALS, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALS and court and arbitration costs) such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. - - 46 I I I Such costs incurred by OWNER will be approved PROFESSIONAL and incorporated in a Change Order, rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall the lowest price for the Work performed. as to reasonableness by but when exercising any not be required to obtain I I 15.3. In the event OWNER terminates the contract for cause and it is subsequently judicially determined that there was no cause for termination, the termination for convenience provision will be the means for disposition of the balance of the contract obligations. I Te.rmina tion for Convenience I 15.4. Upon seven working days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Contract. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items) : I 15.4.1. For completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; I 15.4.2. For expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; I 15.4.3. For all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, suppliers and others; and 15.4.4. For reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. I CONTRACTOR revenue or termination. shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such - 15.5. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. - - CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Tezmina te: 15.6. If through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety calendar days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or PROFESSIONAL fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER fails for thirty-one days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may upon seven working days' written notice to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and provided OWNER or PROFESSIONAL did not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in 15.2. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if PROFESSIONAL has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty-one days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty-one calendar days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven day's written notice 47 I I I to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making claim under Articles 11 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permi tted by this paragraph. The provisions of this paragraph shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of the obligations under paragraph 6.30 to carryon the Work in accordance with the progress schedule and without delay during disputes and disagreements with OWNER. I I I ARTICLE 16--DISPUTE RESOLUTION I 16.1. All disputes arising under this Contract or its interpretation whether involving law or fact or both, or extra work, and all claims for alleged breach of contract shall within ten (10) working days of the commencement of the dispute be presented by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for decision. All papers pertaining to claims shall be filed in quadruplicate. Such notice need not detail the amount of the claim but shall state the facts surrounding the claim in sufficient detail to identify the claim, together with its character and scope. In the meantime, CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the Work as directed. Any claim not presented within the time limit specified in this paragraph shall be deemed to have been waived, except that if the claim is of a continuing character and notice of the claim is not given within ten (10) working days of its commencement, the claim will be considered only for a period commencing ten (lO) working days prior to the receipt by OWNER of notice thereof. Each decision by OWNER will be in writing and will be mailed to CONTRACTOR by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, directed to his last known address. I I I I 16.2. All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of, or relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach thereof shall be decided under Georgia Law in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. CONTRACTOR by execution of the Contract consents to jurisdiction and venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia, and waives any right to contest same. - . - I ARTICLE 17-MISCELLANEOUS Giving Notice: 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. C~utation of Time: 17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 48 I I I 17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight shall constitute a day. I Genera~: I 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim should be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. I I 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. All representations, warranties and guarantees made in the Contract Documents will survive final payment and termination or completion of the Agreement. I I I I 17.5. CONTRACTOR shall keep adequate records and supporting documentation applicable to this Work and Contract. Said records and documentation shall be retained by CONTRACTOR for a minimum of five (5) years from the date of final completion or termination of this Contract. OWNER shall have the right to. audit, inspect, and copy all such records and documentation as often as OWNER deems necessary during the period of the Contract and for a period of five (5) years thereafter provided, however, such activity shall be conducted only during normal business hours. OWNER, during this period of time, shall also have the right to obtain a copy of and otherwise inspect any audit made at the direction of CONTRACTOR as concerns the aforesaid records and supporting documentation. - I . - 17.6. The Contract Documents are intended by the Parties to, and do, supersede any and all provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act, O.C.G.A. Section 13-11-1, et seq. In the event any provision of the Contract Documents are inconsistent with any provision of the Prompt Pay Act, this provision of the Contract Documents shall control. 17.7. Notwithstanding any provision of the law to the contrary, the parties agree that no interest shall be due Contractor on any sum held as retainage pursuant to the Contract Documents and CONTRACTOR specifically waives any claim to same. 49 I I I I SC - 1 SC - 2 SC - 3 SC - 4 SC - 5 SC - 6 SC - 7 SC - 8 SC - 9 SC - 10 SC - 11 SC - 12 SC - 13 SC - 14 SC - 15 SC - 16 SC - 17 SC - 18 SC - 19 SC - 20 SC - 21 SC - 22 SC - 23 SC - 24 SC - 25 I I I I I I I I I - SECTION SC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS INDEX CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS ENGINEER FOR THE PROJECT FIELD OFFICE BOUNDARIES OF WORK AND STAGING AREAS EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES NO OVERFLOWS UTILITIES TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES SURVEYS AND PERMITS DIMENSIONS SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS SITE CONTAMINATION AND CHEMICALS STORAGE OF MATERIAL TRAFFIC SAFETY CLEANING UP PRIOR USE BY OWNER RESTORATION OF PROPERTY INTERRUPTION OF PLANT OPERATIONS MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS INSURANCE LIMITS SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS SEQUENCING OF CONSTRUCTION OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT BENEFICIAL USE OF PARTIAL SYSTEM; PENALTY FOR FAILURE 9121-SC.doc SC-1 'ZEL, ENGINEERS I I SECTION SC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS I SC - 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS: I The Contract Documents which form a part of this contract include Advertisement for Bids, Information for Bidders, Bid, Bid Bond, Notice of Award, Agreement, Payment Bond, Performance Bond, Notice to Proceed, Change Order, General Conditions, Special Conditions, Technical Specifications, Drawings and Addenda. I Specifications: The specifications consist of a written description of a general and technical nature of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship, and include General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Specifications indexed at the front of this bound volume of Contract Documents. I I Drawinqs: The Engineer will furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, all copies of the drawings and specifications reasonably necessary for the execution of the work. Location of all features of the work included in the contract are indicated on the contract drawings. The following drawings, dated January 1999, comprise the plans for this contract. I DRAWING NO. TITLE I COVER LIST OF DRAWINGS AND COVER SHEET I l. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. ll. 12. 13. 14 . 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. SITE PLAN SITE GRADING & PAVING PLAN P & ID YARD PIPING PLAN YARD PIPING PROFILES PIPING & GENERAL ARRANGEMENT PLAN PIPING & GENERAL ARRANGEMENT SECTIONS PIPING & GENERAL ARRANGEMENT SECTIONS PIPING DETAILS STRUCTURAL PLAN STRUCTURAL SECTION STRUCTURAL SECTION STRUCTURAL SECTION MCC BUILDING ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 1.0. BOX PIPING FLOW CONTROL MODIFICATIONS DEMOLITION PLAN DEMOLITION SECTIONS I I . - SC - 2 ENGINEER FOR THE PROJECT: The ENGINEER for this proj ect, referenced in the General Conditions as the PROFESSIONAL, is Zimmerman, Evans and Leopold, Inc., 435 Telfair Street, Augusta, GA 30901. The Owner's representative on the site will be the Resident Project Representative (RPR). 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9121-SC .doc SC-2 I I SECTION SC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS I The RPR will: · Provide engineering liaison with the contractor working principally through the Contractor's superintendent to assist in understanding the intent of the contract documents. · Provide assistance to the contractor with obtaining additional details and information. I I · Coordinate with on site personnel who are operating the owner's facili ties. · Verify tests, equipment and systems startup. · Provide the initial review of the contractor's payment requests · Make recommendations for the ENGINEER's review. I I The RPR will not: · Authorize deviations from the Contract Documents or substitution of materials or equipment, unless authorized by the ENGINEER. · Exceed the limitations of ENGINEER's authority. · Undertake any of the responsibilities of CONTRACTOR, subcontractors or CONTRACTOR's superintendent. · Advise on, issue directions relative to, or assume control over any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction unless such advice or directions are specifically required by the Contract Documents. · Advise on, issue directions regarding, or assume control over safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. · Accept Shop Drawings or sample submittals from anyone other than the CONTRACTOR. · Authorize the OWNER to occupy the Project in whole or in part. I I. I I SC - 3 FIELD OFFICE: The Contractor shall maintain a field office on the site of the work which contains a telephone, the contract documents, and the contractor's records. In addi tion, another office shall be equipped with a telephone, file cabinet for project records, a table for reference of construction plans, storage space for project plans and specifications and other furnishings as required for the exclusive use of the Owner's project representative who will be assigned to this project. I I . SC - 4 BOUNDARIES OF WORK AND STAGING AREAS: The Contractor shall not enter on or occupy with men, tools, equipment, or materials, any ground outside the limits of Owner's property or construction easements without written consent of the Owner of such property. Other areas on site and proximate to the work may be utilized through coordination with the Resident Project Representative and the approval of the Engineer. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9121-SC.doc SC-3 I I SECTION SC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SC - 5 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES: I I It is mandatory that the Contractor locate all previously placed underground installations and construction prior to his engaging in any work in areas where such improvements may exist. The Contract drawings indicate general locations of such existing improvements solely for the purpose of initial and general representation thereof. The Owner and Engineer have not verified locations of these improvements as a basis for locations displayed on the drawings. All utilities and improvements must be located and flagged by the Contractor prior to commencing work. Flags must be maintained and based upon actual field determinations. The Owner's project inspector must be notified before any work begins in the vicinity of existing underground improvements. I I The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage and for maintenance and protection of existing construction and utilities. All damaged construction, utilities or improvements shall be restored to the original or better condition in which they were discovered. I SC - 6 NO OVERFLOWS: I During the performance of his work, the Contractor shall not cause any raw nor partially treated sewage to be discharged to any ditches, channels, land or other point. The work can be performed without the need for any unauthorized discharge. One possible sequence of construction is provided in these supplementary conditions to demonstrate the project can be constructed without by-passes or discharges. Should the Contractor cause such a discharge that results in fines or other penalties assessed against the Owner by a regulatory agency, the Contractor agrees to reimburse the Owner the costs or have the Owner retain the costs from the payments due the Contractor for the performance of the work. I I I SC - 7 UTILITIES: I The Contractor shall provide for temporary utilities for construction operations. Potable water is available from hydrants. The Contractor shall make provisions for telephone service with the phone company. Limited electric power for construction operations is available at the existing buildings on site. Any additional power requirements shall be provided by the Contractor by arrangement with Georgia Power Company. The Contractor shall make suitable arrangements to provide fuel for temporary heating and/or other construction operations as necessary. I I SC - 8 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES: Upon commencing work, the Contractor shall provide temporary screened and shielded sanitary privies in a manner meeting the approval of the Engineer. Facilities shall be maintained in a sanitary condition by the Contractor and in compliance with the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. All temporary facilities shall be removed by the Contractor and the area returned to its original condition prior to acceptance of the completed project. I I SC - 9 SURVEYS AND PERMITS: The Contractor shall make his own surveys and establish his own working lines and grades from the basic reference lines established by the Engineer. I . 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-SC.doc SC-4 I I SECTION SC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS I The CONTRACTOR shall carefully preserve bench marks, reference points and stakes and, in case of willful or careless destruction, he shall be charged with the resulting expense and shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused by their unnecessary loss or disturbance. I Permits and licenses of a temporary nature necessary for the prosecution of the WORK shall be secured and paid for by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the WORK as drawn and specified. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in Article 10, CHANGES IN THE WORK. I I I SC - 10 DIMENSIONS: Dimensions shown in figures or which can be determined by computation from other figures shown, shall take precedence over dimensions scaled from the drawings. When the work of the Contractor is affected by finished dimensions, these shall be determined by the Contractor at the site and he shall assume the responsibility therefor. I I SC - 11 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL: The Contractor will be required to schedule his work and perform operations in such a manner that siltation and bank erosion will be minimized during all phases of construction. Any areas disturbed during the course of construction shall be restored to a condition equal or better than the original condition. Grassing of disturbed areas shall be the minimum acceptable restoration. Silt control devices such as straw bale fences and/or silt fence weight filter fabric shall be installed to limit migration of silt to the water courses. Erosion Control devices such as mats, grass, mulch, and crushed stone shall be installed to protect adjoining areas from soil contamination. Compliance with the guidelines of the Manual for Erosion and Sedimentation Control in Georqia, pursuant to the Erosion and Sedimentation Act of 1975, shall. apply as though fully set forth herein. I I I I The Contractor shall provide a construction schedule of land disturbing work and shall include a plan of the temporary measures to be in place during construction. An employee of the prime Contractor shall be designated as the work site Erosion and Sediment Control Supervisor who is to be responsible for timely installation of erosion and sediment control measures and who shall provide early detection and correction of erosion, sediment, and flooding problems and who shall have full (24 hr.) access to the personnel, equipment, materials, means and measures to ensure correction of routine and or special deficiencies. - i . = Permanent erosion control measures pavement, and permanent grassing. completion of the permanent measures place until a satisfactory grass cover for this site The Contractor and shall keep is established. include moderate slopes, shall strive to expedite the temporary measures in 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-SC.doc SC-5 I I SECTION SC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS I SC - 12 SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS: The Contractor shall comply with the Department of Labor Safety and Health Regulations for construction promulgated under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (PL91-596) and under Sec. 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (PL91-54). I I SC - 13 SITE CONTAMINATION AND CHEMICALS: The CONTRACTOR shall prevent the construction site from being contaminated with any substance in quantities or under circumstances prohibited by environmental protection laws of the United States or the State of Georgia. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to the OWNER if, at any time, state or federal authorities make a claim or demand against the OWNER on account of contamination of the site caused or allowed by the CONTRACTOR or any of its forces or subcontractors. I I All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of other classification, must be registered for the purpose specified with USDA. Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in strict conformance with instructions. I I SC - 14 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: Materials shall be so stored as to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. When considered necessary, they shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard, clean, surfaces, and/or placed under cover. Stores of materials shall be so located as to facilitate prompt inspection. I I SC - 15 TRAFFIC SAFETY: The Contractor will be held responsible for any damages caused by negligence on his part, or by the improper placing of or failure to display danger signs and road lanterns; all traffic lanes will be kept open and clear at all times and no excavated material or equipment will be placed on pavement during construction. I SC - 16 CLEANING UP: The Contractor shall keep the premises free from the accumulation of waste material and rubbish, and upon completion of the work, prior to final acceptance of the completed project by the Owner, he shall remove from the premises all rubbish, surplus materials, implements, tools, etc., and leave his work in a clean condition, satisfactory to the Engineer. On a daily basis, the work area shall be cleaned sufficiently to produce a neat appearance. I SC - 17 PRIOR USE BY OWNER: Prior to completion of the work, the Owner (by agreement with the Contractor) may take over the operation and/or use of portions of the project. Such use of facilities by the Owner shall not be deemed as acceptance of any work or relieve the Contractor from any of the requirements of the Contract Documents. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-SC.doc SC-6 I I SECTION SC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS I SC - 18 RESTORATION OF PROPERTY: The Contractor shall carefully restore all property defaced by the operations or acts of any of his agents or employees. Such restoration shall include seeding, sodding, transplanting of lawns, hedges, or ornamental plantings, and the repair or replacement of streets, driveways, walks, fences, or other facilities in such a manner as to meet the approval of the Engineer. No structures, fences or trees shall be removed without the consent of the property owner or until condemnation procedure, if necessary, has been completed. I I I Restoration of property shall commence immediately upon substantial completion of the proposed work in the various areas of the construction site. I SC - 19 INTERRUPTION OF PLANT OPERATION: I a. General: Operation of the existing wastewater treatment plant with a m1n1mum of interruption from the construction operations is VITAL. The Contractor shall carefully plan his work to least interfere with operation of existing facilities. The Owner and Engineer shall be contacted by the Contractor so that interruptions may be scheduled and coordinated not less than 36 hours in advance of the work. The new facilities shall be constructed in phases and made operational before essential existing operations are disrupted. I b. Schedulinq Interruption of Plant Operations: In Section 2.9, the General Conditions require the Contractor to submit a construction progress schedule for approval prior to the first partial payment estimate. Additionally, the Contractor shall submit a proposed schedule for interruption of plant operations which has been fully coordinated with his proposed construction schedule. This proposed schedule of interruptions may be submitted up to 30 days subsequent to the construction schedule but prior to any request for interruption of plant operations. This detailed schedule shall include all significant operations which require a shut down of any wastewater plant functions. I I I SC - 20 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS: Manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer unless herein specified to the contrary. I - SC - 21 INSURANCE LIMITS: The CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect him from claims set forth in Article 5 of the General Conditions which may arise out of or result from the CONTRACTOR's execution of the WORK, whether such execution be by himself or by any SUBCONTRACTOR or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: The CONTRACTOR shall procure and maintain, at his own expense, during the CONTRACT TIME, liability insurance as hereinafter specified; CONTRACTOR's General Public Liability and Property Damaqe Insurance including vehicle coverage issued to the CONTRACTOR and protecting him from all claims for personal injury, 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-SC. doc SC-7 I I SECTION SC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS I including death, and all claims for destruction of or damage to property, arising out of or in connection with any operations under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, whether such operations be by himsel f or by any SUBCONTRACTOR under him, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by the CONTRACTOR or by a SUBCONTRACTOR under him. Insurance shall be written with a limit of liability of not less than $500,000 for all damages arising out of bodily injury, including death, at any time resulting therefrom, sustained by anyone person in anyone accident; and a limit of liability of not less than $500,000 aggregate for any such damages sustained by two or more persons in anyone accident. Insurance shall be written with a limit of liability of not less than $200,000 for all property damage sustained by anyone person in anyone accident; and a limit of liability of not less than $200,000 aggregate for any such damage sustained by two or more persons in anyone accident. I I I I The CONTRACTOR shall acquire and maintain, if applicable, Fire and Extended Coveraqe insurance upon the PROJECT to the full insurable value thereof. This provision shall in no way release the CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR'S surety from obligations under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS to fully complete the PROJECT. I The CONTRACTOR shall procure and maintain, at his own expense, during the CONTRACT TIME, in accordance with the provisions of the law of the state in which the work is performed: Workmen's Compensation Insurance, including occupational disease provisions, for all of his employees at the site of the PROJECT and in case any work is sublet, the CONTRACTOR shall require such SUBCONTRACTOR similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance, including occupational disease provisions for all the latter's employees unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the CONTRACTOR. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work under this contract at the site of the PROJECT is not protected under Workmen's Compensation statute, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and shall cause each SUBCONTRACTOR to provide, adequate and suitable insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected. I I I I The CONTRACTOR shall secure, "All Risk" type Builder's Risk Insurance for WORK to be performed and all materials to be used in the construction including the full replacement value of all the Owner furnished equipment. Unless specifically authorized by the OWNER, the amount of such insurance shall not be less than the CONTRACT PRICE totaled in the BID plus the replacement value of the Owner furnished equipment. The policy shall cover not less than the losses due to fire, explosion, hail, lightning, vandalism, malicious mischief, wind, collapse, riot, aircraft, and smoke during the CONTRACT TIME, and until the WORK is accepted by the OWNER. I SC - 22 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS: The following logs of borings made in 1965 by an independent testing laboratory at the site are presented for information only. Neither the Engineer nor the Owner assumes any responsibility for the accuracy of this information. The borings are located and identified on Drawing 4, YARD PIPING PLAN, of the Contract Drawings. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-SC.doc SC-8 I I I LOG OF BORINGS I Boring Number I I-I Elev. 124.4 I W.L. I L-2 Elev. 127.2 I I W.L. I SC - 23 SECTION SC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Soil Description Depth From - To 0 4.0 4.0 15.0 15.0 29.0 29.0 45.0 45.0 51.0 51.0 8.0 After 24 o 5.0 9.0 14 .0 20.0 28.0 35.0 44.0 51.0 11.0 5.0 9.0 14.0 20.0 28.0 35.0 44.0 5l.0 After 24 Brown silty sand Brown-gray clay to brown-gray sandy silt Brown-gray clay, some decayed wood and peat Fine-coarse brown-gray sand, some fine gravel and silt White Micaceous silty sand Boring terminated hours Brown silty sand Brown-gray clayey silt, some sand Brown-gray clay, trace silt Brown-gray clay and silty sand Medium brown-gray sand, some silt Brown-gray silty clay Medium-coarse brown-gray silty sand, some gravel White Micaceous silty sand Boring terminated hours GUIDE FOR SEQUENCING CONSTRUCTION: I Attached to these documents is a drawing titled A Construction Process Diaqram that presents a sequence of construction with no overflows. SC - 24 OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT: Orders for owner furnished equipment were placed substantially in advance of bidding this contract. It is anticipated that this equipment can be made available by July 10, 1999. The specifications for the purchase of the equipment is included in these documents for information and to define the extent of the Owner furnished equipment. I I The Contractor shall request five (5) days in advance to receive components of this material from Owner's storage. Upon approval by the Owner, the Contractor will receive material at Owner's storage and transport to the job site. At the time of receiving the material the Contractor shall complete a condition report for each piece of equipment requested noting any damages, discrepancies, or unusual conditions and the report will be signed and witnessed by the Resident Project Representative and Contractor and shall comprise a receipt for said equipment. From the time of receipt until the equipment is installed, operable, and accepted by the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for the equipment in total including damages, losses, theft, fire, abuse or any other occurrence which renders the equipment any less than completely new and in prime condition. 9721-SC.doc SC-9 'ZEL, ENGINEERS I I SECTION SC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS I SC - 25 BENEFICIAL USE OF PARTIAL SYSTEM; PENALTY FOR FAILURE: The Contractor shall perform the construction in such manner as to allow operation of one wet well and four pumps for its intended purpose (pumping sewage to the wastewater treatment plant) by September 1, 1999; provided the Owner supplied equipment is available to the Contractor on July 10, 1999. If the Owner supplied equipment is not available on that date, the September 1, 1999 deadline will be extended by whatever number of days pass July 10, 1999 the Owner supplied equipment is not available to the Contractor. Failure to meet this deadline results in a penalty assessed against the Contractor of $5,000 for each day or the listed partial system is not operational. The Owner will withhold the total of any penalty due for failure to meet this specific deadline from the monies due the Contractor. I I I I I I I I . 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-SC.doc SC-10 3 tl 3 H SM01.:ltl3^O ON - ~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ...J o f!:w ~o:: O~ o 3=:J Of!: ~lI) ~ 'rrJ IX W m ~ ~ '11. I ,tii 'b co u ~ ~ t I I I II) ~ 5 II) 0:: < CD II) f5 CD ::IE < o t- ~ ~ -- :3 H 3 H S~Ol.:ltl3^O ON) H:llJ(] T1V.:Ilno I ~ .K .... ~ a )( o m oc; ,. >- ~ F ~ f:? II 1m I b lil ~ I ~I ~ ;;l ~ o z t I I ~ ~ ~ li F ~ Ill~ f:?~ ~z ~f:? ~~ ~~ !;8 i I to! .. !! .LnI db - -- t: ::I ~~ ~~ [!] ~~ .... ~l5 Z~ f:?8 ".--..,..--... ~ F ~~ ~ B~ e:1 r:1 ~~ ~;l II! t :J:2 ~~ ~ :J ~lil D~ u i :f:? 9i ~lil 0 ~b~ ... Z F- I-'z8 ;;i ~~ ~ ~!!!:i ~ e~ 5* ~i~ w~ III~ ~f1 c~~ ~~ ~;;i glii g~;!; ~~ ~~ ~~ i~~ ~CI :2~ ~8 lL:iffi u~ ;;l~ t:a i~!!s ~~ ~c ~~ >-f:?!!l ~f:? ~~ c5't ~t!i~ UIU1 tic z~ 5[;< -15 ~!&z I&ll&Ilii ~~ ~c1 ~i ;~~ ;~l:: ~~ 5~ 5b~ IX _III _"'z CI < a:i rJ " r-. ~ - ~ ~ < x 0:: 00 CDW .w 011) ....;--- N ~ u ~ i!!:z ~~ ~~ ~~ ilL ~; ~I&I <<< I&I~ ll!iE IIIg ~. f:?1L ~~ ;~ g~ ~~ 8~ ~~ ~~ iD.~ ~ ytlD ;!;!il! wz ~:J ~- ~ ig ~~ !!s grD f:? i:Jb law g: ...t! iilz ~;z ~8 m~ ~b !:filii 4. t!i lil~ ~f:? ~ ~ ~ ~ ; d ~~ Iii~~~o 6. :Ii ~i!!: B D~ ~~~~i ~~ ~ ~ ~o~ ~ < > ~ Nd 9 ~ lL Cg~ ;;l ~~~ ~~~B!!! ~~ < ~ ~ i~~ ~ ;;l ~ f:? ~~~ w ~ c ~ ~;;ld z I~~ ~i~~~ ~~ 0 I ~ ~I~~ ~ ~1II~ ~~5~i ~o ~ oi ~ ~f:?~c1 ~ ~;8 ~~I~~ ~~;;i ~ ~ ~~ i ~ ~I~ ot~~~ ~~ ~ ;;l~ ~ ~t~~ ~ ~~~ S~:J~z~ ~~ z ~~ f:? ~~~~ 1 11. ~ ~ ~<w ~ ! Zo z ~ < III ~e~ u <~m!!sf:? ~F- o~ "f:?Iii~ m<~ z~ ~~ III ~~ ~~~ ~~g !~<a~~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~~~ ~ ~o~ ~ ~:J:2~ < ~~ ~~ ~t ~o~ ~ o 2 ~2 U < u ~J~~ ~!~ ~~~I~~ i~ 0 ~z 'b:J ~~~O ~ ~ ~~ ~~ B ~~ ~- N~ ~~o ~ M m FIL 2 <F am z s~lil d ~ffi~ ;w;s~~ m~ ~~ ~~ !~ ~~~~ ~~ m rJ ~2 ~ a:i rJ ~u~D ~Q .., .. e ~ "" l5 ~ lr <: o lr Wlr " " ~ ~ -<: 0 ~ 3:1- l/) Z Z Vl ~ ~<Z W o l/)...Jo U u <:Q.F 0 o ~I-~ g: Z ZVl o >-w Z ~ ii~1- 0 :J: W"" 4..:J F u Vlw u 0:: ~f!: ~ I ~ ~ <:c:i z 1-' 0 l/) ..., u 5 <: ~ <: II .: I U : ll' is : w g ~ .. 0 : ... Po : c! ... 0 ~ J ~~ : : e : g'" ~ : d~h i~ N 1II181i /!! z o a.. u I I SECTION T1 SITE WORK I SCOPE: The work covered by this specification consists of furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, appliances, materials and supervision, and in performing all operations in connection with clearing, grubbing, excavation, filling, backfilling, grading the site, field layout, staking, and grade setting in strict accordance with this section of the specifications, the applicable drawings and terms and conditions of the Contract. I I GENERAL: Operations shall be conducted in a manner which will provide for the safety of employees and others. Existing utility lines, walks, steps, paving, structures, or trees to remain shall be safeguarded and protected from damage, and supported if necessary. Prior to any work the Contractor shall obtain necessary permits for work in the area or shall ascertain that the permits have otherwise been obtained. I I I CLEARING: Clearing shall consist of the felling and cutting up or trimming of trees and the satisfactory disposal of the trees and other vegetation designated for removal together wi th the down timber, snags, brush and rubbish occurring within the project limits. Trees and other vegetation to be removed and all stumps, roots, and brush in areas to be cleared but not grubbed shall be cut off flush with or slightly below the original ground surface. Trees and stumps in areas to be covered by embankments 3 feet or more in height shall be cut off to 8 inches or less above the original ground surface. Trees and other vegetation in areas to be cleared and grubbed may be removed by uprooting or any other method that the Contractor may propose that is satisfactory to the Engineer. Individual trees and groups of trees designated to be left standing shall be trimmed of all live branches to such heights and in such manner as directed by the Engineer. All limbs and branches required to be trimmed shall be neatly cut close to the bole of the tree or to main branches, and the cuts more than 1-1/2 inches in diameter thus made shall be painted with an approved treewound paint. I I I I I GRUBBING: Grubbing shall consist of the removal and disposal of all stumps, roots larger than 3 inches in diameter to the depth specified, and matted roots from the areas to be grubbed. In foundations areas, stumps, roots, logs or other timber 3 inches and over in diameter, matted roots, and other debris not suitable for foundation purposes, shall be excavated and removed to a depth not less than 18 inches below any subgrade, shoulder or slope; and to a depth of 12 inches below finish grade in areas to be grassed. All depressions excavated below the original ground surface for or by the removal of stumps and roots, shall be refilled with suitable material and compacted to make the surface conform to the surrounding ground surface. Grubbing will not be required in areas other than those occupied by construction and graded and grassed areas. I I I SITE CONDITIONS: I Organic materials and loose sand or other unsuitable soil located at or below the level of footings, or under structures, shall be removed and replaced with fill material compacted to 100% of ASTM D-698 (Standard Proctor). Fill material shall comply with the requirements of the EXCAVATION, FILLING AND I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T01.doc Tl-1 I I I SECTION T1 SITE WORK I BACKFILLING section of these specifications. dewatered by well-pointing and the sides of the shored and braced. The excavations shall be excavation shall be fully I DISPOSAL OF CLEARED AND GRUBBED MATERIAL: Removal of Debris: I All timber, all logs, stumps, roots, brush, rotten wood and other refuse the clearing and grubbing operations shall be removed from the site properly disposed of by the Contractor. from and I GRADING: General: Site grading shall consist of excavating and placing all necessary materials outside the limits of the various structures. Site grading shall be completed when all surfaces are in conformity with the contours as shown on the drawings, smooth, firm, containing the specified materials. Site grading also shall include excavation and backfill for walks and steps. Site grading shall also include all excavation, filling and compacting required for construction of all roads and paved areas except as otherwise specified. I I Borrow Material shall be selected to meet the requirements and conditions of the particular installation for which it is to be used. The material shall consist of sand soils or sand-clay soils capable of being readily shaped and compacted to the required densities and shall be free of roots, trash and any other deleterious material. The material shall be obtained from off-site borrow pits approved by the Engineer. Borrow pits shall be cleared and grubbed as necessary, and shall be opened, excavated, graded and maintained so that adequate and proper drainage and a neat appearance shall exist at all times. I I I Base Material: Sand clay used as a base material shall conform to Georgia D.O.T. Specification Section 814.01 Class A, containing a clay content between 6 and 15% I Topsoil shall consist of a natural material that occurs in surface deposits of limited depth, and, in general, on elevated areas, it shall be composed of natural mixtures of clay and soil binder with sand. Topsoil shall contain not more than 25 percent of clay and shall be free of stones larger than 2 inches in diameter, roots, excessive vegetation, rubbish or other deleterious matter. Topsoil shall be approved by the Engineer before being used on the work. Topsoil as described, shall be excavated from all areas to be disturbed, whether for structures, piping, site grading, or paving, and if it cannot immediately be placed in its final location, it shall be stored for later use. Stockpiled topsoil shall be placed to afford good drainage. Topsoil work shall not be performed when the soil is so wet that the tilth of the soil will be destroyed. I I I I Embankment: This item consists of placing in fills and embankments for roadways, and other site grading work, the materials removed from the various excavations and borrow pits, all as specified herein and in accordance with the appropriate lines, grades, sections, contours and dimensions shown on the drawings. ii II! Classification of Excavation: All excavation in connection with site work will be considered unclassified common excavation. I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-TOl. doc Tl-2 I I SECTION T1 SITE WORK I CONSTRUCTION METHODS: General: During construction, embankments, fills and excavations shall be kept shaped and drained. Ditches and drains along the subgrade shall be maintained in such manner as to drain effectively at all times. Grading shall be done so that the surface of the ground will be properly sloped to prevent water from running into the excavations for structures or pipe lines; any water which accumulates in excavations shall be removed promptly. Excavated materials shall not be stockpiled within a distance from the edge of any excavation less than 1-1/2 times the depth of the excavation. Suitable material removed from excavation shall be used, where feasible, in the formation of embankments, fills, subgrades, shoulders, backfills, and site grading; excess material from excavation not required for such uses, or materials not suitable for such uses, shall be wasted in on-site locations directed by the Engineer. Any wetting, hauling, scarifying, mixing, shaping, rolling, tamping or other operation incidental to the following requirements, which, in the judgment of the Engineer, are necessary to obtain the specified results, shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner. I I I I I Site Gradinq: Except as otherwise specified herein, all disturbed areas on the si te shall be finished off to a uniformly smooth surface, free from abrupt, irregular surface changes. The degree of smoothness shall be that ordinarily obtainable from power grader operations. The finished surface shall not be more than 0.10 foot above or below the established grade. There shall be no roots, wasted building materials, trash or other unsightly matter projecting through or visible at the surface. I I After all embankments and fills have been completed to grade, and after all structures and pipe lines requiring the use of heavy equipment have been completed, excavation necessary for the construction of walkways and steps may be performed. Excavation shall be accurately cut to line and grade; sufficient width for the accurate placement and adequate support of the forms shall be allowed. After the forms are removed, the backfill shall be replaced and recompacted around structures, walks and steps. Care shall be taken to avoid damage to the walks and steps by the tampers. I I I Topsoil shall be evenly spread over the entire area to receive vegetation cover. The compacted subgrade shall be scarified to a depth of 2 inches for the bonding of topsoil with the subsoil. Topsoil shall then be evenly spread, lightly compacted (not less than one pass of a cultipacker weighing 100 to 160#/ft. of roller) and graded to a uniform thickness of not less than 3 inches, and the surface shall conform to the requirements of site grading, ditches, embankments, or other features, as applicable. Ditches shall be cut accurately to line, grade, and cross-section. Any excessive ditch excavation shall be backfilled to grade with material approved by the Engineer, consisting of suitable excavated soil, borrow, or stones or cobbles. The requirements of paragraph "Site Grading" above, shall apply to ditches except as follows: The degree of smoothness shall be that usually obtainable with string line or hand raking methods; the finished surface of ditch slopes shall not be more than 0.10 foot above or below the appropriate elevations. Embankment: horizontal, Sloping ground surface, steeper than one on which embankment or fill is to be placed, vertical to four shall be plowed, 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-TOl.doc Tl-3 I I SECTION T1 SITE WORK I stepped, or broken up in such manner that the embankment material will bond with the existing surface. Approved material, consisting of earth, sandy clay, sand and gravel, clay gravel, soft shale, or other granular material (not containing muck, trees, stumps, brush, matted roots or other organic matter, rubbish, frozen materials, waste construction material, or large clods of earth or stones) shall be placed in horizontal layers of loose material not more than 8 inches in depth. Except for the more stringent compaction requirements of the roadway, each layer shall be spread uniformly and tamped and compacted to 90 percent of the density measured by Modified Proctor ASTM 01557. Tamping shall be accomplished by sheepsfoot rollers or mechanical hand tampers. Final compaction may be by an approved power roller weighing not less than 10 tons, except where insufficient cover may cause damage to pipe. I I I Roadways: Roadways shall consist of a compacted subgrade, 6" of compacted Class A sand clay base, and a 6" concrete surface. The top 8" of the subgrade shall be completed to 98% density as measured by Modified Proctor, ASTM D1557; the 6" base shall be compacted to 100% of the Modified Proctor density; the concrete shall be as specified in the Concrete section of the specifications. I I INSPECTION AND TESTS: The Contractor shall be responsible for the soil tests of proposed borrow. The Owner shall be responsible for the in-place density tests of filled and backfilled areas. Tests shall be performed by an independent laboratory approved by the Engineer and shall be performed in accordance with the following: (I) Laboratory Field Density Tests on soils shall conform to ASTM D1557 or AASHTO T180, METHOD A, and (2) Field Density Tests on soils shall conform to ASSHTO T191, T238, OR T205. Two Laboratory certified copies each of the tests on borrow and the in-place density tests shall be forwarded promptly by the Laboratory to the Engineer. Tests for gradation, classification, optimum moisture, and density of the proposed borrow shall be performed in the Laboratory and shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. I I I I Tests for in-place density shall consist of 2 laboratory tests and 5 field density tests. The Owner will pay directly to the testing laboratory only for tests in excess of this number, except that where they are retests on materials which failed to meet the specifications, the retesting of rejected materials and reinstalled work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. I The Engineer, at his discretion, may order tests and inspections to be performed during the progress of the work, or at the completion of any individual unit of the work, or at the time of final inspection of the entire project. I I Random spot checks of elevation and slopes shall be conducted by ordinary differential level and profile methods. Random spot checks of topsoil thickness shall be conducted by cutting through the surface with a spade or mattock, and measuring the thickness of topsoil exposed. I GRASSING: Areas disturbed by construction operations shall be grassed in accordance with the GRASSING section of the specifications. Areas to be grassed shall be planted, maintained, and shall utilize topsoil, lime, fertilizer, proper and approved grass and mulch sufficient to produce a cover suitable to eliminate significant erosion. . = - . 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T01.doc Tl-4 I I SECTION T1 SITE WORK I MAINTENANCE: Inspection of site work as it is completed shall not constitute final acceptance of the item. The Contractor shall maintain all items in such condition as to be ready for final inspection from the time of completion until the final acceptance of the entire project. I I PAYMENT: Payment for in-place density tests shall payment will be made for the work specifications. All costs in connection lump sum Bid for the completed work. be made by the Owner. No separate covered by this section of the therewi th shall be included in the I I I I I I I I I I I - - 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-TOl.doc TI-5 I I SECTION T2 EXCAVATION, FILLING AND BACKFILLING I I SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, appliances, materials, layout staking and grade staking and supervision, and in performing all operations in connection with the excavation, filling and backfilling for structures and piping in strict accordance with this section of the specifications, the applicable drawings and terms and conditions of the Contract. I CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION: ALL EXCAVATION SHALL BE UNCLASSIFIED. I EXCAVATION: General: The excavation shall conform to dimensions and elevations appropriate for the pipe line or structure. Excavation shall not be carried below the elevation necessary for construction. I I Excavation for Walls and Footinqs shall extend a sufficient distance to allow for the placing and removal of forms, installation of services and for inspection, except where the concrete wall or footing may be authorized to be deposited directly against excavated surfaces. I Trench Excavation: Trenches shall be excavated true to line and grade. Trenches to receive pipe having a nominal diameter of 24 inches or less shall not be less than 12 inches wider nor more than 16 inches wider than the outside diameter of the pipe to be laid therein, so that a clear space of not less than 6 inches nor more than 8 inches in width is provided on each side of the pipe. I I Trenches to receive pipe having a normal diameter greater than 24 inches shall not be less than 18 inches wider nor more than 24 inches wider than the outside diameter of the pipe to be laid therein, so that a clear space not less than 9 inches nor more than 12 inches in width is provided on each side of the pipe. I The maximum width specified applies to the width at or below the level of the top of the pipe. The width of the trench above the pipe may be as wide as necessary to provide room for proper installation of the work. The Contractor shall comply with the safety requirements of OSHA. I I The bottoms of trenches for pressure mains 6 inches and larger shall be rounded so that the lower 90 degree quadrant of the pipe is in direct contact throughout its entire length with sui table compacted select refill material. Bell holes and excavation for joints shall be dug by hand after the trench bottom has been shaped. These holes shall be so spaced and sized as to permit first class workmanship on the joint and to insure that the maximum length of pipe possible will rest on the prepared bottom of the trench. I I Trenches for gravity sewers shall be excavated below the pipe invert to provide space for the pipe bedding. Where good soil or rock is encountered in the trench bottom, the excavation shall be carried below the bottom of the pipe a distance of 4 inches or one-eighth the outside diameter of the pipe, whichever is greater. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T02.doc T2-1 I I SECTION T2 EXCAVATION, FILLING AND BACKFILLING I Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, the natural trench bottom is soil which is incapable of satisfactorily supporting the pipe, such unsuitable soil shall be removed to the depth required as determined at the site. The trench bottom shall then be refilled with selected refill material, placed in 8 inch layers and compacted at optimum moisture content to 90% Standard Proctor. Each layer shall be thoroughly tamped. The refill shall be brought to the proper elevation for the pipe, and in the case of gravity sewers, to the elevation that will provide space for the special bedding. I I oewaterinq and Drainage of Excavated Areas: Grading in the vicinity of structures shall be controlled to prevent surface water from running into excavated areas. Dewatering by pumping or wellpointing from excavated areas shall be performed by the Contractor to provide a stable excavation and a firm pit or trench bottom. Dewatering shall incur no extra cost to the Owner. I I All dewatering methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer as to capacity and effectiveness. Water removed from the excavated areas shall be conveyed in a proper manner to a suitable point of discharge where it will neither cause injury to public health, public or private property, the surface or use of streets by the public or work completed or in progress. I I Protection Aqainst Flotation: To guard against the danger of flotation of empty or partially empty pipe due to a high water table, all dewatering operations shall be continued without interruption until such time as sufficient backfill has been placed over the top of the pipe to overcome the buoyancy effect of a completely empty pipe which is entirely submerged. I Shorinq and Protection of Excavations: Shoring shall be provided by the Contractor as necessary to protect life or property. All existing structures, streets, pipes, and foundations which are not to be removed or relocated shall be adequately protected or replaced by the Contractor without cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall adequately protect the work under construction and the safety of his workmen in excavations by the use of suitable sheeting, shoring and bracing, or by sloping the banks in accordance with the angle of repose of the soil. I I I The Contractor alone is responsible for any damage or injury resulting from his failure either to provide adequate protection from the excavation or to comply with OSHA requirements. I Excess Material: Excess material to be used for backfill shall be stockpiled as directed by the Engineer. Excavated material shall be deposited a sufficient distance from the side of excavation walls to prevent excessive surcharge on the wall. Excess excavated material not suitable or required for backfill or filling shall be wasted within the limits of the site and graded as directed by the Engineer. I I Blastinq: Where blasting is necessary, it shall be done in accordance with local ordinances by skilled operators and precautions shall be taken to avoid damage. Suitable mats shall be provided to confine, within the limits of the excavations, all materials lifted by blasting. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T02.doc T2-2 I I SECTION T2 EXCAVATION,FILLING AND BACKFILLING I PIPE BEDDING FOR SEWERS: Sewer pipe shall be bedded. The bedding material shall be well-graded crushed stone or crushed gravel meeting the requirements of ASTM C-33, Gradation 67 (3/4 inches to No.4). The bedding shall have a minimum thickness beneath the bottom of the pipe of 4 inches or one-eighth of the outside diameter of the pipe, whichever is greater, and shall extend up the sides of the pipe one-sixth of the outside diameter of the pipe for VC pipe and 6 inches above the pipe for PVC pipe. Holes must be dug in the bedding for each bell or coupling so that the load is supported entirely by the pipe barrel, not the pipe bell or coupling. After each pipe has been placed in final position, bedding material shall be placed and compacted under the pipe haunches and on each side of the pipe to prevent lateral displacement. "Shovel-slicing" of crushed stone bedding shall be done using a crowbar heavy enough to penetrate the bedding material. The pipe bedding shall be thoroughly compacted throughout its depth. I I I I FILL: Earth fill shall be placed in layers not to exceed 8 inches in thickness. Each layer shall be compacted at optimum moisture content in a manner approved by the Engineer. After compaction, the dry weight per cubic foot for each layer shall be as specified for backfilling. I I BACKFILLING: The Engineer shall be notified before backfilling in order that the work may be inspected before it is covered. After completion of the foundation footings, walls, or pipe work, and prior to backfilling, all forms shall be removed and the excavation shall be cleared of all trash and debris. Symmetrical backfill loading shall be maintained. Special care shall be taken to prevent any wedging action or eccentric loading upon or against a structure or pipe. Backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers not in excess of 8 inch thickness, and shall have an optimum moisture content when compacted. After compaction, the dry weight per cubic foot for each layer shall be at least 90% of the maximum Laboratory Dry Weight per cubic foot, as determined by ASTM D1557, except that backfill under slabs, walls, footings, sidewalks and pavement shall be at least 98% of ASTM D1557. I I I I FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIAL: Material for fill and backfilling shall consist of the excavated material, if suitable, or borrow approved by the Engineer, and shall be free of trash, lumber, or other debris, roots and other organic, perishable or deleterious matter. Where unsuitable material is encountered in the excavation, disposal of the material shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. I I BORROW MATERIAL: Borrow material for trench backfill shall consist of sand soils or sand-clay soils capable of being readily shaped and compacted to the required densities and shall be free of roots, trash, and any other deleterious material. . SELECTED REFILL MATERIAL: Selected refill material shall unsuitable soil is encountered. of suitable gradation free from be used to refill the trench bottom where Such material shall be crushed stone or gravel stones, sod, sticks, roots and other organic, 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T02.doc T2-3 I I SECTION T2 EXCAVATION,FILLING AND BACKFILLING I perishable or deleterious matter. The Contractor shall obtain prior approval from the Engineer of the material proposed for the above use. I RESTORATION OF PRIVATE PROPERTY: The Contractor shall carefully restore all property defaced by operations or acts of any of his agents or employees. Such restoration shall include seeding, sodding, and transplanting of lawns, hedges or ornamental plantings, and the repair or replacement of other private facilities in such manner as to meet the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. No structures or trees shall be removed without the consent of the property owner or until condemnation procedure, if necessary, has been completed. I I PAYMENT: No separate payment shall be made for excavation for structures and pipeline trenches; backfill; pipe bedding; protection of utilities; maintenance of usable driving surfaces free from potholes; depressions and ruts; and other work covered by this section of the specifications. Such work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor in completing the work and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the lump sum price for the completed work. I I I I I I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T02.doc T2-4 I I I SECTION T3 CONCRETE SCOPE: The work covered by this specification consists of furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, appliances, and materials, and in performing all operations in connection with the installation of concrete work, complete, in strict accordance with this specification and the applicable drawings, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. I I APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS: The current edition of the following specifications form a part of this specification: I American Society for Testinq Materials Desiqnation: I A 615 C 31 C 33 C 94 C 150 CI71 C 175 C 185 C 260 C 309 C 404 o 1752 I I I Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Reinforcement Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field Concrete Aggregates Ready-Mix Concrete Portland Cement Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete Air Entraining Portland Cement Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete Chemical Admixtures for Concrete Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction I ACI 304 American Concrete Institute Publications: I ACI 315 ACI 318 Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures Building Code Requirement for Reinforced Concrete I CRSI Concrete Reinforcinq Steel Institute: Placing Reinforcing Bars I MATERIALS: Cement: Portland Cement shall be Type V sulfate resistant concrete conforming to ASTM C. Only one brand of cement shall be used for exposed concrete in any individual structure. I I Fine Aqqreqate shall consist of clean, hard natural sand, manufactured sand or a combination thereof, conforming to the requirement of ASTM C 33, Concrete Aggregate, and shall be graded from 3/8" to No. 100 sieve. I Coarse Aqqreqate shall consist of crushed stone, gravel, or a combination thereof, conforming to the requirement of ASTM C 33, Concrete Aggregates, and shall be graded to meet the requirements of size number 467, 67 and 7, as appropriate. I 9721-T03.doc T3-1 'ZEL, ENGINEERS I I I SECTION T3 CONCRETE I Water shall be clean and free from oils, acids, salts, or other injurious substances. I Admixtures shall be used to provide entrained air. Other admixtures shall be used only with written approval of the Engineer. Air entraining admixtures shall conform to ASTM C 260. Other admixtures shall conform to ASTM C 494. Calcium chloride will not be permitted. Curing Paper shall conform to specifications for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete, ASTM C 171. I I Reinforcinq steel for concrete shall conform to ASTM A 615, Grade 60. All splices shall be lapped 30 diameters unless otherwise noted. Principal reinforcement shall be shifted to miss openings through concrete work. Where the resulting spacing exceeds three times the slab or wall thickness or 18", nominal minimum steel shall be provided at the centerline of the opening and #5 corner bars shall be added in each layer of reinforcement. Reinforcement shall be placed in accordance with CRSI Manual "Placing Reinforcing Bars". I I Welded Wire Fabric shall conform to ASTM A 185. Splices shall be lapped one bar spacing plus 2 inches but not less than 8 inches. Fabrics from wire gauges 12 ga. and smaller shall be galvanized. I Forms shall be of wood, metal, or other material approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish forms, structurally adequate for the imposed loads, that result in correctly aligned concrete. For exposed concrete surfaces, plywood forms, thoroughly braced and tied together with approved corrosion resistant devices, shall be used. Form ties shall be free of devices that will leave a hole or depression larger than 7/8" in diameter back of exposed surfaces of concrete, and such that when forms are removed, no metal shall be within one inch of finished surface. Curved surfaces concealed below grade may be formed in planes up to 2' -0" wide. Holes left by form ties shall be grouted, and the surface left smooth and flush. Exposed corners of walks, and slabs shall be rounded. Exposed corners of formed concrete shall have a 3/4 inch chamfer unless otherwise noted. I I I I Preformed Expansion Joint Filler Strips shall conform to ASTM D 1752. Grout shall be a portland cement grout consisting of one part of cement, two and one-half parts of sand and the minimum quantity of water to make a workable mix. Cement shall conform to ASTM C150, Type V and sand shall conform to ASTM C404, Size 2. Joint Sealant shall be Sikaflex Polysulfide (41i or 412) as manufactured by Sika Chemical Corp., or the comparable products of W. R. Meadows, Inc., W. R. Grace, or Williams Equipment Co. Vapor Barriers of 6 mil polyethylene shall be provided under all building floor slabs on earth. Storage of Materials: Cement and aggregates shall be stored in such a manner as to prevent deterioration or intrusion of foreign matter. Steel reinforcing shall be stored on supports which will keep the steel from contact with the ground and in such a manner as to be protected from rusting, oil, grease, and 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 97 21-T03. doc T3-2 I I SECTION T3 CONCRETE I distortion. Store metal forms off the ground; pitch to shed water and cover with waterproof material. I CONCRETE QUALITY: All concrete shall be classified by the 28-day compressive strength, f'c. The design slump shall not exceed 4 inches; the air content shall be 5% + /- 1%. The water cement ratio shall not exceed 6 gal/SK for 4,000 psi concrete. The concrete shall be a workable mixture free from segregation and bleeding. Ready- mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C 94. Job mixed concrete shall be mixed with a standard type of batch mixer equipped with adequate facilities for accurate weight measurement and control of each material entering the mixer. A retarding admixture approved by the Engineer shall be used when the air temperature is 800F or above. Care shall be taken that the mixing water shall be cold for all concrete mixed in hot weather. All concrete not otherwise designated shall be 4,000 psi concrete with a minimum of 6 sacks of cement/cu. yd. I I I Sidewalks, curbs, gutters and ditch paving may be 3,000 psi concrete. I Reaction blocking, fill concrete, and pipe encasement may be 2,000 psi concrete. I FLOWABLE FILL: Flowable fill shall consist of a ready-mix concrete with a low cement and high fly ash content designed for a strength of 50 to 200 psi. It shall be of a self leveling consistency when placed and designed such that the resultant hardened concrete will not shrink. I I CONCRETE PAVEMENT: Concrete roadway pavement shall conform to all requirements including materials, quality, workmanship, finish, cleaning and testing as specified in this section of the specifications. The 28-day compressive strength of pavement along the roadway shall be 4,000 psi. Pavement shall be unreinforced I PRECAST CONCRETE: It is intended that the crane support beam be precast on site in accordance with these plans and specifications. Prestressed or shop precast alternatives shall be allowed upon approval by the Engineer. All submittals for alternatives shall include drawings and calculations stamped by a Registered Professional Engineer. I EMBEDDED ITEMS: All embedded items included in an area shall be installed before concrete placement begins. Full cooperation shall be given other trades to install embedded items. Suitable templates or instructions, or both, shall be provided for setting items not placed in the forms. Embedded items shall have been installed and inspected and tests for concrete shall have been completed and approved by the Engineer before concrete is placed. No "boxing out" or "cutting" will be permitted unless indicated on plans or ordered in writing by the Engineer. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T03.doc T3-3 I I SECTION T3 CONCRETE I Cast nosinqs specified as Miscellaneous Metal shall be installed in all concrete steps. I Sleeves, anchor bolts, and similar items shall be accurately placed and firmly secured before concrete placement begins. These embedded items shall be aluminum or stainless steel. I Waterstops shall be installed where indicated on the plans and in all other joints subject to hydrostatic head. Waterstops shall be firmly attached to the outside layer of reinforcing steel and shall be installed complete before concreting is started. PV dams shall be a" x 3/16" polyvinyl type with a center bulb to provide for limited movement in the joint. Steel dams shall be S" x 3/16" steel plate and at splices, or joints shall be welded or lapped and bolted for continuity. I I Pipe Sleeves shall be anchored, stainless steel pipe, except where otherwise indicated on the plans, of appropriate size and shall be provided for all pipes passing through floors or walls, except for floors and walls which are waterproof. Where special provision such as wall pipes or link seals has not been made for pipes passing through waterproof walls, details of the specific condition shall be submitted to the Engineer and approved before concrete is placed. I I SHOP DRAWINGS: Five sets of shop drawings and information as required by this section of the specifications which have been checked by the Contractor for field dimensions and conformance to the plans and specifications shall be submitted for approval. Two copies of checked information will be returned to the Contractor. I I Shop drawinqs of reinforcinq steel shall show steel for slabs in plan and steel for walls in elevation. Bar lists and bending diagrams shall be submitted as part of the reinforcing steel shop drawings. Fabrication of reinforcing steel shall not commence prior to approval of the shop drawings by the Engineer. I I Shop drawinqs for metal forms shall show the layout, framing and supports, with unit dimensions and sections, type and location of welds, and details of all required accessories. Include printed literature on Manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. I Desiqn Mixes for each class of concrete required, including flowable fill, shall be tested and submitted for approval. Concrete proportions, including water-cement ratio, shall be established in accordance with ACI 31S-77, Chapter 4, Paragraph 4.3 - Proportioning on the Basis of Field Experience or Paragraph 4.4 - Proportioning by Laboratory Trial Batches. Once the mixture for the concrete has been designed, tested, and accepted by the Engineer, the exact mixture proportions shall be used throughout the subsequent casting operations. Submit copies of each design mix and each aggregate gradation for approval. WORKMANSHIP: Placinq: Proposed pour to be approved by O.A.R. prior to ordering concrete. In accordance with the recommendation of ACT 304, concrete shall be placed in the forms and mechanically vibrated to produce concrete without segregation or honeycomb. Concrete shall be placed continuously between construction joints. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T03.doc T3-4 I I SECTION T3 CONCRETE I Each batch shall be placed into the edge of previously placed concrete to avoid stone pockets and segregation. If there is a delay in placement, the concrete placed after the delay shall be thoroughly spaded and consolidated by mechanical vibration. During the casting of wall sections not less than two mechanical vibrators shall be operated continuously for each casting location. The concrete shall not be freely dropped more than 6 feet, nor moved horizontally, after being deposited, more than 5 feet. The Contractor shall provide sufficient "windows", chutes or other means or methods of depositing the concrete to comply with these requirements. The concrete shall be brought to correct level with a straight edge and struck off. Bullfloats shall be used to smooth the surface of slabs. Power floating of the slabs shall begin when the water sheen has disappeared, and/or the mix has stiffened sufficiently that the weight of a man standing on it leaves only a slight imprint on the surface. I I I I Where new concrete is cast against existing concrete, surfaces shall be brush hammered, cleaned, and brushed with a layer of epoxy grout immediately prior to casting new concrete. I Reinforcinq bars shall be free from scale, oil, and structural defects. The system of holding the bars in place shall insure that all steel in the top layer will support the weight of the workman without displacement and be placed in accordance with ACI Codes 318 and 315. Reinforcement in slabs on grade shall be supported on stable concrete supports. All reinforcing steel within the limits of a day's pour shall be in place and firmly wired before concrete placement starts. I I Construction ioints shall be formed at the locations shown on the plans, unless specifically approved by the Engineer. Joints which must be formed in other locations shall be waterstopped where appropriate, shall be adequately keyed and doweled, and shall be formed along either a horizontal or a vertical line. I Curinq and Protection: All freshly cast concrete shall be protected from the damaging effects of the elements - freezing, rapid drop in temperature, and loss of moisture, and from future construction operations. The Contractor shall maintain the concrete temperature above 500F for the first 7 days after placing. All surfaces neither protected by forms nor covered with water for the entire curing period shall be kept wet and covered with curing paper meeting the requirements of the specification for sheet materials for Curing Concrete, ASTM C 171. I I - Membrane Curinq Compound may be used in lieu of water curing on concrete which will not be covered later with topping, mortar, or additional concrete. Membrane curing compound shall be spray applied at a coverage of not more than 300 square feet per gallon. Unformed surfaces shall be covered with curing compound within 30 minutes after final finishing. If forms are removed before the end of the specified curing period, curing compound shall be immediately applied to the formed surfaces before they dry out. Curing compound shall be suitably protected from abrasion during the curing period. Removal of Forms: The forms shall not be removed until the concrete has attained sufficient strength to prevent cracking or other injury, but in no case less than 75% of its design strength. When forms are removed, the Contractor shall place adequate reshores to prevent injury to the concrete by 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T03. doc T3-5 I I SECTION T3 CONCRETE I construction loads. The sole responsibility for safe practice in this regard shall be the Contractor's. I CONCRETE REFINISHING AND REPAIR: Damaqed areas are defined as those areas physically damaged by atmospheric attack, sulphate attack, abuse, or any other means significantly reducing the strength of the structure. Such signs as yellowing, flaking, and rust spots, or physical testing shall be considered sufficient to require repair. I All damaged areas shall be repaired as follows: I 1. Clean area with a high pressure wash. 2. Damaged concrete shall be removed by brush hammer, chipping, etc, down to a sound solid surface. If the surface removed exposes reinforcing, the concrete shall be removed to a minimum of one inch beyond the reinforcing at an angle of no more than 450 to the surface of the concrete. 3. All reinforcing exposed shall be cleaned to bright metal and inspected for deterioration. Reinforcing which has deteriorated to less than 80% of its original area shall be exposed to a development length beyond each side of the damaged portion and a bar of equal size tied to the original bar prior to placing the concrete repair materials. 4. Repair surface shall be coated with a thin layer of epoxy paste. 5. Repair materials shall be placed in the repaired area, taking care to fill behind and around all rebar, and to provide a solid repair free of voids or honeycomb, completely adhered to the surface under repair. 6. All repaired surfaces shall be finished to match the existing surfaces or as otherwise required in these specifications. 7. Repair materials shall consist of either sand-cement grout, or concrete mixes as appropriate, in accordance with these specifications, and sufficient strength to match or exceed the concrete under repair. I I I I I I Cracks larger than 1/16H in width shall be pressure grouted. I SIDEWALK AND PAVEMENT JOINTS: Sidewalk contraction joints may be formed 1/8" by 1" deep with a jointing tool or may be saw cut. Pavement joints 1-1/2" deep at 12'-0" spacing shall be saw cut promptly after casting. I - . - CONCRETE FINISHES: Rouqh or Form Board Finish: All concrete wall surfaces which are not exposed to view may be given this finish. This finish has, as a prerequisite, a thoroughly vibrated concrete which will give a surface smooth, free from air pockets, water pockets, sand streaks, or honeycomb. After the removal of the forms, all fins shall be cut off; all holes, depressions, and rough spots shall be carefully pointed up with mortar having the same proportions of cement and sand as used in the concrete being treated. The surface film of all pointed surfaces shall be carefully removed before setting occurs, otherwise, surfaces shall be left with the texture imparted by the forms. . . 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T03.doc T3-6 I I SECTION T3 CONCRETE I Rubbed Finish: Walls, beam, sill, and under slab surfaces which are exposed to view shall have a rubbed finish. As soon as the rough surface finish has set sufficiently, the entire surface shall be wet with a brush and rubbed with a No. 16 Carborundum stone, to bring the surface to a paste. The rubbing shall be continued sufficiently to remove all form marks and projections, and to produce a smooth dense surface without pits or irregularities. The material which is ground to a paste, in the above process, shall be carefully spread or brushed uniformly over the entire surface and allowed to take a "reset". The final finish shall be obtained by a thorough rubbing with a No. 30 Carborundum stone. This rubbing shall continue until the entire surface is of smooth texture and uniform in color. The surfaces shall be stripped evenly with a brush so as to remove excess paste, and the surface left smooth with only enough paste remaining to obtain a uniform color. I I I I Float Finish: The surface of all concrete slabs shall, unless otherwise hereinafter specified, be given a float finish. The structural slab shall be brought to the established grade by screeding. The surface shall be tested for irregularities with a straightedge. Irregularities shall be eliminated and the entire surface finished with a wooden hand float or finishing machine. Finish shall be a true plane within a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 10 feet measured in any direction. I I Broom Finish: Surfaces of exterior walkways, concrete road pavement, concrete lined ditches, or platforms shall be given a b~oom finish. A smooth, true and uniform surface is a prerequisite for this finish. When the progress of the set provides the proper consistency, the surface shall be raked with a broom to give parallel transverse lines in the surface, and to give a uniform texture. I I Standard Trowel Finish: All interior floors shall be trowel finished. Both power and hand troweling shall be required. Power troweling shall begin as soon as little or no cement paste clings to the blade. Troweling shall be continued until the surface is dense, smooth, and free of all minor blemishes, such as trowel marks. Hand troweling shall be required to remove slight imperfections left by the troweling machine and to bring the surface to a dense smooth finish. Sprinkling of dry cement or a mixture of dry cement and sand on the surface of the fresh concrete shall not be permitted. I I SAMPLES AND TESTS: The Contractor shall be responsible for the concrete mix designs, test cylinders for proving the mix designs, tests for the aggregate gradation and quality, for molding test cylinders during the progress of the job, delivering the cylinders for testing to the laboratory, testing for slump and air content, and for conducting load tests, if required. The Owner will pay directly for the testing of the concrete cylinders molded during the progress of the work. Before proceeding with the mix design, the Contractor shall obtain approval by the Engineer of the testing laboratory. Tests not specifically indicated to be done at the Owner's expense, including the retesting of rejected materials and installed work, shall be done at the Contractor's expense. I I I Cylinders: Make one strength test per 50 yards of each class of concrete placed but not less than one for each days pour. Mold and cure four cylinders for each strength test in accordance with ASTM C 31. Test one cylinder after seven days; test two cylinders after 28 days for acceptance in accordance with I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T03.doc T3-7 I I SECTION T3 CONCRETE I ASTM C 39; test the fourth cylinder only where any of the tests of the three cylinders is irregular or unacceptable. I Slump: Tests for slump shall be performed at the job site on all concrete immediately prior to placing in accordance with the Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete, ASTM C 143. If the slump varies from that of the design mix by more than that permitted by ASTM C 94, the concrete shall be rejected. In no case shall the maximum specified water cement ratio of the approved mix design be exceeded. I I Air Content: One test for air content shall be made for each strength test. This test shall be made on a concrete sample that has been removed when consolidation of the concrete in the forms has been completed and shall be in accordance with the Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method, ASTM C 173. I Load Test: If there exists any evidence of faulty workmanship, violations of specifications, or likelihood of concrete having been frozen, load tests may be required in accordance with ACI 318. These tests shall be under the direction of the Engineer. Correction of Deficiencies: The Contractor shall be responsible for correction of concrete work which does not conform to the specified requirements, including strength, honeycomb, spalls, cracks, chips, holes, fins, tolerances and finishes. Where shrinkage cracks in the new hydraulic structures occur away from waterstops, the cracks shall be pressure grouted with epoxy grout to restore the concrete strength and to eliminate leaks. I I I PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for work covered by this section of the specifications and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the lump sum Bid for the completed work. I I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9121-T03.doc T3-8 I I SECTION T4 MASONRY I I SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists in furnishing all labor, materials and equipment, and in performing all operations in connection with the installation of all masonry items as hereinafter designated, complete, and in strict accordance with this specification and the applicable drawings, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. I APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS: All masonry shall be of standard sizes and shall conform to the current edition of the following specifications and any specifications noted on the drawings. I American Society for Testinq Materials Desiqnation: I C 90 C 91 C 129 C 141 C 144 C 150 C 216 C 578 Load Bearing Concrete Block Masonry Cement Non-Load Bearing Concrete Block Hydraulic Hydrated Lime for Structural Aggregate for Masonry Mortar Portland Cement Facing Brick Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation Purposes I I MATERIALS: Water shall be clean and free from oil, acids, salt, or injurious substances. I Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C 150, Type I. It shall be a standard product, the name of which shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. I Masonry cement shall conform to ASTM C 91, and shall be a standard product approved by the Engineer. . . Hydrated Lime shall conform to ASTM C 141. Aqqreqate for masonry mortar shall conform to ASTM C 144. . Face brick shall be used for the exterior face of new walls. All face brick shall be select, sound, whole, new clay or shale, conforming to ASTM C 216, Grade SW, Type FBS. Color will be yellow/tan to match the existing brickwork. Concrete Block: All concrete block in exterior walls shall be load bearing block conforming to ASTM C 90. Block in bearing partitions also shall be load bearing block conforming to ASTM C 90. Bearing block shall be Type II units made with normal weight aggregates. Exposed faces of blocks shall be free of chips, cracks, or other imperfections. Masonry wall reinforcement shall be galvanized truss type extra heavy Dur-O-Wall or equal (3/16 dia. side rods and No.9 cross rods), installed in horizontal courses at 16 inches o.c. in all cavity walls and masonry partitions. The cross rods in cavity walls shall have a moisture drip at the center of the cavity. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T04.doc T4-1 I I SECTION T4 MASONRY I Masonry wall anchors shall be provided at the intersection of abutting walls. Where intersecting partitions are not bonded by masonry headers, 1-1/2" x 12 gauge galvanized anchors shall be provided at not more than 16" vertical spacing. I Mortar: Walls and partitions shall be laid with type M or S mortar except that the clearwell partitions shall be laid with Portland cement mortar. Aggregate and other materials for masonry mortar shall conform to applicable specifications listed above. Mortar mixtures shall contain the following proportions by volume, measured loose. I I MORTAR PROPORTIONS BY VOLUME I Portland Masonry Hydrated Lime Aggregate Measured in Mortar Cement Cement or Lime Putty Damp Loose Condition Type Cu . Ft. Cu . Ft. Cu. Ft. Cu. Ft. 1 None 1/4 M 1 1 None 1 None Over 1/4 Not less than 2-1/4 and S to 1/2 not more than 3 times 1/2 1 None the sum of the volumes of cement and lime used. I I I Board Type Insulation shall be cellular polystyrene conforming to ASTM C578 installed on the inner wythe side of the cavity. It shall be cut to fit neatly around adjoining surfaces, applied in moderate contact with adjoining units, and adhered to the masonry with adhesive. I Wall flashinq shall be 3 ounce copper armored Sisalkraft installed over heads and under sills of all openings in exterior masonry walls, including windows, doors, and louvers, and shall be installed at each line of floor construction. Flashing at floors or roofs shall be made continuous. Joints in continuous f lashing shall be lapped at least 4 inches and tightly sealed with mastic. Wall flashing shall carry upward across the cavity at an angle and through the next higher joint of the inner block wall where it shall bend back on itself 1/2 inch. Flashing over or under openings which is discontinuous shall have the ends turned up to form a pan. I I Weep Holes shall be located at 24" o.c. horizontally in the exterior wythe of cavity walls directly above all foundations, flashing, or other water stops in the wall. The holes may be formed by placing 3/8" round fiberglass or similar cord in the mortar then withdrawing the cord after the wall is completed. Weep holes shall be kept free of mortar and other obstructions. Brick and Block shall be laid in running bond. Only experienced masons shall be employed. Masonry shall be laid plumb and true with full bed joints, buttered with sufficient mortar to fill end joints, and all units shoved in place. Where cutting of exposed masonry is necessary, the cuts shall be made with a motor driven masonry saw. No masonry shall be laid when the temperature is below 450 unless it is rising and at no time when it is below 400F. The top 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T04.doc T4-2 I I SECTION T4 MASONRY I of exposed walls shall be protected by waterproof material when work is not in progress. The walls shall be solid and without voids in the joints. I Joints: Both interior and exterior joints shall be tooled; vertical joints shall be tooled before horizontal joints. Tooling and trawling shall compact the setting mortar and form a continuous contact with the block. All holes and cavities shall be filled with mortar before tooling. Exposed interior masonry joints shall be neatly finished for painting. I Pointinq and Cleaning: When the work is completed, all holes or defective mortar joints in exposed masonry shall be pointed, or where necessary, cut out and repointed. All exposed masonry shall be thoroughly cleaned. If stiff brushes and water do not suffice, the surface shall be thoroughly cleaned by the procedures for "Cleaning Clay Products Masonry" of the Structural Clay Products Institute. If so cleaned, all sash, frames, or metal lintels shall be completely protected. I I I PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for any of the work covered by this section of the specifications. All costs in connections therewith shall be included in the lump sum Bid for the completed work. I I I I I - . 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9121-T04.doc T4-3 I I SECTION T5 STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METAL I SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for or reasonably incidental to the furnishing and erection of all structural steel, hoistrails, handrails, stairs, angle frames, grating, bearing plates, anchors, anchor bolts, nosings, and other miscellaneous metal items to fully complete the structures in strict accordance with this section of the specifications and the applicable plans and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. I I I GENERAL: Except where specifically called for, no ferrous metals shall be used in any application, including hardware, unless such are totally embedded in structural concrete. I APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS: The current edition of the following specifications and any specifications shown on the drawings form a part of this specification: I American Institute of Steel Construction: "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings". I AISC: "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges". American Society for Testing Materials: I Designation A-36, Designation A-307, Designation A-325, Designation A-386, Designation B-241, "Steel for Buildings and Bridges" "Unfinished Bolts" "High Strength Bolts" "Hot Dip Galvanizing" "Specification for Aluminum Alloy Seamless Pipe" I I American Welding Society: "Structural Welding Code, AWS Dl.l . - SUBMITTALS: Shop Drawinqs, Structural Steel: Fabrication of structural steel, hoistrails, handrails, stairs, grating, ladders and frames shall not commence prior to approval of shop drawings by the Engineer. Four sets of shop drawings which have been checked by the Contractor for field dimensions and conformance to the plans and specifications shall be submitted for approval. Shop drawings shall include complete details and schedules for fabrication for shop assembly of members, and details, schedules, procedures and diagrams showing the sequence of erection. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: Material Storaqe: Protect steel members, aluminum fabrications and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. Welding electrodes shall be delivered in unbroken packages and stored when opened in a closed, dry heated box. Do not store materials on the structures in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to the members or the supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. MATERIALS: 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T05. doc T5-1 I I SECTION T5 STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METAL I Stainless Steel Shapes, Plates, and Tubes shall be AISI Type 304 (18-8). Stainless steel bolts shall be AISI Type 316. All steel shall be AISI Type 304 (18-8) unless specifically noted otherwise. Pipe Railinq: Pipe shall be aluminum conforming to ASTM B 241, fy = 22,000 psi for handrails and fy = 35,000 psi for wall rails. Handrails shall be 1-1/2 inch Schedule 40 pipe and the posts shall be 1-1/2 inch Schedule 80 pipe. Finish shall be 204-R1 Natural Anodized having a minimum coating thickness of 0.4 mils. I I I Gratinq: All grating shall be outside banded, banded around openings and shall be securely fastened to supporting metalwork with appropriate saddle clips and bolts. Frames shall be aluminum similar to Waco Frame ZF 1.25, or comparable product. Portions of frames in contact with concrete shall be coated with Bi tuminous Paint. Grating, except as otherwise indicated, shall be extruded aluminum plank of 6063-T6 Aluminum, 1-1/4" depth and 3.0#SF, shall have square raised openings, and shall be the standard product of Washington Aluminum Company, or equal. The size of individual sections shall not exceed 4'-0" x 5'-0". I I Fasteners for aluminum and stainless steel products shall be Type 304 Stainless Steel. I Electrodes for Weldinq: Aluminum and stainless steel welding shall conform to the requirements of the American Welding Society for the grade of aluminum to be welded. I Structural Steel Primer Paint: linseed oil. FS TT-P-86e, Type I, red lead mixed pigment- I Cast Nosinqs and Thresholds shall be cast aluminum abrasive type cross hatched style as manufactured by American Abrasive Metals, or shall be the comparable products of White Foundry, or Construction Castings Co., or equal. Except as otherwise detailed, thresholds shall be Style "M", 6 inches wide; nosings for concrete steps shall be Style A, 3/8 inch thickness by 4 inches wide and 6 inches less in length than the full width of the stair. I - . Cement Grout (PC-G): Portland cement (ASTM C 150, graded, natural sand (ASTM C 404, Size No.2). cement to 3.0 pa"rts sand, by volume, with only required for placement and hydration. Type V} and clean, uniformly Mix at a ratio of 1. 0 part the minimum amount of water Expansion Anchors: Fed. Spec. FF-S-325; cinch anchor type, Group I, Type I, Class 2 (2 unit), or Group I, Type II, Class 2, Style 1 (2 unit); wedge type, Group II, Type IV, Class 1 or 2; or self-drilling type, Group III, Type I. Expansion anchors shall be installed in conformity with the manufacturer's recommendations for maximum holding power, but in no case shall the depth of hole be less than four bolt diameters. Minimum distance between the center of any expansion anchor and an edge or exterior corner of concrete shall be not less than 4-1/2 times the diameter of the hole in which it is installed. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-TOS.doc T5-2 I I SECTION T5 STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METAL I FABRICATION: General: Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with appropriate AISC Specifications and as indicated on the final shop drawings. Fabricate with natural camber of the member up. Properly mark and matchmark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery sequence which will expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials. Where finishing is required, complete the assembly, including welding of units, before start of finishing operations. Welders shall be certified for all positions and thicknesses and metals appropriate to their work on this project. I I I Connections: Weld or bolt shop connections. Bolt field connections, except where welded connections or other connections are shown or specified. Welding shall be performed by welders certified for the material, material thickness, and for all positions necessary to complete the welding for this project. All butt welds shall be full penetration butt welds. I Holes for Other Work: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and miscellaneous metal, and for the passage of other work through the members. Provide threaded nuts welded to framing as needed to receive other work. I I Miscellaneous Metal shall be fabricated to a quality comparable to the Commercial Quality of the National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers. Metal surfaces exposed to view shall be free of surface blemishes, including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness. I Paintinq: Stainless steel, galvanized steel, and aluminum will not be painted. Except for submerged metalwork, all steelwork shall be shop primed with one coat of Type I (TTP 86e) red lead and linseed oil applied over a surface which has had the scale removed by power cleaning (SSPC-SP6) or better surface preparation. Submerged and partially submerged steelwork shall be blast cleaned and primed in accordance with the PAINTING Section of the Specifications. Where paint has been withheld from areas to be welded and other bare spots, scrapes, etc., the areas shall be touched up with the original primer. Minimum prime coat dry thickness shall be 2 mils. I I I ERECTION: Structural steel and miscellaneous steelwork shall be erected in conformance with current edition of AISC Specifications. The Contractor's written welding procedures and welder's certification shall be submitted for approval prior to any welding work. I I ALUMINUM PIPE RAILINGS: General: Fabricate railing with smooth bends and welded joints ground smooth and flush. Rail posts and fittings shall be anodized (204 R1-AA-C22A31-half hour Anodizing), and rails adjusted to insure matching alignment. Where aluminum attachments are to be in contact with concrete or steel, use one layer of #15 asphalt felt applied with bituminous paint to separate the contact surfaces. Bolts, screws, and other fastening devices shall be stainless steel unless otherwise noted. Prefabricated railing systems which otherwise fully meet these specifications are acceptable. I I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T05.doc T5-3 . I I SECTION T5 STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METAL I Handrails: Handrails shall be the product of Storer Fabricating Co. or the comparable product of Moultrie Mfg., Julian Blum, Tubular Products, or American Metal Systems. Use 1-1/2 inch 1. D. aluminum pipe with top of rail 42 inches above the floor, or 34 inches above stair treads measured vertically at the stair riser line. Space posts not more than 7 feet on centers. Plumb posts in each direction. Handrail posts, except where otherwise detailed, shall be set in embedded galvanized steel sleeve assemblies. Where handrails terminate at concrete or masonry walls, cast aluminum collar plates shall be bolted to the concrete or masonry with stainless steel machine screw expansion anchors in lead inserts. I I I PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for work covered under this section of the specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the lump sum Base Bid for the completed work. I I I I I I I I I I . 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T05.doc T5-4 I I SECTION T6 PLANT AND YARD PIPING I I SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications includes furnishing all plant, labor, supervision, equipment and materials, and in performing all operations in connection with the installation of all piping, fittings, and appurtenances as required for the proper connection and operation of the wastewater treatment plant in strict compliance with this section of the specifications and the applicable plans and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. I I GENERAL: The Contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer complete drawings of all pump manifolds, and all complex assemblies and appurtenances, accurately and adequately dimensioned and with sufficient descriptive matter to indicate clearly the installation and connection to appurtenant equipment. I Pipe, appurtenances and accessories, unless otherwise indicated or authorized in writing by the Engineer, shall be new and unused materials and shall be the standard products of reputable manufacturers normally engaged in the manufacture of that particular item. Fittings for all pipe shall be as manufactured for the type and class of pipe forming the pipeline in which they are installed. I I Pipes located inside structures, above ground or attached to structures shall be rigidly supported. The full length of each section of underground pipe shall rest solidly upon the pipe bed, with recesses only to accommodate pipe bells and joints. Any pipe which has its alignment, grade or joints disturbed after laying shall be taken up and relaid. The interior of all pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter before being placed, and shall be kept clean during laying operations by means of plugs or other approved methods. No pipe shall be laid in water or when trench or weather conditions are unsuitable for such work. I I I Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade with the spigot end of bell and spigot pipe pointing in the direction of the flow. Each pipe shall be laid true to line and grade in such manner as to form a close concentric joint with the adjacent pipe and to prevent offsets in the flow line. I I At all times when actual pipe laying is not in progress, all open ends of pipe and fittings shall be securely and completely closed with mechanical or expandable plugs so as to positively exclude the entrance of all trench water, earth or other foreign substance into the line. Where cleaning after laying is difficult because of small pipe size, a suitable swab or drag shall be kept in the pipe and pulled forward as laying progresses to remove all foreign materials that may have entered the pipeline. All completed pipelines shall be cleaned of dirt and superfluous materials and shall be flushed to remove any foreign matter remaining therein. Any section of pipe found to be defective before or after laying shall be replaced at no additional expense to the Owner. Rejected pipe shall be clearly marked and shall be removed from the site. I . 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T06. doc T6-1 I I SECTION T6 PLANT AND YARD PIPING I WET TAP: The Contractor shall provide the wet tapping of the 42" prestressed concrete pipe. The wet tap shall provide the following as a minimum: I . 42" x36" Tapping sleeve for the existing 42" I. D. prestressed concrete pipe. . 36" flanged double disc tap valve, horizontal with bevel gear and bypass - with flange hardware and gaskets. · Sleeve and valve installation. · Hydrostatic test. · 36" wet tap service. I I The tapping shall be performed without the requiring that the 42" line be shutdown. I The wet tap shall be provided by Price Brothers, the manufacturer of the existing pipe, or approved equal. I INSTALLATION IN TRENCHES: Excavation, trenchinq and backfillinq shall be done in accordance with Section T-2 of these specifications. Any pipe that is to be laid in fill shall not be laid until the fill material has been completely placed and compacted in accordance with these specifications. If the maximum permissible width of the trench at the elevation of the top of the pipe is exceeded for any other reason than at the direction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall install at his own expense, such concrete cradling, pipe encasement or other bedding as is required by the Engineer to support the additional load on the pipe. I I I Handlinq of pipe and accessories shall be in such a manner as to insure delivery on the job and installation in the trench, or inside the structures in a sound undamaged condition. Particular care shall be taken not to injure coatings. Cutting of pipe shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or its coating. Cutting shall be done by means of an approved type of mechanical cutter. Pipe shall be cut square; burrs, chips, and cuttings shall be removed. I I PIPING: General: Before work is begun the Contractor will furnish to the Engineer layout drawings showing all details for all horizontal and vertical curves, restrained joints, and all other specials and special joints. All pipe and fittings may be inspected at the place of manufacture by representatives of the Owner and/or by a testing laboratory of the Owner's selection. Such inspection shall not in any way relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for the compliance of all materials installed as specified, nor shall such inspection in any way relieve the manufacturer from his responsibility for materials he furnished to be as specified. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T06.doc T6-2 I I SECTION T6 PLANT AND YARD PIPING I PIPE SERVICE AND BEDDING SCHEDULE: Unless otherwise indicated, pipe materials, test pressure, pipe bedding, and fitting materials shall be as shown in the following schedule for the service indicated. Cast iron pipe or ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be used for Fittings shall be appropriate for the installation. Suitable couplings, unions and flexible joint connections shall be furnished and installed in the piping system to correct minor misalignment and to facilitate removal and replacement of piping components. Piping connections to all machinery, equipment and meters shall be made with flanged or union fittings. Where this is impractical, a dresser coupling, a union, or similar fitting shall be installed as close as possible to facilitate equipment maintenance or removal. I Service I Plant & Yard Piping not otherwise listed below. I Service I Compressed Air High Pressure I Storm Drains, Culverts Groundwater Drains I Force Main I 6 Return Gravity Line Drain I Chlorine Solution I Leqend: D.!. P. M.J. PVC RCP I I . DUCTILE IRON PIPE: Underqround: Pipe Material Beddinq Fittinq Material Test Pres. PSI D.1. P. 2 Flg.-above ground Push-on, or M.J. 150 below ground or as shown on the plans. Pipe Material Bedding Fittinq Material Test Pres. PSI Stainless Steel 2 Stainless Steel 150 RCP 2 RCP N/A Perf. PVC(SDR 26} 2 PVC N/A D. 1. P. 1 D.1.P. SO D.1. P. 2 D. I.P. Air Test D. 1. P. 2 D. 1. P. N/A PVC, Sch. 80 2 PVC, Sch. 80 100 Ductile Iron Pipe Mechanical Joint Polyvinyl Chloride Reinforced Concrete Pipe: Underground pipe shall be ductile iron, Class 50, in accordance with ANSI Specification A21.50 and A21.51, using 60/42/10 grade of iron. Pipe shall be coated on the outside with a bituminous coating and lined with cement lining in accordance with ANSI A21.4. 9721-T06.doc T6-3 'ZEL, ENGINEERS I I SECTION T6 PLANT AND YARD PIPING I Fittinqs shall be ductile iron, mechanical joint, 250 psi rating, in accordance with ANSI A21.10. I Joints in underground ductile iron pipe shall be mechanical joint or push- on joint, with restrained mechanical joints where indicated. All joints and jointing materials shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.11. I Restrained Joints: Concrete blocking for restraint may be used where it clearly will not interfere with other piping or structures and where firm support is available by concrete bearing against the trench wall; otherwise, piping shall utilize restrained joints. Restrained joints shall be American CIP Lok-Ring, or equal. Set screw type mechanical joint retainer glands will not be acceptable as restrained joints. I I Installation: Pipe and accessories shall be handled in such a manner as to insure delivery on the job and installation in the trench, or inside the structures in a sound undamaged condition. Particular care shall be taken not to injure the coating. I Cutting of pipe shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or its coating. Cutting shall be done by means of an approved type of mechanical cutter. I Placinq and Layinq: Pipe and accessories shall be examined for defects and tapped with a light hammer to detect cracks while suspended in the sling before installing. All damaged, defective or unsound items will be rej ected and removed immediately from the site of the work. Deflection from a straight line and grade as required by vertical or horizontal curves or offsets shall not exceed the following values: I I I ( Inches) 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 Maximum Deflection (Inches per Bell and Spigot Joint or Push-on Joint 16 16 16 16 13 13 9 9 9 9 9 8 20 Ft. Lenqth) Mechanical Joint 22 16 16 16 11 11 9 9 8 8 7 7 Pipe Size I I I I If alignment requires deflections in excess of the above limitations, the Contractor shall provide special bends, joints, or a sufficient number of shorter lengths of pipe to provide angular deflections within the limits set forth. Pipe shall be placed in the trench and bedded as required in Section T- 2 of these specifications. After placing a length of pipe in the trench, the packing material for the joint shall be held around the bottom of the spigot so that the packing will enter the bell as the pipe is pushed into position or rubber gasket may be inserted in the bell before pushing pipe into place. The 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T06.doc T6-4 I I SECTION T6 PLANT AND YARD PIPING I spigot shall be centered in the bell and the pipe pushed into position and brought into the required alignment. Except where necessary in making connections with other lines, or as authorized, pipe shall be laid with the bells facing in the direction of laying. All ductile iron pressure pipe shall be installed in accordance with the applicable sections of AWWA C600, "Installation of Cast Iron Water Mains". Ductile iron pipe gravity lines shall be placed in the trench in accordance with the requirements set forth herein for V.C.P. and concrete gravity sewers. I I Push-on loints shall be installed in strict accordance with the recommendations of the joint manufacturer. The spigot end of all pipe, whether full or cut lengths, shall be beveled and all burrs and roughness removed by filling, etc., prior to applying the approved lubricant and inserting the spigot into the bell. I I Mechanical loints shall be installed in strict accordance with the notes on method of installation as shown in ANSI Specification A21.11, Appendix A. The socket gland, gasket and spigot shall be cleaned and the gland and gasket slipped on the spigot end. The spigot shall be pushed into the socket and centered. The gasket shall then be properly seated in the socket and the gland bolted finger tight to the socket. The joint shall then be made tight with a suitable ratchet wrench. If effective sealing is not attained at the maximum torque range recommended by the joint manufacturer, the joint shall be disassembled and reassembled after thorough cleaning. I I I Incidental Items of Work: All plugs, caps, wyes and tees shall be provided with adequate reaction blocking. All bends deflecting 22-1/20 or more shall be gi yen concrete reaction blocking. Reaction blocking shall bear directly against the undisturbed trench wall and shall provide sufficient bearing area to transmit the maximum thrust without exceeding the maximum allowable soil bearing capability. Where reaction blocking may not be used, restrained joints shall be used. For pipe assembled behind valves, special care shall be taken to fully seat pipe joints to transmit thrust. Where pipe ends are left for future connections, they shall be valved, plugged, or capped and blocked. I I I Above Ground: I Pipe: All above ground pipe shall be ductile iron, Class 53 in accordance with ANSI Specification A21. 50 and A2l. 51, using 60/42/10 grade of iron, and with threaded on flanges in accordance with AWWA Specification C115. Pipe shall be coated on the outside with a bituminous coating, and lined with cement lining in accordance with ANSI A21.4. I Fittinqs: Fittings shall be flanged ductile iron in accordance with the requirements of AWWA Specification ClIO, coated and lined same as pipe. Flanges shall be faced and drilled to match AWWA C115 threaded-on flanges. I Joints: Flanged joints shall have the gaskets inserted between flanges, and bolts shall be tightened in such a manner as to distribute evenly the stresses carried by the bolts so as to bring the pipe in alignment and make a tight joint without overstressing the pipe or the individual bolts. Gaskets shall be full faced l/S" thick rubber. Bolts shall be in accordance with ANSI Specification B1S.2.1; nuts B1S.2.2. - - 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T06.doc T6-5 I I SECTION T6 PLANT AND YARD PIPING I PIPE SUPPORTS: The Contractor shall furnish and install such pipe supports and hangers as are indicated, or as may be required to prevent excess stresses in the joints, and to hold piping rigid and free from vibration under all conditions of operation. Pipe to be supported above concrete slabs shall be supported on approved supports. Piping supported from above shall be supported on adjustable pipe hangers. I I WALL SLEEVES AND WALL PIPES: The penetration of pipes passing through concrete walls shall be made watertight. Pipes 6" and larger shall have cast iron or ductile iron wall pipes or wall sleeves with mechanical seals. Pipes less than 6" shall be stainless steel. Wall pipes shall have a dam inside the wall and shall have the proper joint to connect with the pipe on each side of the wall. Wall sleeves shall have a dam inside the wall and shall be sealed with a Thunderline Link Seal, or equal, unless otherwise shown on the plans. When fully installed, the seals shall provide an absolutely watertight closure between the wall sleeve and carrier pipe. Before casting concrete, wall pipes and sleeves shall be accurately positioned and secured. I I I Wall Pipes shall be flange-flange-flange or flange-flange-plain end type, or M.J. - Flg. - PE fabricated from Class 53 centrifugally cast ductile iron pipe, Grade 60-42-10. End flanges shall be ductile iron, threaded-on, in accordance with AWWA Specification C1l5. Flanges to be installed flush against the wall shall be tapped for studs. Drilling pattern shall match equipment to be connected. I I CONCRETE COLLARS, CRADLES, SADDLES, AND ENCASEMENT: Collars, cradles, saddles, or encasement shall be constructed of concrete with a minimum 28-day strength of 3,000 psi. I I POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE: Pipe: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe shall be extruded, using Type I, Grade I PVC compound conforming to ASTM D1784 Designation 12454A. PVC pipe shall be Schedule 80, conforming to ASTM Specification D-1785. I Fittinqs shall be PVC, Schedule 80 socket or threaded fittings for Schedule 80 pipe. Socket-to-thread adapters shall be used for connecting to threaded fittings. Threaded fittings shall be used for Schedule 80 piping above ground. Socket type PVC fittings shall conform to ASTM D2467; solvent cements shall conform to ASTM D2564. I I Handlinq: Pipe and accessories shall be handled in such a manner as to insure delivery on the site and installation in the trench in a sound undamaged condition. If pipe is to be stored outside for more than 30 days it shall be covered to protect it from prolonged exposure to the sun. Cover shall be canvas or other opaque material, with provision for air circulation under the cover. When pipe is received in standard lifts it shall remain in the lift until ready for use. Lifts shall not be stacked more than three high and shall always be stacked wood on wood. Loose pipe shall be stored on racks with a minimum support spacing of three feet. Pipe shall be shaded but not covered directly when stored outside in high ambient temperatures. This will provide . 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T06.doc T6-6 I I SECTION T6 PLANT AND YARD PIPING I for free circulation of air and reduce the heat build-up due to direct sunlight exposure. I Cuttinq: Pipe shall be cut in a neat workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe. Pipe shall be cut square, using either a tubing cutter or a miter box and a fine tooth saw. All burrs, chips and cuttings shall be removed and pipe end beveled. I Placinq and Layinq: Pipe and accessories shall be examined for defects before installing. All damaged, defective or unsound items will be rej ected and removed immediately from the site of the work. The pipe shall be assembled above ground in a straight line, then curved and laid in the trench. All curvature shall be accomplished by bending the pipe with no deflection at the joints. Pipe with solvent weld joints shall be snaked in the trench using loops offset 13 inches per 50 feet. Pipe shall be placed in the trench and bedded as required in Section T-2. I I Jointinq: Clean the inside of the fitting and inside and outside of the end of the pipe with a clean, dry cotton rag. Surfaces to be joined shall be thoroughly dry. Apply primer to the inside of the socket and outside of the pipe with a dauber, keeping the surfaces wet 5 to 15 seconds. Apply a second coat to the inside of the socket. Using the proper si ze applicator, apply solvent cement to the outside of the pipe and inside of the fitting. Apply a second layer to the outside of the pipe. Immediately upon finishing the application of the cement, and before it starts to set, insert the pipe to the full socket depth, rotating the pipe or fitting 1/4 turn to insure a complete and even distribution of the cement. Hold joint together a minimum of 10 to 15 seconds to make sure that the pipe does not move or back out of the socket. Immediately after joining, wipe off all excess cement from the circumference of the pipe and fitting. Joints shall be allowed to dry 48 hours prior to movement or subj ection to internal pressure. Joints shall not be made when temperature is above 90oF. when exposed to direct sunlight, or when the temperature is below 40oF. Primer and sol vent cement shall be fresh and uncontaminated, and as recommended and supplied by the pipe manufacturer. I I I I I Detection Tape: PVC pipe installed underground shall be marked by the use of a continuous inert bonded layer plastic tape with a metallic foil core, buried in the pipe trench 24 inches below the surface. Tape shall be yellow, 2 inches wide with continuous imprinting; "CAUTION - PIPELINE BURIED BELOW". Tape shall be Seton Metallic Lined, or equal. I I MANHOLES: I General: Manholes shall be constructed with cast iron frames and covers. The base of the manhole shall be constructed of 4000 psi concrete. The invert channels shall be smooth and accurately shaped to the semi-circular bottom conforming to the inside of the adjacent sewer sections. Changes in direction of the sewer and entering branches shall have as long a radius of true curvature as the size of the manhole will permit. Valve manholes shall have 8" thick flat bottoms and tops constructed of 4000 psi concrete. I Brick Manholes: Brick for manholes shall conform to ASTM C32 Grade MS. All brick shall be thoroughly cleaned and saturated with water immediately before being laid up. The brick shall be laid radially in header courses with the joint broken by staggering each successive course. Brick shall be laid up with 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T06.doc T6-7 I I SECTION T6 PLANT AND YARD PIPING I cement mortar made of one part Portland cement and two parts of approved sand to which may be added lime not to exceed 25 percent by volume of the cement. The outside of the manhole shall be plastered with 1/2 inch of cement mortar. The inside of the manhole may be rubbed with a cloth in lieu of striking the joints. Concrete, brickwork and mortar shall be protected against low temperatures. I I Precast Concrete Manholes: Precast manholes, consisting of precast risers and tops conforming to the requirements of ASTM C478-61T and having a minimum wall thickness of 5 inches, may be used in lieu of brick manholes. The precast top section shall be of the eccentric cone type and shall have a top outside diameter larger than that of the manhole ring. The lower end of the bottom section shall be set in a bed of mortar in a recess formed in the cast-in-place base slab and the outside of the joint shall then be sealed with a beveled fillet of mortar. Integral bases of equivalent strength may be used if the manhole base section is leveled by setting in a bed of mortar. The joints in the riser pipe shall be sealed with a mastic gasket, similar and equal to K. T. Snyder "Ram-Nek". I I I Brick Manhole Tops: The top of the manholes shall be topped out with brick. The number of courses will depend on the required elevation of the top of the manhole. Not more than 5 courses shall be used above the cone section of a manhole. The brick shall be laid radially in header courses with joints broken by staggering each successive course. After the manhole frame and cover has been set in a bed of mortar on the top course of brick, the outside of the manhole shall be plastered for the full extent of the brickwork with mortar to the thickness of not less than 1/2 inch. The inside face of the manhole brickwork may be rubbed with a cloth in lieu of striking the joints. The brickwork and mortar shall be protected against low temperatures and cured so as to prevent damage by elevation adjustments in precast manholes. I I I Manhole Steps shall be installed in all sections of each manhole. The steps in the precast sections may be installed when the sections are cast or may be inserted after the manhole has been constructed. All damages to the precast section caused by the insertion of the steps shall be repaired and sealed with expanding mortar to prevent leakage. Steps shall be located only on the vertical inside face of eccentric cones and shall be aligned with the steps in the lower sections. Except as otherwise shown, manhole steps shall be 1'- 4" o.c., cast iron, Neenah R-1980-1 for brick manholes, and R-1981-1 for precast manholes. I I I Manhole Frames and Covers: . e General: Manhole frames and covers in improved areas or streets shall be set flush with the finished grade; the Contractor shall set and adjust manhole frames and covers as necessary to meet this requirement. In unimproved areas or where no finished grade is established, the top of the frame and cover shall be set one (l) to two (2) feet above the existing ground, unless otherwise directed. The word "SEWER" shall be cast on the cover. I - - Standard Frames and Covers: Cast iron for manhole frames and covers shall conform to ASTM A 48, Class 30, gray iron. Castings shall be quality cast iron such that the metal is strong, tough and of uniform grain. They shall be smooth, free from scale, lumps, blow-holes, blisters and defects of every kind - 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T06.doc T6-8 I I SECTION T6 PLANT AND YARD PIPING I which render them unfit for the intended use. No plugging or filling shall be permitted. Standard frames and covers shall have machined bearing surfaces and shall be Neenah No. R-1706 and weighing approximately 400 pounds total, or shall be the comparable product of Sumter, Dewey Bros., U. S. Foundry, or I DUCTILE IRON PIPE: General: After completion of the piping, it shall be tested for leaks and proved tight. Pipelines shall be tested at the pressures listed in the Pipe Service Schedule. The Contractor shall provide at his expense all labor, supervision, pumps, measuring devices, power, miscellaneous equipment and water necessary for performance of all testing on all piping in accordance with the requirements of these specifications. I I I Pressure Test: After pipe has been laid, flushed and partially backfilled, leaving joints exposed, all newly laid pressure pipe or any valved section thereof shall be subjected to the appropriate hydrostatic pressure based on the elevation of the lowest point in the line or section under test and corrected to the elevation of the test gauge. The duration of each pressure test shall be at least sixty minutes. Before applying the specified test pressure, all air must be expelled from the line. The Contractor will make the necessary taps and insert plugs after the test is completed. All exposed pipe, fittings, valves, and joints shall be carefully examined during the open trench test. All defective joints shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Any cracked or defective pipes, fittings, or valves discovered in the consequence of this pressure test shall be removed and replaced with sound material, and the test shall be repeated until satisfactory to the Engineer. I I Where a portion of the system is to be concealed before completion, this portion shall be tested separately in a manner described for the entire system. The Contractor is cautioned to disconnect from the system any devices not designed for the test pressure during the test. Leakaqe Test (Stab Joint & Mechanical Joint Pipe): The duration of the leakage test shall be two hours and during the test the main or section of the main under the test shall be subjected to the test pressure based on the lowest point in the line or section under test and corrected to the elevation of the test gauge. Leakage is defined as the quantity of water to be supplied in the newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof, necessary to maintain the specified leakage test pressure after the air has been expelled and the pipe has been filled with water at the test pressure. No pipe installation will be accepted until the leakage is less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the following formula: L = ND P 3700 L Allowable leakage in gallons per hour. N The number of joints in the section of pipe tested. D The nominal diameter of the pipe in inches. P The average test pressure during the leakage test in pounds per square inch gauge. Leakaqe Test (Flanqed Joint Pipe): After completion of above ground piping all openings shall be closed with blind flanges or other acceptable means. The 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T06.doc T6-9 I I SECTION T6 PLANT AND YARD PIPING I piping shall be filled with water and all air expelled. The pipes shall be tested hydrostatically at the specified pressure for one hour without any drop in pressure, during which time all joints shall be inspected for leaks. I GRAVITY LINES: Pipe: Each piece of pipe shall be visually inspected immediately before being placed in the trench and all pieces which appear to be cracked or damaged in any way that could not be repaired after installation, shall be rejected. Particular notice shall be made of the joints to be sure that a watertight joint can be assured. I I Joints, Aliqnment and Grade: After the pipe has been installed in the trench, and prior to the placing of any backfill, the joints, alignment, and grade shall be carefully examined and checked for conformance with specified requirements. The pipe shall be observed during backfilling operations and shall be rechecked following the backfilling operations to be sure that the required conditions of the joints, alignment and grade have been maintained. I I Appurtenances: All manholes and other appurtenances shall be of specified size, shape and materials; the work shall comply with these specifications and if found not so in any respect, it shall be brought to proper condition by cleaning, painting, or if necessary, by rebuilding at the expense of the Contractor. I - - Inteqrity of the Installed Sewer: All gravity pipe lines shall be checked for infiltration and subjected to either an infiltration test, an exfiltration test, or a low-pressure air test to demonstrate the integrity of the installed sewer. The Contractor shall provide, at no additional cost to the Owner, all labor, materials, supervision, equipment and measuring devices necessary to conduct the test. Results of the tests, witnessed by the construction inspector, shall be delivered to the Owner in written form. Meeting the minimum requirement herein specified does not relieve the Contractor of the necessity of making sewers as tight as possible. Low-Pressure Air Test: Only for sections of sewer which are not submerged by groundwater will the air test be applicable. If the pipe to be tested is submerged in groundwater, an infiltration test shall be used. The air test is performed as follows: Flush and clean the sewer line with water prior to testing, thus cleaning out debris and wetting the pipe surface to produce more consistent results. Plug all outlets to resist the test pressure. Give special attention to stoppers and service laterals. Add air until the internal air pressure of the sewer is raised to approximately 4.0 psi gauge. When the pressure has stabilized and is at or lowered to the starting test pressure of 3.5 psi gauge, commence the test. Record the time period for the pressure to drop to 2.5 psi gauge and compare to the time chart below. Recorded times less than the specified times indicate the line has failed and repair is required to bring the line up to specification. The test may be discontinued when the prescribed test time has been completed, even though the pressure has not dropped to 2.5 psi gauge. Infiltration Check: The maximum allowable rate of infiltration into the sewer lines shall be 100 gallons per 24 hours per inch of diameter per mile of sewer where minimum groundwater depth is two (2) feet above the high point of the sewer under test. Where infiltration is apparent, a V-notch weir shall be 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T06.doc T6-10 I I SECTION T6 PLANT AND YARD PIPING I installed and maintained at the low end of the sewer and a test performed. Upstream reaches not under test shall be plugged. Water level behind the V-notch weir shall stabilize and a reading of flow rate shall be recorded and compared to the above specified rate. A rate greater than that specified shall require the Contractor to repair the sewer so that this test will be met. Sewer segments being tested shall be no longer than 1200 feet. I I Exfiltration Test: The maximum allowable rate of exfiltration from sewer lines using the exfiltration test shall be 100 gallons per 24 hours per inch of diameter per mile of sewer. The run of sewer to be tested shall be plugged and the line filled with water to a point approximately one foot below the top of the lowest manhole frame. No more than ten (10) feet of head shall be placed on the lowest point in the sewer. After sufficient time has elapsed for air to bleed off and absorption to be complete, the water level in the manhole shall be measured at 30 minute intervals for two hours. The measured drop in water level shall be translated into the exfiltration rate. Sewer segments being tested shall be no longer than 1200 feet. I I I PVC PIPE: Upon completion of the piping, p~p~ng system shall be flushed and tested at a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 100 pounds per square inch gauge, and proved tight at this pressure. This pressure shall be maintained for a minimum of 60 minutes. Where a portion of the system is to be concealed before completion, this portion shall be tested separately in a manner described for the entire system. The Contractor is cautioned to disconnect or remove all equipment and devices not capable of withstanding this flush or pressure prior to performing this pressure test. I I DEFECTIVE WORK: If inspection or tests show defects, such defective work or material shall be replaced and inspection and tests repeated. All repairs to piping shall be made with new material. No caulking of joints or holes will be acceptable. Adjustments required in order to obtain satisfactory operation of the systems shall be made by the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. PAINTING: All exposed piping and appurtenances shall be painted in accordance with the requirements of Section T-9 of these specifications. AS BUILT DRAWINGS: The Contractor shall maintain a current and complete set of marked up drawings showing the as built location of all underground and above ground piping, valves, and drains. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall furnish this set to the Engineer. PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for the work covered under this section of the specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the lump sum Bid for the completed work. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS ----, 9721-T06.doc T6-11 I I SECTION T7 VALVES AND HYDRANTS I SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all plant, labor, supervision, equipment and materials, and performing all operations in connection with the installation of the valves and appurtenances complete, in strict accordance with this section of the specifications and the applicable plans and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. I I GENERAL: All valves and hydrants and accessories furnished by the Contractor for incorporation into the work shall be new, unused, and of the type specified herein. Those valves for buried service shall be furnished with mechanical joint connections and those valves for above-ground service shall have flanged or screwed joints. All valves shall be opened by turning counter-clockwise and shall have an arrow cast into the metal of the operating nut or on the handle or wheel to indicate direction of opening. Each valve shall have the identifying mark of the manufacturer, year of manufacture and the pressure rating cast on the body. I I I I BUTTERFLY VALVES: General: Butterfly Valves shall be Pratt or shall be valves of comparable quality as manufactured by BIF or Allis-Chalmers or American Darling, or equal. Butterfly valves shall have tight closing, rubber seats which are bonded to or mechanically retained in the valve body or disc. No metal to metal seating surfaces will be permitted. Valves shall be bubble tight at line test pressures with flow in either direction, and shall be satisfactory for application involving throttling service and/or frequent operation and for applications involving valve operation after long periods of inactivity. Valve discs shall rotate 900 from the full open position to the tight shut position. Valves 24" and smaller shall meet the full requirements of AWWA Standard C504- 70 with respect to Class 150B. Valves and operators shall be designed and tested for the required line pressure and line velocities and for controlled opening and/or closing speeds of approximately 60 seconds. Valve bodies shall be constructed of cast iron ASTM A-126 Class B and shall have integrally cast mechanical j oint ends or flanged ends as indicated. Two trunnions for shaft bearings shall be integral with each valve body. Body thicknesses shall be strictly in accordance with AWWA C504-74, Class 150B for valves 24" and smaller. I - Valve Discs 20" and smaller shall be constructed of Alloy cast iron ASTM A436 Type I (NI-RSIST). Valve discs 24" and larger shall be constructed of either cast iron or ductile iron. Valve Shafts shall be turned, ground and polished. constructed of lS-S Type 304 stainless steel. Val ve shafts shall be Valve Seats shall be of a natural rubber or synthetic rubber compound. Valve seats shall be field adjustable and replaceable without dismounting operator disc or shaft and without removing the valve from the line. All retaining segments and adjusting devices shall be a corrosion resistant material and shall be capable of a 1/8" adjustment. Seats on valves 24" and smaller may be bonded in. Bonded seats shall be simultaneously molded in, vulcanized and 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T07.doc T7-1 I I SECTION T7 VALVES AND HYDRANTS I bonded into the valve body. Seat bond must withstand 75 pounds pull under test procedure ASTM D429-58 Method B. I Valve Bearinqs: Valves shall be fitted with sleeve type bearings. Bearings shall be corrosion resistant and self lubricating. Bearing load shall not exceed 1/5 of the compressive strength of the bearing or shaft material and shall not exceed 2500 psi. I GATE VALVES: Gate Valves shall be of the double disc type designed for a minimum working pressure of 150 psi. Valves shall have flanged ends, bell or spigot ends, mechanical ends or screwed joints as required for the piping in which they are installed. Gate valves shall have a clear waterway equal to the full normal diameter of the pipe and shall be opened by turning counterclockwise. The operating nut or wheel shall have an arrow cast in the metal indicating the direction of opening. Each valve shall have the initials of the maker, pressure rating and year of manufacture, cast on the body. Prior to shipment from the factory, each valve shall be tested by hydraulic pressure equal to twice the specified working pressure. All valves shall use a-ring seals. Gate valves 2 inches and larger shall be iron body, brass mounted and shall conform to the specifications for Gate Valves for Ordinary Water Works Service, C500- 61, by the AWWA. Valves smaller than 24 inches to be installed underground shall be non-rising stem type with 2-inch square operating nut. Gate valves located inside structures shall be non-rising stem type with hand wheel or operator as required. Valves smaller than 2 inches shall be stainless steel ball valves. I I I I - CHECK VALVES: Check Valves 3 inch size and larger shall be wafer style double door type, 125 lb. iron body, aluminum bronze doors, stainless steel hinge pin, spring, and stop pin, bronze seat and raised face, APCO 9000 series, Gulf Valve Company Water Check or equal. Check valves 2 inch size and smaller shall be 150 lb. bronze with bronze seat, Buna-N qisc, threaded ends, Milwaukee No. 510S, or equal. KNIFE GATE VALVES: The Knife Gate Valve shall be a 42" bonnetless, wafer-type gate valve with 304 stainless steel plate body. Port areas shall be 100% of the full pipe area throughout the entire length. All sizes shall have two full-port rubber slurry sleeve halves which shall be supported and compressed between the flanges. The gate shall be ASTM A240 T-316. The valve will meet MSS SP-8l face-to-face dimensions and ANSI B16. 5 Class 150 drilling dimensions. The gate will be of sufficient thickness to provide against permanent deformation at 1.2 times the rated working pressure. The seat halves will be resilient and shall act as a wiper blade to clean the gate as it strokes. The stem shall be ASTM A276 T-304 and shall have single pitch threads. The stem nut will be acid resistant bronze. Wetted parts will include the resilient sleeve and gate only. Flush portIs) area will be located in the base of the valve, and will be drilled, tapped and plugged. The valve shall be fitted with a bevel gear actuator and wheel. The knife gate valve shall be ITT-Amory, Fabri-Valve, Red Valve or equal. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T07.doc T7-2 I I SECTION T7 VALVES AND HYDRANTS I BALL VALVES: Ball Valves in Steel Pipe shall be stainless steel, 150 psi, screwed pattern, Nibco T-595-S6-R-66, or equal. I Ball Valves in PVC Pipe shall be PVC, true union, full port, 150 psi, Teflon seat, Viton seal. Valves 3 inches and larger shall be ANSI B16.5 flanged; 2 inch and smaller shall be socket end, Nibco, or equal. I PLUG VALVES: Plug valves shall be eccentric plug type, 150 pounds with flanged ends. Valve body shall be semi-steel; bearings, stainless steel; packing, Nitrile- Butadiene; plug facing, neoprene. Valve actuators shall be manual or pneumatic, as indicated, sized for 25 psig operating pressure. Manual operators shall be totally enclosed handwheel type with corrosion resistant bearings and with input and stop limiting devices designed to withstand a pull of 200 pounds. Pneumatic operators shall be double acting type with totally enclosed rack and gear drive, sized for 100 psig air. Furnish with 4-way single solenoid valve and position indicating switches. Eccentric plug valves shall be DeZurik, or equal. I I I I AIR AND VACUUM RELEASE VALVES: Air and vacuum valve shall consist of an air and vacuum release valve and a surge check unit. The valve shall be rated for 125 psi operating pressure. The air valve cover and body and the surge check body shall be cast iron ASTM A48 Class 30. Float shall be stainless steel, ASTM A240. Surge check seat and disc shall be bronze ASTM B584. Air valve seat shall be Buna-N. Spring shall be stainless steel T302. Air and vacuum release valve shall be an APCO 1606/153, or equal. I I VALVE APPURTENANCES: Valve Boxes: All underground valves shall be installed with cast iron valve boxes having a suitable base and shaft extension sections to cover and protect the valve and permit easy access and operation. Extension stems and position indicators for underground butterfly valves shall be as specified under "Manual Operators" for Butterfly Valves. Box assemblies shall be Clow Figure F-2450, Grinnell, Mueller, or an approved equal. The word WATER shall be cast on covers for valve boxes on potable water lines only. I I I Floor Stands for valves shall include a position indicator and shall be furnished by the valve manufacturer as a component of the valve assembly. I Stems and Extension Stems and the stem couplings shall all be of suitable length and diameter as required for the service and shall be bronze unless otherwise indicated and have all-weather covers. I Stem Guides shall be high strength cast iron with bronze bushing, size as suitable for the service intended, and shall be similar and approved equal to Clow F-5660. I Handles and Handwheels shall be of the size, diameter and length normally supplied for the valves to which they are attached. I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T07.doc T7-3 ii I I SECTION T7 VALVES AND HYDRANTS I Installation: Valves and valve boxes shall be installed on the lines as indicated or as directed by the Engineer. Val ves and valve boxes shall be plumb and valve boxes shall be centered directly over the valves. Earth fill shall be carefully tamped around valve boxes to 3 feet on all sides or to the undisturbed face of the trench if less than that distance. Valves shall have the interiors cleaned of all foreign matter before installation. Stuffing boxes shall be tightened and the valve shall be inspected in both opened and closed positions to see that all parts are in working condition. All piping and valves shall be properly and adequately supported to prevent movement or undue strain on the piping and equipment. Valve boxes for underground valves shall have 12 inch square by 4 inch thick concrete pad cast around them with the top of the pad 2 inches above finished grade. I I I PAINTING AND TESTING: All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry and free from grease before painting. The valve surfaces except for seating, shall be evenly coated with a suitable primer to inhibit rust or black asphalt varnish in accordance with Federal Specification TT-V-51C. Hydrostatic and leakage tests shall be conducted in strict accordance with AWWA CS04 or C500, except that butterfly valves shall be tested with the operators mounted on the valves. I I I AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE: Upon completion of manufacture, the Vendor shall provide to the Owner an "Affidavit of Compliance" in accordance with AWWA C504 or C500 as applicable. I PROOF-OF-DESIGN TEST: Vendor shall include with his submittal certified copies of Proof-of-Design Tests in accordance with AWWA C 504 or C500 as applicable. I ALTERATIONS AND CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING PIPING: Designated portions of the existing piping and fittings are to be removed or abandoned. At other locations, connections are to be made to existing piping. All the above operations will require short interruption of plant operation or pumping in order to make the connections or to alter the piping. Wherever feasible, valves have been included for installation near such connections in order to minimize the number and duration of the required interruptions. I I The Contractor shall schedule and coordinate his activities with the plant superintendent so that the work can be accomplished in a manner and at such time that a minimum interruption of service will occur. I I All connections to existing plant and yard piping shall be made in a manner that will prevent infiltration or leaking at those points of connection. Any pipe or fitting to be removed shall be removed in a manner that will prevent damage to pipe, joints or appurtenances left in place. Any pipe or appurtenances that are to remain in place but which become damaged by any operation of the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced with new material by the Contractor as directed by the Owner and at no expense to the Owner. All piping and appurtenances removed by the Contractor shall be turned over to the Owner for storage. I I . I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T07.doc T7-4 I I SECTION T7 VALVES AND HYDRANTS I POST HYDRANTS: Post Hydrants shall be non-freeze type with 1" IPT inlet and 3/4" HPT outlet similar and equal to Josam No. 1440. Bury depth for post hydrants shall be two feet. I Installation: Post hydrants shall be set plumb and a minimum of 2 cu. ft. of crushed stone shall be placed around the hydrant drain. Backfill shall be placed in 6-inch layers and carefully tamped. Box shall be set in a finished concrete slab 2 feet square by 4 inches deep. I I INSTALLATION: Valves and valve boxes shall be plumb and valve boxes shall be centered directly over the valves. Earth fill shall be carefully tamped around valve boxes to 3 feet on all sides or to the undisturbed face of the trench if less than that distance. Valves shall have the interiors cleaned of all foreign matter before installation. Stuffing boxes shall be tightened and the valve shall be inspected in both opened and closed positions to see that all parts are in working condition. All piping and valves shall be properly and adequately supported to prevent movement or undue strain on the piping and equipment. I I I TESTING, IN PLACE: Testing, in place shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of Section T-6 of these specifications. All valves shall be in place when lines are tested. Any cracked or defective valves discovered in I consequence of the testing shall be removed and replaced with sound material and the test shall be repeated until a satisfactory test is achieved. I PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for the work covered under this section of the specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the lump sum Bid for the completed work. I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T07.doc T7-5 I I SECTION T8 BUILDING ACCESSORIES I I SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, appliances, materials and in performing all operations in connection with the installation of all building accessory items as hereinafter designated, complete, in strict accordance with this specification, the applicable drawings, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. I DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE: Threshold, frames, and hardware shall be furnished by factory assembled and prehung with hardware attached. free from warps or buckles; miters shall be accurate. finished with color imbedded in gel coat. Color to be the door manufacturer, Finished work shall be Doors shall be factory approved by the Owner. I I Doors shall be 1 3/4" thick Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) and shall be the standard product of Chem Pruf Door Co. Ltd. or approved equal. I Frames shall be double rabbeted having 5/8 inch stops with 5/8 inch integral returns, and shall have 2 head and 2 inch jambs. Frames shall be reinforced for hinges and other hardware and shall be provided with sill anchors and six 3/8"x5" sleeve anchors (stop anchors) 3 each side for anchoring the jambs to the masonry walls. I I Weatherstripping shall be provided for pressurized room at 0.10 IWP as follows: Double seals shall be provided for all doors consisting of national Guard #5050 and #160A at the head and jambs, with National Guard #896 panic threshold at the base and Chem Pruf door sweeps. I Hardware: Except as otherwise indicated, door hardware shall be the 8300 series product of Sargent or shall be the comparable product of Yale, Fenestra, or approved equal. Hinges shall be Stanley, FBS 199 4 1/2" x 4 1/2", 3 hinges per door. Locksets shall be lubricated by graphite and shall be adjusted for proper operation; hinges shall have maintenance free lubrication. I I Hydraulic closers shall be provided for all doors and shall be Sargant series 350, standard application or approved equal. I The Contractor shall submit shop drawings, including a hardware schedule. The schedule shall include for each item: the quantities, manufacturer's catalog numbers, detail information, locations, and hardware set identification, corresponding ANSI or BHMA standard type or function number to manufacturer's catalog number. All locks shall be keyed alike to match plant access requirements. Finishes on all hardware shall be US32D unless otherwise noted. Hinges shall be stainless steel. Fastenings of proper type, size, quantity, and finish shall be supplied with each article of hardware. Fastenings exposed to the weather, chemical, or water process areas shall be of stainless steel. I I CAULKING: All joints between metal and metal, between metal and masonry on the exterior of the buildings, and under all metal thresholds at exterior doors shall be filled and caulked with Tremco "Mono", non-staining caulking compound (Fed. Spec. TT-S-00230) applied by gun in a manner that will exclude dust, air and 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-Toa.doc T8-1 I I SECTION T8 BUILDING ACCESSORIES I rain. All masonry to be in contact with caulking compound shall be given a coat of shellac before caulking is applied. Caulk joints before final coat of paint is applied to adjacent work if painting is required. I CARPENTRY: General: The requirements for carpentry in connection with form work is covered under CONCRETE of these specifications. I Lumber grading shall be in accordance Southern Pine lumber, full and square, sizes and job ripped to sizes indicated. with the current grading rules for surfaced four sides to standard yard I Dimension lumber shall have moisture content not exceeding Association Rules for the grade. I All lumber , nailers, blocking, curbs, cants, Yellow Pine treated in conformance with LP22 (CCA) and shall retain 0.4# per cu. ft. of dry dried after treatment. etc. shall be treated Southern with Chromated Copper Arsenate chemical. Lumber shall be kiln I I Plywood shall be grade-stamped in accordance with American Plywood Association standards and unless otherwise shown shall be Group 1 or 2, A-C manufactured with waterproof glue and installed with the "A" face exposed. I Installation: Install framing, blocking, furring, nailers, grounds, etc., accurately and securely attach to building structure with bolts, screws and nails. Bolts shall be drawn up tight and countersunk as needed for fit of the work. I Back Priminq: Paint concealed surfaces of all finished trim and millwork before erection with one coat of approved alkyd base paint. I Miscellaneous Materials: Bolts, nuts, washers, wood screws, metal screws, lag bolts, lead expansion shields and toggle bolts shall be furnished in sizes, types and quantities appropriate for the installations and in accordance with the best practices of the trade. Where exposed they shall be non-corroding type. I ROOFING, ROOF FLASHING, AND INSULATION: Roofinq shall be four-ply, built-up, pitch, premium tar-glas felt, roofing similar to Koppers Specification No. 495-4 (20 yr. Bond). the insulation shall be sealed prior to application of the roofing. and gravel Joints in Insulation not otherwise designated shall be 1-1/2" of fiberglass roof insulation having a conductance not greater than .19. The insulation shall be installed with a vapor barrier in conformance with Koppers Insulation and Vapor Barrier Specification No. IR474. Insulation shall be kept dry both in storage and during application; it shall be laid by pressing each sheet into the mopping of asphalt immediately ahead of insulation. Flashinq at vertical surfaces shall conform to standard Koppers details for existing walls and Heavy Metal Edge Roof; cap flashing shall be 16 oz. Copper; base flashing for formed openings shall be 16 oz. copper. Flashing for 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T08. doc T8-2 I I SECTION TS BUILDING ACCESSORIES I I plumbing pipes furnished by the plumbing subcontractor shall be installed under this section of the specifications. Nailers and cants shall be treated wood as elsewhere specified. Base flashing shall be installed before the top coating and surfacing of the built-up roof. Counter flashing shall lap the base flashing a minimum of 4 inches. Joints in continuous flashing shall be lapped at least 4 inches and tightly sealed with mastic. Wall flashing shall extend through the outer wyth to within ~' of the exterior face and shall bend back on itself ~ inch. I I Gravel Stops and Fascias shall be made of 3105 Aluminum fy = 26,000 psi to match the existing Gravel Stop System having fascia and soffit extensions, pitch dams, and joint flashing. I Cants: Install treated wood cant strips at the juncture of the roof and vertical surfaces by mopping the horizontal and vertical surfaces with hot asphalt and immediately embedding the cant strips. I Protection of Dissimilar Metals: Where dissimilar metals are in contact with each other (such as copper and galvanized iron) a piece of 15# felt shall be installed with hot asphalt in such a manner to separate the metals from being in contact with each other. Felt shall be neatly trimmed and excess asphalt removed after completion. I Bond: The Contractor shall provide a renewable twenty-year bond covering all roofing and roof flashing installed under Contract. Copies of the roofing and flashing bond shall be supplied to the Owner before final payment is made. I I SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES: Shop drawings shall be furnished in four copies for doors, finish hardware, accessories, and windows; fabrication shall not proceed until after Engineer's approval. Samples shall be submitted for approval of other materials at variance with the specified item. I PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for any of the work covered by this section of the specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the lump sum Bid for the completed work. I I . - - - 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T08. doc TS-3 I I SECTION T9 PAINTING AND FINISHING I SCOPE: I The work covered by this specification consists of furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, appliances, and materials, and in performing all operations in connection with the painting and coating of metals, masonry, concrete, wood, equipment, etc., of the work added or remodeled by this Contract and acoustical treatment, in strict accordance with this section of the specifications, the applicable drawings, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. I MATERIALS: Paint: All paint shall be fresh and shall arrive on the job in the original unopened containers which clearly show the name of the manufacturer and directions for application. This specification utilizes the products of the Induron Coatings, Inc. as the standard of quality and color. Equivalent materials of other manufacturers may be substituted on approval of the Engineer. Requests for substitution shall include manufactures literature for each product giving the name, generic type, descriptive information, and evidence of satisfactory past performance. Submittals shall include the performance data as certified by a qualified testing laboratory. I I I I All field-applied primers and undercoats shall be provided to insure compatibility of total coating systems and of the same manufacturer as the finish coats for each system as specified hereafter. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and re-prime as required. No thinner or solvents other than those approved by the coating manufacturer shall be used. Paint coating thicknesses specified are minimum dry film thickness unless otherwise stated. I I SURFACES REQUIRING PAINTING: Exterior painting shall include all ferrous metal work, concrete block, and touch up. i Interior painting shall include interior block walls, exposed wood, ferrous metal work, piping, fittings, valves, equipment and other metal work. Interior painting shall also include touch up of all surfaces modified or damaged during construction. I Equipment pre-finished by the manufacturer shall conform to the special requirements of the specification section in which the equipment is specified, shall be in accordance with the colors selected by the Engineer, and shall not have a finish of lower quality than comparable surface finishes specified in this section. I . . Chemical resistant coating shall be applied to all concrete surfaces of the lift station structure both new and existing which are exposed to atmosphere or sewage. This coating shall extend to a dept of l' below final grade on the outside of the structure. - - Brick, concrete (except as noted herein and as specifically noted elsewhere), aluminum, chrome, and stainless steel shall not be painted. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T09.doc T9-1 I I SECTION T9 PAINTING AND FINISHING I SURFACE PREPARATION: All surfaces which are to be painted shall, prior to application of paint, be cleaned, washed or otherwise prepared as specified herein. Surfaces of ferrous metal to receive Linseed Oil based primers shall be thoroughly cleaned of all scale, dirt, and rust by the use of steel scraper, wire brushes, sand blast, acid pickling, or other suitable tools and methods. Surfaces of ferrous metal to receive Phenolic, Vinyl, Epoxy, or Alkyd Primers shall be thoroughly cleaned by sandblasting or pickling, to near white, SPC-SP-I0, according to the latest edition of Steel Structures Painting Council Specifications. I I I Masonry surfaces requiring paint shall be free of moisture, dust, dirt, oil, grease or stains. Surface preparation remove mortar fins and protruding concrete to smooth masonry prior to painting. Surface shall be cured, clean and dry. Efflorescence, dirt, mortar, or other defacements shall be removed by brushing or, subject to the directions of the Engineer, by acid etching. Apply block fill to produce a smooth uniform surface before painting surface. I I Wood surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and free of all foreign matter, with cracks and nail holes and other defects properly filled and smoothed. Wood trim shall be sandpapered to a fine finish and wiped clean of dust. I Concrete Surfaces: On new concrete, air and water pits, splatters, protrusions or any other surface irregularities shall be resurfaced by the Contractor while the concrete is still green to produce a smooth flat surface. Poured concrete shall be cured for a minimum of 30 days at temperatures over 700 F before casting. Precast concrete which is steam cured during manufacturing may be coated at any time. All surfaces shall be brush- blasted in accordance with methods described in SSPC-SP-7 to remove all loose concrete, laitance, and provide a tooth for bonding. Existing concrete surfaces shall be pressure washed and rinsed with a 10% by volume chlorox solution, prior to blasting to remove oil, grease, dirt, and organics. In all cases, surface shall be clean, dry and free from curing compounds, oil, grease, dirt, previous coatings, or other foreign material. I I I WORKMANSHIP: I paintinq shall be done in a workmanlike manner, leaving the finished surface free from drops, ridges, waves, laps and brush marks. Sufficient time shall be allowed between coats to insure proper drying. Paint shall be applied under dry and dust-free conditions. Paint shall be applied in a manner that the coverage shall not exceed that recommended by the manufacturer. I PRIME AND FINISH COATS: Ferrous metals shall be prime coated in the shop and shall have any bare spots, due to handling or welding, touched up with one coat of the respective shop paint. Except for the linseed oil and red lead primer separately specified for structural steel and miscellaneous metals, all surfaces which are to be field painted shall be in accordance with the following schedule: - . - 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T09.doc T9-2 I I SECTION T9 PAINTING AND FINISHING I INTERIOR POROUS MASONRY: Prime Coat-Induron Polyfill Epoxy Block Filler (Polyamidoamine Epoxy) Coat as required to fill voids. (Yield - 80 - 100 square feet/gallon) Intermediate Coat - Induron Armorguard Epoxy (Polyamide Epoxy) Dry film Thickness: 4.0 6.0 mils Color: Shall be noticeably different from the finish coat-High Gloss Finish. Finish Coat - Induron Armorguard Epoxy (Polyamide Epoxy) Dry Film Thickness: 4.0 - 6.0 mils - Color Selection by Owner - High Gloss Finish I I I WASTEWATER IMMERSION STEEL & DUCTILE IRON: Prime Coat Induron Armorguard P-14 Epoxy Primer (Rust Inhibitive Polyamide Epoxy) Dry Film Thickness: 4.0 - 6.0 mils - Color: Tan. Finish Coats - Induron Ruff Stuff 2100 (Coal Tar Epoxy) Two coats at 8.0 - 10.0 mils per coat I I EXTERIOR NON-IMMERSION STEEL & DUCTILE IRON: Prime Coat-Induron Armorguard P-14 Epoxy Primer (Rust Inhibitive Polyamide Epoxy) Dry Film Thickness: 4.0 - 6.0 mils - Color: Tan Intermediate Coat-(Induron Armorguard Epoxy Polyamide Epoxy} Dry Film Thickness: 3.0-5.0 mils - Color noticeably different from the finish coat - High Gloss Finish I I WOOD: Finish Coat-Induron Indurethane 5500 (Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane) Dry Film Thickness: 1.5-2.5 mils - Color selection by Owner-High Gloss Finish I LIFT STATION CONCRETE (CHEMICAL RESISTANT COATING) : Preparation - Induron Aquatapoxy Gel system A-7 Apply to fill cracks, voids, pockmarks, and small holes. Primer Coat - permaclean II Epoxy (Polyamidoamine Epoxy) Dry Film Thickness: 3.0 - 6.0 dry mils. Color shall be noticeably different from the intermediate coat. Semi Gloss Finish Intermediate Coat - Permaclean II Epoxy (Polyamidoamine Epoxy) Dry Film Thickness: 3.0 - 6.0 dry mils. Color shall be noticeably different from the finish coat. Semi Gloss Finish Finish Coat - Induron Armorguard Epoxy (}Polyamide Epoxy) Dry Film Thickness: 3.0 - 6.0 dry mils Color Selection by Owner - Semi Gloss Finish I I TOUCH UP: All structural iron and steel shall be given spot prime with Glidden 5461 immediately after erection. Owner furnished equipment shall be "touched-up" with primers compatible with the shop primer and with the finish paint. All surfaces modified or damaged during construction shall be "touched-up" to match the existing finish with primers and paints compatible with the existing finish. 'ZELI ENGINEERS 9721-T09.doc T9-3 I I SECTION T9 PAINTING AND FINISHING I COLORS: Where two field coats or more are required by these specifications, the color selections shall be used for all except the final coat. Final paint shades must be approved after application of the initial coats and before the application of the final coat. Colors for the project piping shall conform to the color code. Other selections shall be as follows: I I Exterior Work: Cast iron MH frames, covers, and grates Black I Electrical Equipment Aluminum I Valves, valve operators and floor stands, and stem guides Color Code Piping Color Code I Electrical Building Selected colors to match existing Interior Work (General): I Piping Color Code Valves - to match Pipe Color Code I Ceilings Wall color plus 1 part white I Pipe Rails Aluminum Ductwork, Doors and Trim Same as wall, except I EXPOSED PIPE PAINTING: Identification painting shall be provided for all piping. Names and flow arrows shall be stenciled on all interior piping in an appropriate contrasting color. I Name of Item Color . Potable Water Piping Blue - Non-Potable Water Piping Dark Blue Mechanical Equipment Machine Gray Electrical Duct Banks Red Raw Sewage Piping Battleship Gray 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T09.doc T9-4 I I SECTION T9 PAINTING AND FINISHING I CLEAN UP: The project shall be kept free from surplus materials, dirt and rubbish at all times. After completion of the work, all paint spots or other marks shall be removed from floors, walls, doors and windows, etc. All exposed metal work and glass shall be carefully cleaned and the building and site left clean and ready for operation. I I PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for any work covered by this section of the specifications. All costs associated therewith shall be included in the lump sum Bid for the completed work. I I I I I I I I . - 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T09.doc T9-5 I I SECTION TIO STAINLESS STEEL - 14-INCH DIAMETER AND ABOVE I The work covered by this section of the specification includes furnishing all plant, labor, supervision equipment and materials, and in performing all operations in connection with the installation of all piping, fittings, hangers, supports and appurtenances as required for the proper connection and operation of the wastewater treatment plant in strict compliance with this section of the specifications and the applicable plans and subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. I I GENERAL: The Contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer complete drawings of all pump manifolds, and all complex assemblies and appurtenances, accurately and adequately dimensioned and with sufficient descriptive matter to indicate clearly the installation and connection to appurtenant equipment. I I Pipe, appurtenances and accessories shall be new and unused materials and shall be the standard products of reputable manufacturers normally engaged in the manufacture of that particular item. Fittings for all pipe shall be as manufactured for the type and class of pipe forming the pipeline in which they are installed. Pipes located inside structures, above ground or attached to structures shall be rigidly supported. I I At all times when actual pipe erection is not in progress, all open ends of pipe and fittings shall be securely and completely closed with mechanical or expandable plugs so as to positively exclude the entrance of all trench water, earth or other foreign substance into the line. All completed pipelines shall be cleaned of dirt and superfluous materials and shall be flushed to remove any foreign matter remaining therein. Any section of pipe found to be defective before or after laying shall be replaced at no additional expense to the Owner. I I Joints: Flanged joints shall have the gaskets inserted between flanges, and bolts shall be tightened in such a manner as to distribute evenly the stresses carried by the bolts so as to bring the pipe in alignment and make a tight joint without overstressing the pipe or the individual bolts. Gaskets shall be full faced lIS" thick rubber. Bolts shall be stainless steel. I I PIPE SUPPORTS: The Contractor shall furnish and install such pipe supports and hangers as are indicated, or as may be required to prevent excess stresses in the joints, and to hold piping rigid and free from vibration under all conditions of operation. Pipe to be supported above concrete slabs shall be supported on approved supports. Piping supported from above shall be supported on adjustable pipe hangers. !!!! The pipe shall be made by a manufacturer experienced in producing pipe of the type and size specified herein. The pipe manufacturer shall have produced such pipe, having a successful performance record of at least five years in this country. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-TlO.doc T10-1 I I SECTION T10 STAINLESS STEEL - 14-INCH DIAMETER AND ABOVE Desiqn Conditions: I The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, for his approval, copies of the shop drawings, design calculations and laying schedule from the manufacturer specified in his bid proposal. I The following design conditions must be met: I · Operating pressure: · Surge pressure: · Test pressure: · Fluid: 25 psig 50 psig 75 psig hydrostatic Wastewater at 800 F. I PIPE MARKINGS: All pipe, fittings and specials shall have design information marked on the outside of the pipe. All fittings and special pipe shall be marked with a number corresponding to that shown on the installation schedule. I I LAYING-INSTALLATION SCHEDULE: An installation schedule for the pipe, fittings and specials shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of construction for review. The installation schedule is to be used by the Contractor as a guide for delivery and installation sequence. The installation schedule shall list the sequence and location of the pipe, fittings and specials comprising the proposed pipeline. I I PIPE INSTALLATION: The pipe shall at all times be handled with equipment designed to prevent damage to the joints, or to the inside or outside surfaces of the pipe. I DEFECTIVE WORK: If the inspection or tests show defects, such defective work or material shall be replaced and inspection and tests repeated. All repairs to piping shall be made with new material. No caulking of joints or holes will be acceptable. Adjustments required in order to obtain satisfactory operation of the systems shall be made by the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. . PAINTING: All exposed non-stainless steel piping and appurtenances shall be painted in accordance with the requirements of Painting Section of these specifications. AS BUILT DRAWINGS: The Contractor shall maintain a current and drawings showing the as built location of all piping, valves, and drains. Upon completion shall furnish this set to the Engineer. complete set of marked up underground and above ground of the work, the Contractor 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T10.doc T10-2 I I SECTION T10 STAINLESS STEEL - 14-INCH DIAMETER AND ABOVE I PIPE AND FITTINGS: Pipe shall be manufactured from ASTM A240 annealed and pickled sheets and plates in accordance with ASTM A778 in type 304L stainless steel. Pipe shall be manufactured to nominal pipe sizes, as listed in ANSI B36.19, Table 2. I Pipe shall be die-formed or rolled true to dimension and round. Tolerances for length, inside and outside diameter and straightness shall conform to ASTM A530. The two edges of sheet shall be brought to line so as not to leave a shoulder on the inside of the pipe. Ends of pipe and fittings shall be perpendicular to the longitudinal axis. Longitudinal seams on pipe and fittings shall be welded by either the tungsten gas, or metallic-gas, or plasma method. The interior welds shall be smooth, even and shall not have an internal bead higher than 1/16". All pipes shall be marked with gauge and type of stainless steel. I I I Fittings shall be butt weld type manufactured in accordance with ASTM A774 of the same raw material and in the same thicknesses as the pipe. Long radius elbows up to 24" diameter shall be smooth flow; i. e., centerline to end of elbow equals 1.5 times the nominal pipe size. All short radius, special radius, and reducing elbows and long radius elbows greater than 24" diameter shall be of mitered construction with at least (5) mitered sections for 900 bends, (3) mitered sections for 450 and 600 bends, and (2) mitered sections for 300 and smaller bends. Reducers shall be straight tapered, cone type. Tees, crosses, laterals and wyes shall be shop fabricated from pipe. I I I The finish on the raw material, manufactured to ASTM A240 will be No.1, HRAP (hot rolled annealed and pickled) or better. The finish on the completed pipe and fittings shall be as specified in ASTM A778 and A774 respectively. I FLANGES: Flange pipe ends shall be made up of type 316L stainless steel slip-on type rolled angle face rings and prime painted ductile iron or 304L backup flanges drilled to ANSI 16.5 class 150 standard. All slip-on angle face rings will be offset 1/4" and will be continuously welded on both sides to the pipe or fitting. The backup flanges shall be supplied with nominal thicknesses in accordance with the requirements. COUPLING: The piping will be shop prepared for pipe couplings where drawings or specified herein. Where joint harness is required, provided per AWWA Steel Pipe Manual Table 19.8 at 50 psi. shown on the lugs will be JOINTS: Flanges shall be provided at valve and equipment where shown in the Drawings and at other locations where necessary for proper installation. Flanges shall be provided as a minimum at all flanged valves, meters, couplings, and other equipment. Pipe and fitting spools shall be shop fabricated to the fullest extent possible. 9721-TlO.doc T10-3 'ZEL, ENGINEERS I I SECTION T10 STAINLESS STEEL - 14-INCH DIAMETER AND ABOVE I All other joints required for shipping, handling, and installation of the piping spools shall be flanged unless otherwise shown or specified. I If field welding is required, plain ends 10GA (.141") and heavier will be beveled. CLEANING AND PICKLING: I After the manufacture of individual stainless steel fittings and pipe lengths, they shall be pickled by immersion in a tank containing an ambient 10% nitric and 3% hydrofluoric acid in a water bath at 1200 F. the duration of immersion shall be 15 to 20 minutes and may be supplemented by manually scrubbing or brushing with non metallic pads or stainless steel wire brushes. The acid treatment shall be followed by immersion in a rinse water tank, followed, if necessary, by a spray rinse. The stainless steel products shall be allowed to air dry to achieve passivation. I I I After shop fabrication into pipe spools, exterior welds and heat affected zone will be cleaned using one or both of the following applications: I · All internal welds, where accessible, shall be cleaned manually and/or mechanically scrubbed or brushed with non metallic pads or stainless steel wire brushes to remove weld discoloration (rinsed with clean water and allowed to air dry. · Application of a pickling paste to remove any weld discoloration, followed by a clean water rinse and allowed to air dry. I WELDING: I Welding of pipe spools shall be performed using welders and procedures qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX. Piping with wall thicknesses up to and including llGA (O.125") shall be welded with TIG (GTAW) process. Heavier walls shall be beveled according to procedure, root pass welded with the TIG (GTAW) and have subsequent weld passes performed using the TIG (GTAW), MIG (GMAW), or Metallic Air (SMAW) process. Filler metal of equal or superior ELC grades only shall be added to all welds to provide a cross section at the weld equal to or greater than the parent metal. Weld deposit shall be smooth and evenly distributed. I I Concavity, undercut, cracks, or crevices shall not be allowed. Butt welds shall have full penetration to the interior surface, and inert argon gas shielding shall be provided to the interior and exterior of the joints. Angle face rings shall be continuously welded on both sides to pipe or fitting. Exterior welds, such as the back side of face rings or flanges and structural attachments, may be welded by the MIG (GMAW) or Metallic Arc (SMAW) process; interior surface on very light walls. Excessive weld deposits, slag, spatter, and projections shall be removed by grinding. Welds on gasket surfaces shall be ground smooth. Spools shall be fabricated to the "Pipe Fabrication Institute" tolerances ES-3 (1981). fabricating 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T10.doc T10-4 I I SECTION TlO STAINLESS STEEL - 14-INCH DIAMETER AND ABOVE I I After fabrication, pipe spools shall be plugged, blanked or capped for storage and/or transport. I All pipe spools shall be utilizing an adhesive label. each spool, on opposite sides. labeled showing line number and spool number Spools longer than 8'-0" shall have labels at I PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for any of the work covered by this section of the specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the lump sum Bid for the completed work. I I I I I I . 9721-T10.doc T10-5 'ZEL, ENGINEERS I I SECTION T11 HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION I I GENERAL: This portion necessary for hoist. of work shall the deli very include labor, material, tools and installation of a three (3) and equipment ton electric I SUBMITTALS: Make all submittals in accordance with the requirements of the Project. I Submi t shop drawings showing clearance including general arrangement and installation of the hoist. dimensions, electrical details wiring of construction diagrams, for I Submit operation and maintenance manuals for the hoist in accordance with the requirements of the Project. Quality criteria: The latest editions of the following specifications and or specification codes shall be conformed unless otherwise noted herein. I American National Standards Institute (ANSI) ANSI B 30.11 I American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) I American Welding Society (AWl) Hoist Manufacturers Institute (HMI) I HST-4M-1985 Electric Wire Rope Hoist National Electrical Code (NEC) I Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) I PRODUCTS: Acceptable manufacturers shall be Acco Wright or approved equal. Hoist: . - - General: Provide an under running, parallel mounted, motorized hoist having two-part, double reeving for vertical lift. Operating Equipment: requirements: The hoist shall meet the following minimum Net load at hoist hook, tons Lift, feet Lifting speed Trolley speed 3 36 15 FPM 35 FPM 9721-T11.doc T11-1 'ZEL, ENGINEERS I I SECTION Tll HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION I CONTROLS: The hoist shall be single speed providing 15 FPM vertical lifting speed at the rated load. Controls shall be magnetic reversing type, mechanically and electrically interlocked with a 115 volt control circuit. All wiring shall conform to applicable NEC and CSA requirements. Controls shall include time delay fuses for branch circuit overcurrent protection and motor running overcurrent protection. Controls shall be housed in NEMA 4X enclosures. I I Hoist and trolley functions shall be controlled by a NEMA 4X pendant control. I PROTECTIVE DEVICES ON HOIST: An electrical interlock shall prevent the motor from operating against the motor brake. I A gravity-type upper hook travel limit switch shall be provided. shall be equipped with an automatic momentary lowering circuit. the uni t I A non-friction electro-mechanical overload cutoff shall interrupt the raising circui t when the hoist is overloaded @ 125% of the rated capacity of the hoist. The cutoff shall automatically reset when the overload condition is corrected. I Hoist motor: The hoist motor shall be a standard NEMA flange, Class "F: insulation, 30 minute duty motor designed for 460 volt, 60 HZ, 3 phase power. the motor shall have a standard NEMA shaft extension. I Gear train: The gear train shall consist of quiet running, compact helical gearing and external spur drum gear all enclosed in the same oil-tight housing. All gearing shall be machine cut, heat-treated alloy steel with shock-resistant ductile cores. Gearing shall be designed to AGMA standards for maximum life and shall operate in an oil bath. The housing shall provide rapid dissipation of heat. I I Bearings: Precision heavy-duty shall support all shafts. All bearings shall be either splash lubricated or lifetime pre-lubricated and sealed. I Drum: The drum shall be a large diameter steel drum with deep machined grooves and large flanges. At least two full turns of rope shall remain on the drum at the lowest rated hook position. Wire rope and hook: The wire rope shall be 5/16 inch, 6/37 construction preformed improved plow steel with fiber center of XIP steel with steel center. Swedged fittings shall be provided on both ends. The hook shall be a drop-forged, heat-treated steel hook with spring latch. The hook shall swivel 360 degrees on a shielded roller thrust bearing. Motor brake: The motor brake shall be a magnet-actuated disc, and shall provide rapid stops with a minimum of hook drift. The brake shall be rated at a minimum of 150% of rated load motor torque. Hoist trolley: The trolley shall be motorized under running. The electrification for the hoist shall be by flat cable festooning with stainless steel components across the monorail. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T11.doc Tll-2 I I SECTION Tll HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION I INSTALLATION: The hoist shall be installed by the supplier. I The Contractor shall furnish and install all electrical work and equipment required for a complete and operable system. Load test the system at 125% capacity of the load. supplied by the Contractor. Test load shall be I PAINTING: All surfaces shall be prepared, shop primed and factory painted as part of the work under this section. I MANUFACTURER SERVICE: Furnish the services of a factory representative, having complete knowledge of the operational and maintenance requirements and adjustments of the system, for an eight (S) hour day. The factory representative shall instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation and adjustments of the equipment. The day shall be in addition to any installation time and designed by the OWNER. I I I PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for work covered under this section of the specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the lump sum Bid for the completed work I I I I 9721-T11.doc Tll-3 'ZEL, ENGINEERS I I SECTION T12 PUMPING EQUIPMENT I I PUMPING EQUIPMENT: General and Special Conditions and all other contract requirements shall apply to this section of the specifications. I The "Submersible Pumps, Motors, Motor Control Centers and Control" have been purchased by the Owner in accordance with the specification bearing that title which are included herein. I The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineers and Owner's authorized representative the need for factory personnel for erection or start up or technical assistance. I The Contractor shall install the equipment completely in accordance with these drawings and specification and Section T-9, Equipment Erection and manufacturers instructions and supplemental drawings. The contractor shall not energize any portion of the Owner supplied equipment without permission of the Owner and Engineer. I I Certain equipment included in the Owner's pre-purchased equipment will be available at various times so as not to impede the progress of the work. Such equipment will be the pump discharge elbows, guide cables and guide cable attachments. I I I I 9721-T12.doc T12-1 'ZEL, ENGINEERS I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I I "PART A" AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY I GENERAL CONDITIONS EQUIPMENT PURCHASES I THE "PURCHASER" IS AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY THE "ENGINEER" IS ZIMMERMAN, EVANS AND LEOPOLD, INC. I Proposals and quoted prices must reflect the following General Conditions of Equipment Purchases. 1. TITLE RETENTION CLAUSE I Any clauses dealing with title retention or ownership are to be excluded from the proposal. I 2. PRICING I The Purchaser is exempt by status from payment of federal, state and municipal sales, excise, and other taxes. I The Seller shall submit his proposal as a lump sum and will be required to submit a price breakdown if he is the successful bidder or seller, as outlined in Paragraph 29. I Where Seller is proposing a system his proposal shall be broken down to each item of equipment and priced individually as follows: Item Description Motor HP-RPM Shipping Weight Price F.O.B. Auqusta,GA I The Seller shall submit with his proposal, a list of recommended spare parts and a separate price for each spare part. 3. SHIPMENT AND FREIGHT CHARGES All proposals shall be made on the basis of equipment and material supplied F.O.B. Augusta, Georgia, with freight charges allowed and prepaid. 4. PROTECTIVE COATING AND PAINTING a} All equipment will be protected as follows as a minimum: 1} Machined wearing surfaces; carbon steel, stainless steel, and bronze shall receive a coat of preserving grease prior to shipment. 2} Non-wearing stainless steel, bronze and aluminum - NONE. 9721-Genera1 Cond.doc GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I I 3} All non-wearing carbon steel surfaces, miscellaneous structural steel, steel fabrications and weldments such as mounting lugs, structural bases, chute exteriors, machine frames and covers, safety guards and other steel surfaces: I Surface Preparation: Commercial Steel Structures Painting Council with dry grit sized to produce 1.5 blast cleaning in Specification SP-6, mil profile. accordance with current edition, I Paintinq: One (I) shop coat, evenly applied wi thin eight (8) hours after surface preparation, three (3) mils dry film thickness, spray applied, by the method indicated on one of the primers listed below: I Primers: I Carboline Mobil Porter Tnemec Company Sherwin-Williams and Other Approved Equals Carbo-Zinc II Chemical Mobilzinc 7 Zinc-Lock 35 1 Tnemc-Zinc 92 Zinc-Clad 7 I I b) In the event the above specification cannot be reasonably met the proposal shall give a complete description of the manufacturer's standard surface preparation and painting practices. The Vendor shall warrant his standard painting to be compatible with chlorinated rubber (Sherwin-William C&M Enamel or equal) finish coat so that there shall not be any lifting of the primer or subsequent delamination of the finish coat. If barrier coats are required to assure compatibility, they shall be applied at the expense of the Vendor. A statement to this effect shall be given in the proposal. I I c) Where equipment is primer may be used. to receive insulation, the manufacturer's standard However, it shall be described in the proposal. I d) In case of any discrepancy between these surface preparations and painting specifications as listed above, and any specifications that may be on the Engineer's bid drawings or in equipment specifications, the specifications or drawings shall prevail. . e) For building structural steel, see Special 3 Coat specifications. System in technical 5. SPECIAL TOOLS All special tools required for installation, proposed equipment will be furnished with the in the price quoted. These tools (if any) adjustment or maintenance of the equipment and their cost included should be listed in the proposal. 6. CHARGES FOR SUPERVISION a} The proposal shall state the cost of supplying erection or start-up supervision, including the hourly or daily rate for the representative's 9721-General Cond. doc GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 2 I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I I time and the daily rate for expenses. Initial travel to, and final travel from the job, will be the Purchaser's account. The Purchaser reserves the right to reject all supervision of erection offered by the Seller and in no case will supervisors travel to the site without the Purchaser's prior request, or consent. I b) Failure of any erection supervisor to notify the Purchaser, or his authorized representative, of his arrival and/or failure to notify of his planned departure, shall automatically void any charges for his services for that visit. I c) If an erection supervisor is to be paid for at an hourly rate, he must present to the Purchaser, or his representative, a daily record of his work time, with a description of the work done each day, and this record must be signed each day by the Purchaser's Representative. Failure to do so will void any charges for such work I I 7. LABOR AFFILIATION AND CONTRACT I The proposal shall include a statement as to the bidder's labor affiliation and the length of existing labor contracts. B. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS I Operating voltage levels are given below: SIXTY HERTZ UTILIZATION SERVICE I 120 VOLTS, SINGLE PHASE 480 volts, three phase Lighting, Control & Misc. Motors through 600 HP I 9. STANDARDS I Unless indicated or specified otherwise, materials and workmanship shall conform with the latest editions of the following standards: a} American National Standards Institute; I b) Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers; c) National Electrical Manufacturers Association; d) National Board of Fire Underwriters; e) Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.; f) Local and State Building Codes, and all other authorities having jurisdiction; g) National Electrical Code; h) Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association Specification; 9721-General Cond.doc GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 3 I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I i) American Society of Testing Materials; I j} National Bureau of Standards Handbook, H-30 National Electric Safety Code; I k} OSHA latest Standards. 10. TESTS I Equipment and materials furnished under these specifications shall be tested in accordance with applicable accepted industry standards. Special test requirements shall be as given in "Request for Quotations", or in Part B specific equipment specifications. I 11. DESCRIPTrvE ~TERIAL I All equipment, material or services, offered must be fully and clearly described by means of drawings, written specifications and documents as required by the nature of the offering. I In addition, the following information must be included, when applicable: I a} The uncrated weight of each major item of equipment. b) The shipping weight of each item of equipment offered. I c) For all vessels, a statement of: I} Interior volume in cubic feet when filled to overflow; I 2} If a pressure vessel, the applicable AS ME Code Section under which manufactured, the pressure and temperature ratings and the materials to be used. I 12. WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES a} Performance . . A performance warranty based on the performance required in the technical section of these specifications will be incorporated in the purchase contract. An amount equal to 20% of the purchase price will be retained by the Purchaser until satisfactory operation has been achieved in accordance with the terms of the guarantee. In the event that the equipment should fail to perform in accordance with the purchase contract, and modifications and additions are required, they shall be made by the Vendor without cost to the Purchaser. In the event that the Vendor is unable to modify the equipment to meet performance guarantees, the purchaser shall have the option to return the equipment to the vendor for a full refund of the purchase price. 9721-Genera1 Ccnd.doc GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 4 I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I b) Materials and Workmanship I As a minimum, unless stated otherwise in Part "B", all equipment and materials offered shall be guaranteed free of defects in material and workmanship for a period of one (I) year after installation and start- up, all defective materials shall be replaced by the vendor, F.O.B. Augusta, Georgia at no cost to the Purchaser. Pumping Equipment shall be guaranteed seven (7) years as stated in Part B. I I c) A specific statement of all warranties offered including all limitations in scope and time, shall be a part of the proposal. 13. DELIVERY OF MATERIALS I Delivery is accepted by Augusta-Richmond County only between the hours of 9:00 A.M. and 4:00 P.M. EST/EDT, Monday through Friday except holidays. Deliver to the J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant, 1820 Doug Barnard Parkway, Augusta, GA 30906. I I Proposal must contain a guarantee of the time required to complete deli very after placement of order, and approval of preliminary drawings. If more than one shipment is required, a schedule of such shipments must be included in the proposal. (See Part B for Special Delivery Requirements.) I 14. S~SSION OF DRAWINGS I Proposals must state the time required to submit drawings, instruction manuals, wiring diagrams, etc., required for the complete design of all facilities associated with the equipment. For instance, the drawings must define such aspects as structural loadings, details of piping and wiring connections, dimensional outlines for operating and maintenance clearance purposes, anchor bolt locations, and special foundation requirements. I 15. INSPECTION I The Purchaser reserves the right to visit the Seller's shop and to inspect equipment being manufactured on his order. The Seller shall supply the Inspecting Agent with all assistance practicable including drawings and documents, as well as a guide who is familiar with the work in progress. - 16. EXCLUSIONS The following will be supplied by the Purchaser, and will not be included in the proposal: a} Anchor bolts; b) Foundations; c) Erection labor, unless otherwise specifically requested. 9121-Genera1 Cond.doc GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 5 I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I 17 . STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE I The proposal must include a statement of compliance with all provisions of this request and the accompanying documents, and failure to include such a statement automatically subjects the proposal to be rejected by the Purchaser. I 18. RIGHT TO REJECT PROPOSALS I a} The Purchaser reserves the right to accept any proposal or to reject any or all proposals, and to waive all technicalities in the opening of proposals. b) The Purchaser reserves the right to accept any or all of the items in a proposal from one Seller, or to reject any or all items in a proposal from one Seller, and to waive all technicalities in the opening of proposals. I I 19. MAILING OF PROPOSALS I Proposals shall be mailed or delivered as follows: Richmond County Purchasing Department, Room 605, Street, Augusta, GA 30911. Send four copies to Augusta- Municipal Building, Greene 20. SAFETY I All equipment shall comply with all regulations for safety, etc., as set forth by Federal, State and Local Authorities and National Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA). I The Supplier shall certify that all entities furnished under this proposal will conform to and comply with said standards and regulations. The Supplier further agrees to indemnify, hold and save. harmless the Purchaser for all damages or penalties assessed against the Purchaser as a result of Supplier's failure to meet the requirements of the Act and the standards issued thereunder and for the failure of the items furnished under this proposal to meet said requirements. I I 21. THE FOLLOWING SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (ITEMS 22 THRU 31) ARE TO BE MET BY THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER ONLY. 22. SHOP PRINTS AND SUBMITTALS a} The Supplier must submit to Zimmerman, Evans and Leopold five (5) copies as follows: The Supplier has the option to submit prints as "Certified for Installation" or "Preliminary for Approval". Thus prints for any piece of equipment, etc., which is of Standard Manufacture and does not require additional information from the Engineers may be submitted "Certified for Installation". A copy of each print submitted shall be returned to the Supplier with the appropriate action which will be one of the following: 9721-Genera1 Cand.doc GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 6 I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I I} Approved. If the print was submitted "Approved for Installation", this will be the only approval given and no further submission will be required. If the print was submitted "Preliminary for Approval", the print will be noted and returned to be resubmitted "Certified for Installatiorr'. I I 2) Approved As Noted. The indicated changes and corrections shall be made and the print resubmitted "Certified for Installation". I I 3) Returned for Correction. This type of approval means that submitted is not applicable and an the print, and the print returned. for some reason the print explanation will be noted on I The following data must appear on all prints submitted for Installation": "Certified for I I} Purchaser's Name; 2} Purchaser's Order Number; I 3} Engineer's Project Number; 4} Purchaser's Equipment Number and/or Motor Number; I 5} A statement that the print is certified by the Seller as being correct for the equipment offered and for the Purchaser's application and shall be signed or initialed by the Seller. - c) The following data must "Preliminary for Approval": omit item 5. appear on all prints submitted Same as Paragraph 23(b} above except d) Number of prints required: 1} "Certified for Installation" (a) Process Equipment and Motors Five (5) prints (b) Instrumentation Five (5}prints (c) Electrical, other than Motors Five (5) prints 2) "Preliminary for Approval" (a) Process Equipment and Motors Five (5) Copies 9121-General Cond.doc GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 7 I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I (b) Instrumentation Five (5) Copies I I (c) Electrical, other than Motors Five (5) Copies 3} Mailing of Shop Prints I All mailing of prints with transmittal in duplicate shall be mailed to Zimmerman, Evans and Leopold, Inc. to the Attention of J.J. Tankersley, P.E. I 23. DISTRIBUTION OF PRINTS TO PURCHASER I Distribution of items under Engineer. Item 23 shall be made to the Purchaser by the 24. INSTALLATION MANUALS I The Seller shall furnish hardback bound manuals complete with the necessary data to design the installation of, and install the equipment furnished. Mail six (6) copies of this manual to Zimmerman, Evans and Leopold no later than three (3) weeks after receipt of purchase order. (This data may be included and furnished in the manuals required under Item 26, if desired.) I 25. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS I The Seller shall furnish hardback bound manuals complete with operating instructions and maintenance data. These manuals shall include necessary detailed parts drawings, parts lists, characteristic curves for pumps, installation drawings and data, lubrication instructions and specifications of lubricants, bearing data sheets with bearing manufacturer's standard numbers, analyses of all special materials, and any other data necessary to properly install, maintain or replace all, or any part of the equipment furnished. Mail six (6) copies of this manual to Zimmerman, Evans and Leopold, Inc. no later than six (6) weeks after first issue of certified prints. 26. PACKING AND MARKING a} All equipment shall be tagged with a semi-permanent tag stating the Purchaser's Purchase Order Number, the Purchaser's mechanical and/or electrical equipment number, whether or not the equipment is crated or boxed. If crated or boxed, the same information shall also be placed on the crate or box in letters at least one-inch high. b) Any charges resulting from improper packing or loading will be for the Seller's account. 9121-Genera1 Cond.doc GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 8 I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUN'l'Y, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I I 27. RELEASE FOR IGNUFACTURE I The Seller will not begin manufacture, nor permit any subcontractor to do until he has received approval of his certified drawings as described paragraph 23, or received a specific release from this requirement by Purchaser. so, in the I 28. FINAL PRICE BREAlmOWN I The Seller must agree to, and be prepared to furnish, a complete breakdown of his price by major and minor components, per listings and accounting numbers to be furnished by the Purchaser. This breakdown will be into components usually sold on the market separately as equipment items, but will not be carried so far as a breakdown into components normally sold as parts; i.e., V-belt drives will each carry a separate price and gear reducers will each carry a separate price, but the gears, bearings, casing parts, etc., which comprise the reducers, will not. In general, the breakdown will not be carried so far as to cause a hardship upon the Seller. For the Seller's guidance, a sample breakdown will be furnished in advance, if requested. I I I 29. ROYALTIES AND PATENTS I Seller shall indemnify and save Purchaser harmless from and against any claim that any of the equipment or the use thereof infringes upon any International or United States Patent, and at his own cost and expense shall defend any action against Purchaser upon any such claim and payor secure Purchaser against any judgment in any action, provided that Purchaser shall have given prompt notice of the claim and delivered to Seller all papers received upon the claim or the action in the event of any such claim. Seller shall have the right to, and in the event of any adverse judgment in any such action, it shall, either procure a royalty-free, unconditional license under the patent involved permitting Purchaser to continue use of the equipment, or so change the equipment, without thereby making it unsatisfactory as to performance, that it shall not infringe patent. I I I 30. RULES AND REGULATIONS COVERING CONTRACTING COMPANIES WORKING OR VISITING ON PURCHASER'S PROPERTY I The Seller must comply with the rules and regulations governing contracting companies working or visiting on the Purchaser's property. These rules and regulations or an escort will be furnished to the successful Vendor at the time of the commencement of work or visit. I 31. PROGRESS CHART I Seller shall furnish monthly a Progress Chart. It shall arrive by the tenth (10th) of each month and show the percentage completed on the various stages to the end of the month preceding the transmittal of the chart. This chart is to I 9721-Genera1 Cand.doc GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 9 . . I I ~8TA-RICJD<<)ND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I start with the 10th of the month following the month in which the successful Vendor was notified. I If the Vendor has a standard Progress Chart which he normally uses the convey the information, his standard form may be used. I Distribution of the chart: I Three (3) copies to: I Zimmerman, Evans and Leopold, Inc. 435 Telfair Street Augusta, GA 30901 Attention: Mr. J.J. Tankersley, P.E. I I I I I I I I I I I 9121-Genera1 Cend.doc GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 10 I I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA lB. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 F ebruarv 1999 I I "PART B" AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS I SCOPE: I The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, materials and appliances and performing all operations in connection with the furnishing, testing and initial operation of the pumping and electrical equipment, complete with all appurtenances, in strict accordance with this specifications and the applicable drawings, and subject to the terms of the Purchase Order and Part A, General Conditions of Equipment Purchase. The pumps, motors and motor control center and control specified herein shall be supplied by one supplier to make a completely coordinated installation. I I 1. Performance and Other Bonds: I Because of the restrictive time constraints of this project, the bidder shall. include with his bid the following items: I 1. A performance affidavit signed by any officer of the company, notarized, that certifies that the equipment bid as proposed meets all sections and paragraphs of the specifications as written. The base bid must reflect NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN. Any exceptions must be fully documented. All specific deviations from the specifications must be accompanied by a detailed listing of a cost savings for that specific item, if accepted. I I 2. Certified sectional and dimension drawings. 3. Certified performance curves showing head, flow, Bhp, Hydraulic efficiencies, and NPSHR. I Each PROPOSAL must be accompanied by a Bid Bond payable to the Owner for ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the BID. As soon as the BID prices have been compared, the OWNER will return the bonds of all except the three lowest responsible BIDDERS. When the Agreement is executed the bonds of the two remaining unsuccessful BIDDERS will be returned. The Bid Bond of the successful BIDDER will be retained until the Payment Bond and Performance Bond have been executed and approved, after which it will be returned. A certified check may be used in lieu of a Bid Bond. Time constraints on this project are very restrictive. Project time-lines will commence on a date two (2) days after the specified required date of submittal. Re-submittal reviews will not delay the commencement of liquidated damages. I I I I In the event that the proposed equipment does not meet these specifications as evidenced by a submittal not complying with these specifications, the deficient proposer shall forfeit the Bid Bond in favor of Augusta Richmond County and the evaluation process will proceed to the I 9721 Part B.doc Page 1 I I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I I next Proposal. The forfeiture of the Bid Bond is to compensate for damages incurred by Augusta Richmond County for loss of time, effort, and engineering expense. I VENDOR shall furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each at least equal to the purchase price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all VENDOR's obligations under Purchase Order. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as otherwise provided by Law or Regulation or by Purchase Order. All Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by Law or Regulation or by the Purchase Order and be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act. I I I If the surety on any Bond furnished VENDOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet other requirements of the above paragraph, VENDOR shall -within five days thereafter substitute another Bond and Surety, both of which must be acceptable to PURCHASER. I I 2. Delivery: I VENDOR shall deliver the materials specified herein on or before July 9, 1999. Shop drawings suitable for approval for release of manufacture shall be submitted with the proposal. I 3. Liquidated Damages: I PURCHASER and Supplier recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that PURCHASER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph Delivery above. They also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by PURCHASER and Supplier if the work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, PURCHASER and Supplier agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) SUPPLIER shall pay PURCHASER Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) for each day that expires after the time specified for delivery. I I I - I I 9721 Part B.doc Page 2 I I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 F ebruarv 1999 I PUMPING EQUIPMENT I 1. General: I Standard Products: The equipment furnished under this section of the specifications shall be standard products in regular production by manufacturers who are regularly engaged in the production of equipment of this type, and who have produced such units which have been in satisfactory and successful wastewater treatment plant works operation for a period of at least five years. I I Equipment Submittal: Within 15 calendar days after award of contract, the SUPPLIER shall furnish for the Engineer's written approval, five copies of manufacturer's bulletins, specifications, pump curves and other data showing size, performance and mounting base dimensions, and complete data on electrical starting and control equipment. I 2. Pumps: I Furnish nine (9) submersible non-clog pumps meeting the following performance requirements. The pump's submersible electric motor shall be capable on operation on 460 Volts, three (3) phase, 60 Hz service. The motor shall be supplied with properly sized electric submersible power cable and control cable sized in accordance with NEC standards. I I Capacities (GPM) TDH (Feet) Minimum Efficiency (%) I 6,000 7,000 8,000 Shut Off 56.0 51.0 45.0 81. 0 81% 83% 82% I Eight (8) pumps will be installed and one shall supply storage instructions for approval. (1) all will be a spare. pumps within 30 Supplier days of I Referenced Standards: I American Iron & Steel Institute (AISI) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Factory Mutual (FM) Hydraulic Institute Standards for Centrifugal, Recip, Pumps (HI) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) National Electrical Code (NEC) National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA) I . . I 9721 Part B.doc Page 3 I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA lB. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I Warranty: I The pump manufacturer shall warrant the pump and motor to the PURCHASER against defects in workmanship and materials for a period of seven (7) years under normal use and service for municipal Wastewater Treatment Plant Lift Station applications. The pump manufacturer's warranties shall be in published form and shall apply to all similar units. A copy of each warranty shall be provided to the PURCHASER with delivery. I I 3. Acceptable Manufacturers: I All products must fully comply with these specifications. product must be modified, if required, for compliance. Standard 4. Pump Design: I The pump's design shall allow for removal and reinstallation of the pump without the need for personnel to enter the confined space of the wet well and without the removal of bolts, nuts or other fasteners. The pump shall connect to a permanently mounted discharge connection by simple downward motion, without rotation, guided by at least two non-load bearing T.ype 316 stainless steel guides. No part of the pump shall bear directly on the floor of the wet well. I I Each pump shall also be supplied with a tall stainless steel bail permanently affixed to the pump top. This bail shall have a distance of not less than twenty-four (24) inches between the pump and top of the bail. The bail shall be arranged so as to allow the installed monorail crane to attach directly to the pump and to lift the pump out of the pit in one motion. I I 5. Pump Construction: I Pump casing and motor housing shall be of at minimum ASTM A48 Class 35 cast iron with smooth surfaces devoid of blow holes and other irregulari ties. Impeller and intermediate housing shall be manufactured of Nickel, Manganese, Molybdenum Cast Iron having a brinnell hardness of 300. I Chemical Composition: Carbon 3.0 - 3-5% Silica 1.2 - 2.0% Manganese 0.7 - 1.0% Nickel 1.8 - 2.2% Molybdenum 0.6 - 0.9% I . . All exposed fasteners shall be ASTM A 276 Type 316Ti stainless steel. . . Mating surfaces between components where watertight integrity is critical shall be machined and fitted with Nitrile Rubber or vi ton O-rings. No secondary sealing compounds, greases, or other devices shall be used. . . 9721 Part B.doc Page 4 I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I 6. Cooling System: I I The motor shall be adequately sized and designed so that integrally cast motor cooling fins have sufficient surface area to allow the motor to run continuously in submerged or partially submerged conditions without the need for internal oil circulation systems. The motor's design shall allow it to be capable of running for extended periods in a dry mode without damage to the motor or seals. Motors cooled by the pumped medium will not be acceptable. I 7. Cable and Cable Entry Seal: I The power cable shall be suitable for the submersible applicable and sized in accordance with NEC requirements. The cable entry shall consist of a grommet compressed by two stainless steel washers with strain relief being supplied as part of the entry design. The entire end of the cable shall be sealed inside the cable entry housing through the use of a non-shrink epoxy resin. Each individual cable lead shall be sealed by a monolithic solder dam formed on a bare stripped section. The cable entry design shall insure that not entry of moisture is possible into the high-voltage motor terminal area even if the cable is damaged or severed below water level to a submerged depth of up to 85 feet. I I I 8. Motor: I The submersible motor shall be squirrel cage, induction in design, housed in a completely watertight and air filled chamber. The motor shall have at minimum a 1.10 service factor and be sui table for use in Class 1, Division 1, Group C & D atmospheres as Explosion Proof. The motor stator shall use at minimum Class F insulation rated for 311 Degrees F. The motors shall be designed, rated, and warranted for continuous operation and capable of at minimum fifteen (IS) starts per hour. Temperature moni tors shall be embedded in the motor windings for use in conj unction with and supplemental to external motor overload protection. The pump's control shall shut down the pump should any of the monitors detect high temperature and automatically reset once motor temperature returns to normal. The motor shall also be supplied with a sensor in the motor's stator cavity which allows a control panel mounted relay to indicate any leakage into the motor stator chamber and shut down the pump. Motors containing di-electric oils used for motor cooling or bearing lubrication will not be considered. I I I I 9. Bearinqs: I Furnish upper and lower bearings as needed to provide a B10 bearing life of at minimum 50,000 hours at anticipated axial and radial loadings. The bearings shall be open, regreasable type. Open-type bearings shall be provided with re-lubrication ports with positive anti-leak plugs for periodic addition of lubrication from external to the pump in accordance with the bearing manufacture's recommendations without requiring disassembly of pump or motor. The pump and motor design shall accommodate I I 9721 Part B.doc Page 5 I I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA 1.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 972] F ebruarv 1999 I I storage of the old displaced grease inside the motor and pump without requiring disassembly of the motor or pump. The upper and lower thrust bearing shall both be provided with a temperature monitor. This sensor shall be Resistance Type (RTD) with a linear relationship between temperature and resistance. A supervision relay shall be supplied for each sensor to provide dry contact closures indicating "Status OK', "Pre- Alarm" and "Alarm Shutdown" plus a 0-10 VDC analog signal follower for temperature indication. I I 10. Mechanica1 Seals: I Each pump shall be provided with two totally ind~pendent mechanical shaft seals, installed in tandem, each with its own independent spring system acting in a common direction. The upper seal shall operate in an oil- filled chamber with drain, inspection plug, and positive anti-leak seal for access from external to the pump. The lower seal shall be of bellows type with both faces of Silicon Carbide. The seals shall require neither routine maintenance nor adjustment, but be capable of being easily inspected and replaced. The seals shall be non-proprietary in design, with replacements available from a source other than the pump manufacturer. Double mechanical seals with single or multiple springs acting in opposed direction; cartridge-type mechanical seals, or seals with face materials other than those specified will not be considered. Motors shall contain paraffin base oil in the seal chamber. I I I 11. Seal Leakage Detection: I The pump shall be furnished with a monitoring system to signal in the event either the upper or lower mechanical seal leaks. The monitoring system shall be a stainless steel mechanical float switch located in a separate seal leakage collection chamber. This seal leakage monitoring and collection system shall be designed so that no seal leakage is allowed to penetrate into the motor chamber or lower bearing assembly. Sealing of the bearing assembly shall be accomplished through the use of two (2) rotary shaft seals each with its own shaft sleeve. These seals shall be in addition to the mechanical seals as described. Seal leakage designs allowing leakage in to motor stator cavity for detection will not be considered. I I I 12. Shaft: I I Provide a common pump and motor shaft of sufficient size to transmit full dri ver output with a maximum deflection of 0.002 inches measured at the lower mechanical seal. The shaft shall be of ASTM A576 Gr 1045N and be isolated from the pumped media by a replaceable Type 420 stainless steel shaft sleeve under the lower mechanical seal. I I 9721 Part B.doc Page 6 I I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I I 13. Impeller and Wear Rings: I Provide non-clog type impellers, capable of passing at minimum a four (4) inch spherical solid. The impeller shall be statically and dynamically balanced. The pump shall be provided with hard metal wear rings on both the casing and impeller. Wear rings shall be of 400 Series stainless steel material having a brinell hardness of at minimum 300. I 14. Source Quality Control: I Certified tests shall be performed on the actual assembled pumps to be supplied. These tests shall be performed in accordance with the Test Code for Centrifugal Pumps per the Standards of the Hydraulic Institute. Tests shall cover a range from shut-off to a minimum 20% beyond the specified design performance capacity. The test conducted on all supplied pumps shall be certified and generate a curve showing actual flow, head, BHP and hydraulic efficiency. These test curves shall be submitted to the engineer for approval prior to shipping. I I 15. Verification of Performance: I All pumps shall be field tested after installation to demonstrate satisfactory operation without excessive noise, vibration, cavitation or over-heating. Any pump which fails to meet any of these specifications will be modified, repaired, or replaced by the VENDOR at no additional cost to the PURCHASER. I I I I I I I I 9121 Part B.doc Page 7 I I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 19991mprovements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS AND CONTROLS I 1. General I The equipment to be furnished under this section of the specifications shall consist of two motor control centers, two control panels, and two submersible level transducers. I The motor control center and control panels shall be coordinated with the eight (8) pumps being furnished under this specification, and the control system shall provide operation of the pumps as described in Paragraph 20 Sequence of Operation, of this specification. I 2. Power supply I The electrical supply to the MCC's shall consist of two, 800 Ampere feeders, one to each motor control center. The supply voltage shall be 480 volt, 3 phase, 60 hertz, fed from 480Y/277 volt transformers. Each feeder shall consist of 2 circuits of 3-750 KCMIL copper conductors and 1 i2/0 copper ground conductor. I I 3. Arrangement I Each motor control center shall consist of a main breaker section, horizontal bus section, and 4 non-reversing combination solid state reduced voltage controllers with by-pass contactors. I The arrangement of the motor control centers shall be as shown on Drawing No. EP9721-2, Plan, Motor Control Center Building, included herein. 4. Requ1atory requirements I The MCC must revision, NEMA Electrical Code. facility. conform to Underwriters Laboratory (UL) 845, current ICS-3, Part 1, and the latest version of the National The MCC must be manufactured in an ISO 9002 certified I 5. Packing and shipping I The MCC shall be separated into shipping blocks no more than three vertical sections each. Shipping blocks shall be shipped on their sides to permit easier handling at the job site. Each shipping block shall include a removable lifting angle, which will allow an easy means of attaching an overhead crane or other suitable lifting equipment. I I I 9721 Part B.doc Page 8 I I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA lB. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 F ebruarv 1999 I I 6. Storage I If the receipt, building are from MCC the free o Oc cannot be placed into service reasonably soon after its Purchaser will store it in a clean, dry, and ventilated from temperature extremes. Acceptable storage temperatures (32 of) to 40 Oc (104 of). I 7. Warranty I The MCC shall be warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (I) year from the date of startup. 8. Materials I Steel material shall comply with UL 845 requirements. I Each MCC shall consist of the required vertical sections of heavy gauge steel bolted together to form a rigid, free-standing assembly. A removable 7-gauge structural steel lifting angle shall be mounted full width of the MCC lineup at the top. Removable 10-gauge bottom channel sills shall be mounted underneath front and rear of the vertical sections extending the full width of the lineup. Vertical sections shall be made of welded side-frame assembly formed from a minimum of 12-gauge steel. Internal reinforcement structural parts shall be of 12- and 14-gauge steel to provide a strong, rigid assembly. The entire assembly shall be constructed and packaged to withstand normal stresses incurred during transit and installation. I I I 9. Structures I Structures shall be totally enclosed, dead-front, free-standing assemblies. Structures shall be capable of being bolted together to form a single assembly. I The overall height of the MCC shall not exceed 90" (not including base channel or lifting angle). Base channels, 1.5" in height, and a 3" high lifting angle shall be removable. The total width of one section shall be 20", 25", or 30" as required to house designated equipment. I Structures shall be NEMA 1, general purpose, for indoor use. Each section shall have all the necessary hardware and bussing for the designated use. Any unused space shall be covered by bolted blank doors. Each section shall include a top plate (single piece or two-piece). Top plates shall be removable for ease in cutting conduit entry openings. I 10. Painting I All steel parts shall be provided with UL listed acrylic baked paint finish, except plated parts used for ground connections. enamel All I 9721 Part B.doc Page 9 I I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I I painted parts shall undergo a multi-stage treatment process, followed by the finishing paint coat. Pre-treatment shall include: Hot alkaline cleaner to remove grease and oil I Iron phosphate treatment to improve adhesion and corrosion resistance. Non-chrome sealer to enhance corrosion resistance. I The paint shall be applied using an electro-deposition process to insure a uniform paint coat with high adhesion. I The standard paint finish shall be able to pass a 5% ASTM salt spray evaluated per UL50, part 13 and ASTM B117 with less than 1/8" loss of paint from a scribed line. I Paint color shall be #49 medium light gray per ANSI Standard 255.1-967 on all surfaces unless specified otherwise. Control station plates and escutcheon plates shall be painted a contrasting gray. All unit interior saddles shall be painted white for better visibility inside the unit. I 11. Wireways I Structures shall contain top of each section and bottom of each section. to allow room for power different sections. a minimum 12 in. high horizontal wireway at the a m~n~mum 6 in. high horizontal wireway at the These wireways shall run the full length of MCC and control cable to connect between units in I I Structures that house a single, full section control unit are not required to have vertical wireways. Those control units must open directly into the MCC horizontal wireways. I 12. Barriers I All power bussing and splice connections shall be isolated from the unit compartments and the wireways. The horizontal bus shall be mounted onto a glass filled polyester support assembly that braces the bus against the forces generated during a short circuit. The horizontal bus shall be isolated from the top horizontal wireway by a two-piece grounded steel barrier. This barrier shall be removable to allow access to the bus and connections for maintenance. I I If vertical bussing is used to connect the circuit breakers to the main bus, the vertical bus shall be housed in a molded glass-filled polyester support that provides bus insulation and braces the bus against the forces generated during a short circuit. Barriers shall be provided in the vertical structure and unit designs to prevent the contact of any energized bus or terminal by a fishtape inserted through the conduit or wireway areas. I I 9721 Part B.doc Page 10 I I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA lB. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 F ebruarv 1999 I 13. Bussing I All bussing and connectors shall be tin-plated copper or silver-plated copper. The main horizontal bus shall be rated at 800 Amps continuous and shall extend the full length of the MCC. Bus ratings shall be based on 65DC maximum temperature rise in a maximum 40 DC ambient. Provisions shall be provided for splicing additional sections onto either end of the MCC. I I The horizontal bus splice bars shall be pre-assembled onto the horizontal bus to allow the installation of additional sections. The main bus splice shall use four bolts, two on each side of the splice bars, for each phase. Addi t ional bolts must not be required when splicing higher amperage bus. The splice bolts shall secure to captive nuts installed on the back of the splice assembly. It shall be possible to maintain any bus connection with a single tool. I I A tin-plated copper ground bus shall be provided that runs the entire length of the MCC. The ground bus shall be 0.25" x 1. 0" and be rated for 300 amps minimum. A mechanical lug shall be provided in the MCC for a 4/0-250 kcmil ground cable. The ground bus shall be provided with. (6) 0.38" holes for each vertical section to accept customer-supplied ground lugs for any loads requiring a ground conductor. I I Each vertical section shall have a tin-plated copper vertical ground bus that is connected to the horizontal ground bus. The power bus system shall be braced for a short circuit capacity of 42,000 rms amperes minimum I 14. Typical Unit Construction I All circuit breaker disconnects shall be connected directly to the main horizontal bus with appropriately sized cable or riser bus. I All conducting parts on the line side of the unit disconnect shall be shrouded by a suitable insulating material to reduce the possibility of accidental contact with those parts. I A cast metal handle operator must be provided on each disconnect. Wi th the unit door closed, the handle mechanism shall allow complete ON/OFF control of the unit disconnect with clear indication of the disconnects status. All circuit breaker operators shall include a separate TRIPPED posi tion to clearly indicate a circuit breaker trip condition. It shall be possible to reset a tripped circuit breaker without opening the control unit door. I I A mechanical interlock shall prevent the operator from opening the unit door when the disconnect is in the ON position. Another mechanical interlock shall prevent the operator from placing the disconnect in the ON position while the unit door is open. It shall be possible for authorized personnel to defeat these interlocks. I I 9721 Part B.doc Page 11 I I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 F ebruarv 1999 I I provisions shall be provided for locking all disconnects in the OFF position with up to three padlocks. I Handle mechanisms shall be located on the left side to encourage operators to stand to the left of the unit being switched. 15. Combination Motor starters I Each combination motor starter shall consist of a circuit breaker disconnect and a solid state reduced voltage starter with a NEMA rated shorting contactor. The starter units shall be coordinated with the pump motors being furnished under the pump section of this specification. I 15.1. Circuit Breakers I All circuit breakers shall be heavy-duty thermal magnetic or motor circuit protectors similar and equal to SQUARE D type KAL or LAL as required. Each motor breaker shall be adequately sized to meet the pump motor operating characteristics and shall have a minimum interrupting capacity of 14,000 amps at 480 VAC. I I Circuit breakers shall be indicating posi tions of the operating handle. automatically, the handle shall assume "trip" . type, providing "on-off-trip" When the breaker is tripped a middle position indicating I Thermal magnetic breakers shall be quick-make and quick-break on manual and automatic operation and have inverse time characteristics secured through the use of bimetallic tripping elements supplemented by a magnetic trip. I Breakers shall be designed so that an overload on one pole automatically trips and opens all legs. Field installed handle ties shall not be acceptable. All circuit breakers shall be equipped for shunt trip operation. I I 15.2. MOtor starters I Motor starters shall be solid state reduced voltage type providing a smooth stepless acceleration of the motor through the use of multiple silicon rectifiers. The acceleration shall be controlled by gradual application of the voltage to provide a "soft start". The adjustable current-limit features shall limit current to 25%-70% and starting torque to 6%-49% respectively of full voltage values. I Motor protection shall be provided by calculating the temperature rise of the motor and starter. Motor protection shall be effective with contactor shorting and total loss of power. A ramp down signal shall be provided to ramp the motors down to 0 speed when a stop signal is initiated. I I 9721 Part B.doc Page 12 I I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 F ebruarv 1999 I I A shorting contactor shall be supplied to transfer the motor load when full speed is reached. A contact on the solid state starter will close to energize the NEMA rated shorting contactor and transfer the load. When the motor is called to stop the load will be transferred back to the solid state starter for proper ramping. I The control system shall provide for opening the circuit breaker in the event of a reduced voltage solid state starter failure. I Control circuit transformers shall be provided for each starter and shall include internal thermal overload protection, two primary fuses, and one secondary fuse (in the non-grounded secondary conductor). The transformer shall be sized to accommodate the contactor (s) and all connected control circui t loads. The transformer rating shall be visible from the front when the unit door is opened. I I Auxiliary control circuit relays and interlocks shall be provided as required for pump motor protection and for operation of the control system. Relays and/or sensing devices shall be provided to monitor individually each protecting device located within the pump motors. Relays shall be Warwick or an approved equal. (A solid state device that monitors all motor functions will not be acceptable.) Contactor on auxiliary relays shall be field convertible to NO or NC operation when possible. I I I Type B wiring shall be provided with terminal blocks readily accessible for wiring and trouble shooting when unit door is open. Terminal blocks shall be 600 volt, 25 amps, and all current carrying parts shall be tin plated. I 16. Control Systems I Two duplicate programmable controller systems shall be furnished, one for each motor control center, and shall be installed in cabinets approximately 30" wide, 15" deep, and height to match the MCC enclosures. Cabinets to be located as shown on Drawing No. EP 9721-2 included herein. I Each programmable controller system shall consist of a processor with a built-in power supply and a base for mounting the input/output modules. Expansion of the input/output to 256 I/O for increased flexibility shall be a standard feature. I The processor shall operate from a 120 V. AC power system. the power supply shall allow for the addition of add-on modules. Expansion of input/output I Programs shall be developed using a separate programmer or an IBM or compatible computer. The hand held programmer shall use Boolean format, however, if the IBM computer is utilized, a ladder diagram format will be acceptable. All programming, editing and monitoring functions shall be I I 9121 Part B.doc Page 13 I I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I I prompted and executed through the ten (10) multi-function soft keys of the personal computer. I The programmable controller shall be provided with standard features which shall include (1) relay logic, (2) bit read and control, (3) timers, (4) counters, (5) synchronous shift registers, (6) data transfer and comparison, and (7) master relays. I Standard features shall also include binary-to-BCD and BCD-to-binary conversion, transitional output, four math function (add, subtract, multiply, divide) and a jump feature for scan control. The unit shall also feature multiple functions such as reversible counter, bi-directional shift register, timer/counter and various multiplexing functions. I An operator interface shall be provided to allow workstation performance loading with capabilities such as menus, data entry, data displays, security passwords, bargarphs and interactive alarms. I I The operator interface display shall be a 4 by 20 character display and provides the interface with the PLC system through direct communications and allows for operator modification of the configuration of the control system through a keypad entry system. The interface shall be compatible and interface with Square-D Sy/Max Model 50, 300, 400, 500, 600, 650 and 700 PLC's. The interface with the PLC system shall be through a communication port (rs-485/4221) or a PLC data communications module. The display size shall be a minimum of 1.0x3.0 inches. I I The display shall utilize high contrast LCD technology and LED backlighting to provide high reliability and superior readability in all lighting conditions. Both the back light and contrast levels shall be keypad adjustable. The keypad shall be separated into easily identified groups or functions. Each key shall have a raised perimeter to provide tactile feedback and ensure positive response even with gloved hand operation. I I The programmable menu screen shall allow the operator quick access to any portion of the control system. The software program shall be based on operator selection and specification and shall not require training in programming. I I The operator interface shall be mounted to allow for easy viewing and operation changes. The following options shall be available: RS-232C communications port (50-foot max.) I RS-232 printer port. Voltages: 240 VAC, 120 VAC, 24 VAC, 48 VDC, 24 VDC, and 12 VDC. I In the event of a complete failure of the control system, means shall be provided to manually operate pumps with assurance that only one pump can I 9721 Part B. doc Page 14 I I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 F ebruarv 1999 I I be started at a time. This method of operation observation of pit levels and pump shut-down. will require visual 17. Ancillary Equipment I The ancillary equipment listed herein is a guide and does not relieve the supplier from supplying a system that will function as required. I 17.1. Transducers I A submersible transducer manufactured from 316 stainless steel containing a piezo resistive sensor with output signals proportional to applied pressure shall be supplied for each of the 2 wet wells. The electronics shall be padded in a silicon compound for protection. The transducer shall operate from a power supply voltage of 12-30 VDC and supply a 4-20 ma signal proportional to 0-10 feet of water pressure to the control device. The control signal shall be transmitted via a vented, molded polyurethane-jacketed cable. the cable shall be gripped by a neoprene grommet and potted in place, and shall be used to support the transducer. Sufficient cable shall be furnished to connect to a junction box on walkway. I I. I 17.2. Phase MOnitors I A line voltage rated, adjustable phase monitor shall be installed to sense low voltage, loss of power, reversed phasing and loss of a phase. Control circuit shall de-energize upon sensing any of the faults and shall automatically restore service upon return to normal power. I When proper voltages are available to the system, the unit's internal relay shall energize and provide indication of normal power by illuminating an LED. Any abnormal condition will cause the internal relay to de-energize, the indicator lamp will extinguish and a contact will open to disable the pump starting circuitry. The unit shall be capable of operating on Delta or Wye systems, 50/60 HZ. I I Each motor starter section shall be protected by individual phase monitors that monitor the power supply at the secondary side of the breaker feeding each section. The control circuit, for each MCC section, shall de- energize upon sensing any of the faults and shall automatically restore service upon return to normal power. I 17.3. Elapsed Time Meters I An elapsed time meter shall be mounted on the control section door for each pump. The meter shall operate on 120 VAC, shall indicate in hours (6 digits) and tenths and shall be non-resetable. I I 9121 Part B. doc Page 15 I I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA 1.8. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 February 1999 I 17.4. Push Button, Selector Switches, Etc. I All selector switches, push button operators and indicating pilot lights shall be NEMA Type 4, Square D Class 9001, Type SX, or equal. I 17.5. Ventilation Fans I Ventilation fans controlled by thermostats shall be installed in the MCC sections to maintain the internal temperatures at acceptable levels. 18. Nameplates I Nameplates shall be engraved phenolic nameplates for each MCC compartment and each control section. Units shall be gray/black background with white letters, measuring a minimum of 1.5ff h x 6.25ff w total outside dimensions. Smaller nameplates of appropriate size shall be furnished for individual devices. I I 19. Miscellaneous I A final as built drawing encapsulated in mylar shall be attached to the inside of the front door of each section. A list of all legends shall be included. I All component parts in the control panel shall be permanently marked and identified as they are indicated on the drawing. Marking shall be on the back plate adjacent to the component. All control conductors shall be identified with wire markers at each end as close as practical to the end of conductor. I All panels shall be tested to the power requirements as shown on the plans to assure proper operation of all the components. Each control function shall be activated to check for proper indication. I Dry contacts shall be provided in the motor control centers and control panels for future signal transmission to the Main Control room by SCADA or other methods to indicate following as a minimum: I a} MCC - Power On (2 MCCS) b) Pump-Ready to Run (8 Pumps) c) Pump-Running (S Pumps) d) Pump-Tripped (S Pumps) e) Wet Well-Low Level (2) f) Wet Well-High Level (2) g) Any other signals recommended by Control System Vendor. I I 20. Sequence Of Operation II a} The control system shall consist of duplicate motor control centers to operate four (4) 143 HP pumps each. I 9721 Part B.doc Page 16 I I I AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA J.B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Improvements Lift Station Pumps and Motor Control Centers and Controls ZEL Engineers Project 9721 F ebruarv 1999 I I b) The pumps will be located in separate wet well. The influent flow shall be and have a common gate between them. of one wet well from the other. c) Each wet well shall have its own level transducer supplying level signals to the appropriate MCC control system. This will allow independent operation of one wet well from the other. d) The pump starting and stopping levels shall be taken from the plans. e) The pump sequencing shall be as follows. The north wet well will contain pumps one (I) thru four (4). at the start of the control operation. Pump One (I) shall be lead pump with pump two (2) as lag pump three (3) as lag-lag and pump four (4) as lag-lag-lag. There shall be no automatic alternation in the event that the lead pump should ever reach the lead pump off elevation. f) Alternation shall be accomplished by the PLC program alternating the pumps at 3:00 A.M. each day. The PLC will switch lead pump to the next available pump in the sequence and position the previous lead pump into the lag-lag-lag position. g) This sequencing will be continued on in a like manner throughout the entire four (4) pump system. h) The south wet well shall contain pump five. (5) thru eight (8). The control sequencing operation and set-up will start with pump five (5) being the lead pump. Pump six (6) as lag pump. Pump seven (7) as lag-lag and pump eight (8) lag-lag-lag. i) The operation of the south wet well shall mirror the north wet well operational sequencing. j) If a pump does not start when called to run the next available pump shall be sequenced on and a pump failure alarm signal shall be indicated. k} All pump failure alarms, wet well level alarms and motor starter alarm conditions shall be indicated on the MCC control section door. All associated reset buttons, pump H-O-A switches, run lights, etc. shall also be mounted on the MCC control section door. I} All alarm signals and pump run status signals shall also be available in the form of dry contacts for owner use. wet well, four (4) pumps per split to each of the wet wells This will allow the isolation I I I I I I I I I 21. Manufacturer I The manufacturer of the control system shall be a UL 50S listed shop for industrial control systems and shall provide evidence of such on request from the engineer or using authority. I I I I 9121 Part B.doc Page 17 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -=79 EL. 129.4-2' EL 121.0' EL. 125.38' PH-2 .. <. .. ~ ST. Sll. PUMP GUIDE CABLES .. ' ELEClRlCAL CABLES i I .. ' 16" ST. SlL PIPE i 1S.X14- n-x 48- FLG'O RED. GA TE ST. Sll. BAIL I I " ' BY-PASS INLET FlUME EL. 102.08' -, ,... ... "~ .. ~ .,' . .... ~V~~'Y ~~~~~ ~%~~~~ ~~~~",,<'5S /~~~~V ",>\y> ... ..... n-x 48- GATE EL. 94.23' ... PUMP ELBOW ..' .,' I <I, I t.' ., AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, GA. J. 8. MESSERLY WASTEWATER TREA TMENT PLANT LIFT STA TION SECTION AT WETWELL ~E" .:llI Telfair st. Auauat&, Ga. .... IIii ENGINEERS ZIMMERMAN, EVANS, AND LEOPOLD, INC. SCAlE' 0'" T!. REf: OWC. ~/'~" - 1'_1"1" """Q '000 97?1 NO.: FPCJ721-1 ~ 01 Ol '" ~ I ~= I'l '! I ~ = -..J v CXl ~ (") o z ;;j o r tIl (") '!;~ ::d o r tIl """ I'l ~ ~ > n z (") CD 1.0 :;0 1.0 ,.., I > I'l ^ ,.., :;0 1.0 1.0 I I'l t.l 6'-S" 4'-8" ~ n (") 1.0 1.0 I ... I'l Otll-l zl'Tl:;O r> ~...,z . (") I'Tl (,,)~tIl 0-1:;0 z>c nZCD :;0,.." 1'Tl0(") ~>o "'On 1 > ~ o 0"'0 zc :;0 Ol> ...., "'Or >-1 Otll I 01 o o v 1.0 CD 1.0:;0> IITI- ....>z ^ ITI :;0 ----- ----- ITI,.., xo -c -4_ 0"'0 03: 0"" :;o~ \ @ o~~ z;;o> Ol(")Z '0 ,.., ,,~(") ;;0,..,> gOB Z(")I 00(") "'OZU; >0... o!;io tIl I'TI ;;0 G >-4-..J CD;;oiJ, ~~^ ,..,tIl< "'071> >:eo z>;;o ITIr-< rr -I ~~ dl'Tl ;;0"'0 ,..,C ("):;0 ;ij> ("):!J cr r > ~ o "-""r Z ~C5 c "'O::r: Z (')~ ~ >z r" ~ ..., X ~ :;0 ,.., ~ =€): 2 4 X I I I .... I o . ~> >- _;;0 zr o 0(") O^ 0> ;;oz tIlo > c: ~f- ~ "tl~m~ rC' I ~~~ml: ~ M~;2 - ;~~!< ~ ~ ~~~~ ~ z~~ Z C)::u ~ ?2 ~> :< ~m ~ i i Q > ;c., ...; .... -I }I~ ~ I~ d~ H,~ ~, :~ ~ I~ ,~ ,- I I SECTION T13 GATES AND OPERATORS I I SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications includes furnishing plant, labor, supervision, equipment and materials, and in performing all operations in connection with the installation of all gates, fittings, operators and appurtenances as required for the proper operation of the wastewater treatment plant in strict compliance with this section of the specifications and the applicable plans and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. I I GENERAL: The Gates shall be either self-contained, with yoke and bench stand operators, or non-self-contained, with separate stem guides and operators, in accordance with the requirements of these specifications. Specific gate design and configuration shall be as noted in gate schedule or as shown on plans. Gates shall be as manufactured by Waterman Industries or approved equal. I I FRAME AND GUIDES: The gate frame shall be a rigid, welded unit, cross bars, and headrails, with a clear opening unless otherwise specified. The guides shall guides will be of sufficient length to support the slide, when the gate is fully open. composed of the guide rails, the same size as the waterway, be of structural shapes. The two-thirds (2/3) the height of I I On self-contained gates, where the guides extend above the operating floor, they shall be sufficiently strong so that no further reinforcing will be required. The yoke to support the operating device shall be formed by members welded or bolted at the top of the guides. I The yoke excessive operator. shall be sufficiently strong to support the lift forces, deflection, when subjected to a load of 80 pound pull without on the I Additional members will be added to the frame as required in this specification for flushbottom closure, spigots, and "J' bulb seals. I SLIDE COVER (DISC): The slide cover shall be plate reinforced with structural shapes welded to the plate. The slide cover shall not deflect more than 1/360 of the span of the gate under maximum head. The stem connection shall be either the clevis type, with structural members welded to the slide and a bolt to act as a pivot pin, or a threaded and bolted (or keyed) thrust nut supported in welded nut pocket. The clevis or pocket and yoke of the gate shall be capable of taking, without damage, at least twice the rated thrust output of the operator at 40 pounds pull. I I I STEM: The stems shall be as required for intended service, of suitable length and ample strength. The stem diameter shall be capable of withstanding twice the rated output of the operator at 40 pound pull, and shall be supported such that the L/r ratio for the unsupported part of the stem shall not exceed 200. I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-TI3.doc T13-1 I I I SECTION T13 GATES AND OPERATORS I OPERATORS: Manually operated lifting mechanism shall be as indicated on the plan drawings or in the gate schedule. Handwheel type lifts shall be without gear reduction. The crank operated type shall have either a single or double gear reduction, with a threaded bronze lift nut to engage the threaded portion of the stem. The lift nut shall be flanged and supported on non-metallic thrust washers, or ball, or roller bearings to take the thrust developed during opening and closing of the gate. I I Gears, where required, shall be provided with machine cut teeth for smooth operation. The gearings and lift nut shall be mounted in a housing which in turn shall be mounted on the yoke of the gate, or separately supported on another structure or pedestal. Lubrication fittings shall be provided to permit lubrication of all gears and bearings. I I Gates which have a width exceeding twice the slide height shall be furnished with tandem interconnected operators with a single input crank. I An arrow shall be cast on the gear housing or handwheel to indicate the direction of rotation to open the gate. A maximum effort of 40 pounds shall be required to operate the gate after it is unseated. I When indicated, all operators shall be furnished with either a graduated, clear plastic stem cover or a galvanized steel pipe stem cover and counter type position indicator to show the position of the gate. I PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for work covered under this section of the specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the lump sum Bid for the completed work. I I I I I I I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T13.doc T13-2 I I I SECTION T14 BAR SCREEN I SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all plant, labor, supervision, equipment and materials, and performing all operations in connection with the installation of the Bar Screen and appurtenances complete, in strict accordance with this section of the specifications and the applicable plans and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. I I GENERAL: The Contractor shall install bar screen as shown on drawings. Bar screen shall be stainless steel and manufactured bya maker who has supplied similar screens in waste water treatment plants successfully for five years. I I OPERATING CONDITIONS: Maximum flow Maximum water level (57% obstructed bar rack) Upstream velocity Channel width Screening width Channel depth 60 USMGD 75 inches 2.3 feet/s 96 inches 84 inches 15' -3" inches I I DESCRIPTION: The screening unit shall consist essentially rake mechanism and drive, and structural assembled and tested prior to its delivery. maintenance to the mechanism can be performed of a bar rack, counter-current frame, and shall be factory Design shall be such that all from the operating level. I I Screen shall be Meunier Model CF-84TTCA Vertical Bar Rake 7' -0" wide with 1/2"x3" bars on 1 1/4" centers or approved equal. I Screen shall be driven by 3HP TEFC corrosion protected motor with 1.15 service factor. I MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION: Bar Rack Rake Ra ke arm Wiper Carriage Trash Chute I Structure: Sides Back Base Top :AISI 304 SS plates and bars :AISI 304 SS plates :AISI 304 structural tubing and plates :AISI 304 SS angles, leather & polyethylene :AISI 304 SS plates :AISI 304 SS sheet :AISI 304 SS " C" channels, angles and plates :AISI 304 SS plates :AISI 304 SS plates :AISI 304 SS plates and angles I I I Housing: Front Sides Cable Basket Screws, bolts and anchors .:AISI stainless steel sheets :AISI stainless steel sheets (left & right) :AISI stainless steel sheets :AISI-304 stainless steel I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T14.doc T14-1 I - I I SECTION T14 BAR SCREEN I Shafts (wheels, rake arm) Wheels Rack and Pinion Protection of ASTM A-36 :AISI-304 stainless steel :Pe Yo-Lon or equal :AISI-SAE 1040 and AISI-SAE 1144 :Hot dip galvanization ASTM A-123-68-A I I INSTALLATION: The screen shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instruction and the contract documents. I CONTROLS: The control panel enclosure shall be NEMA 4X stainless steel and shall house all electrical controls necessary for the operation of the unit and shall consist of (1) main breaker disconnect with operating handle such that in order to open the door of the enclosure, all power inside the panel will be shut off. I (1) Reversing magnetic starter with overload elements. (1) Lot of program circuits and relays to operate the rake mechanism and to stop it at the top of the unit after each cycle of operation. (1) Daytime and nighttime timer with the daytime timer adjustable from 2 to 60 minutes, and the nighttime time adjustable from 3 to 180 minutes. (1) Jamming protection device. (1) Set of dry contacts available for connection to a remote alarm. (1) Manual-Off-Auto selector switch to allow the unit to be operated through one cycle at the operator's discretion. (1) Overtravel/overload indicating light on inner door of the enclosure. (1) Elapsed operating time meter. (1) Ammeter to indicate the amount of current being drawn by the motor during the operating cycle. (1) High water level, emergency rise system and float switch. (1) Pair of 304 stainless steel side baffles to extend out to the walls of the existing channel. (1) NEMA 7 Junction box mounted on screen to which all wires from the bar screen terminate. I I I I I CONTAINER: I Provide a solid waste container on wheels. Container shall provide minimum of 200 cubic feet storage, level with top, and be of substantial construction suitable for continuous use in a waste water treatment plant. Entire container including wheels shall be corrosion proof. Container shall be of such dimensions and proportions as to contain all solid waste discharged from the screen without spillage or leakage. I I PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for work covered under this section of the specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the lump sum Bid for the completed work. I I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 972I-TI4. doc T14-2 I I I SECTION TIS AIR CONDITIONING AND CORROSION CONTROL SYSTEM I SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all plant, labor, supervision, equipment and materials, and performing all operations in connection with the installation of the air conditioning and corrosion control system and appurtenances complete, in strict accordance with this section of the specifications and the applicable plans and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. I I GENERAL: The Contractor shall, furnish, install, start-up and guarantee the air conditioning and corrosion control system shown on the drawings and specified herein. I I AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM: Air conditioning system shall consist of self-contained air conditioners containing cabinet, evaporator, dual compressors and refrigerant circuits, vibration isolation, filters, 3 directional discharge head, return air grill, and self-contained control. System shall provide capacity of 120,000 BTUH at ARI conditions, and shall be as manufactured by Trane, Carrier, or approved equal. I I INDOOR UNIT: Cabinet: Exterior panels shall be fabricated from 18-gauge zinc-coated galvanized steel. The unit exterior shall be cleaned, phosphatized and painted with an air dry enamel finish. The fan and compressor sections shall be insulated with 3/4-inch of I-lb. density fiberglass insulation. I I The units shall be provided with removable panels to allow service access to compressors, condensers, fan motor and bearings coils and valves. Knockouts shall be provided on both sides of the unit to allow for electrical power, control wiring, piping connections and fan shaft removal. I Compressors: Unit shall have dual compressors. hermetic 3,600 rpm motors with crankcase heaters. its own independent refrigerant circuit. Compressors shall have Each compressor shall have I Evaporator: The evaporator coil shall be constructed with internally enhanced copper tubes expanded into aluminum fins. factory leak tested to 475 psig. The drain pan shall be galvanized steel, coated with corrosion resistant coating. 3/8-inch O.D. Coils shall be fabricated of I I Refriqerant Circuit: Refrigerant circuits shall be independent and completely piped including: filter driers, distributors, and thermal expansion valves. The circuits shall be tested dehydrated, and then charged with nitrogen at factory. Access valves shall be provided in the suction and liquid lines. I Isolation: The compressors shall be mounted on rubber-in-shear isolators for vibration isolation. Supply fan shall be two forward curved centrifugal-type secured to a solid steel shaft with permanently lubricated bearings. The drive components shall include adjustable pitch sheaves and V-belts. The supply fan motor type shall be open drip-proof with a standard T-frame. The fan wheel shall be dynamically balanced. I . - 'ZELI ENGINEERS 9721-TI5.doc Tl5-1 I I SECTION TIS AIR CONDITIONING AND CORROSION CONTROL SYSTEM I Filters: One-inch throwaway filters shall be installed in the unit within the coil section, accessible from front of unit. I Unit Controls: controller. Thermostats shall be a factory mounted cooling only type I Time Delay Relay: Anti-short cycle timer shall be provided to protect the compressor cycling. Compressor shall be locked out for five minutes when either the thermostat contacts open or there is a momentary power outage. I OUTDOOR CONDENSING UNIT: Cabinet: Exterior panels shall be fabricated from 18-gauge galvanized steel. I Refriqerant Circuits and Controls: Units shall have dual refrigeration circuits. All necessary controls to run unit fans shall be factory installed. The control panel shall include fan motor contactors, terminal block connection for compressor interlock, and 115 volt control power transformer. I Condenser Coils: Coils shall be seamless 3/8-inch. 0.0. copper tubes expanded into aluminum fins. Each circuit shall include an integral subcooler. Coil shall be leak tested under water at 425 psig air pressure. I Condenser Fans and Motors: Condenser fans shall be weatherproof permanently lubricated motors and built-in thermal overload protection. shall be direct drive, statically and dynamically balanced at the factory. with Fans I Low Ambient Operation: Provide low ambient control for operation down to 200F. I Corrosion Resistant Treatment: The condenser coils shall have a 6 mil coating of Heresite P-413 protective coating applied with multiple dip and bake process and the interior and exterior of the unit shall be coated with a 6 mil coat of Heresite VRS14 applied with an air dry process. I CORROSION CONTROL SYSTEM: I Recirculation Unit: General: I Furnish and install Purafil Model CA-1000 recirculation unit or approved equal. . Filters: Pre filters 30% efficient ASHRAE 52-76 2" deep 0.20 IWG pressure drop when clean. - Final Filters: 90% efficient ASHRAE 52-76 0.30 IWG pressure drop when clean. - - .... Chemical Media: Carbon based impregnated media and activated aluminum based impregnated media, Puracarb and puralurn respectively as manufactured by Purafil, Inc. or approved equal. 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T15.doc T15-2 I I SECTION T15 AIR CONDITIONING AND CORROSION CONTROL SYSTEM I Scrubber: Furnish and install the following: . Scrubber housing, corrosion protected. . Base support. . Access methods for filters, fans and motors. . Four way deflection discharge louvers. . Fan sized for dirty filter condition. . V-belt drive. . 49,000 HR L-10 life bearings. . Mill and chemical duty motor. . Gauges to indicate dirty filter and media condition. I I I I PRESSURIZATION UNIT: Furnish and install Purafil Model TS500 scrubber pressurization unit. Media - 27 inches of absorbent media and nine inches of dry chemical oxidizing media. I Capacity - 500 CFM of air. I Components: . Intake rain louver. . 30% ASHRAE prefilter. . Belt driven fan - FRP . Inlet duct to tub. . Media tub-FRP with access doors. · Media. . Discharge duct. (SMACNA weatherproof) . . 90% ASARAE final filter. . Pressure gauges for pre and final and media bed filters. · Skid base. I I I Performance Certification: I Media H2S Performance Testing: I As a minimum, the carbon base media and oxidizing media shall each demonstrate oxidation efficiency, for removal of gaseous hydrogen sulfide (H2S), according in the following tests parameters when performed on each media independently in a 3 inch deep media test bed, contained in a 1.02 inch diameter tube. I . Bed bulk density representative of field conditions. . Test air stream containing 5.0 (iO.5) ppm H2S (by weight). . Air relative humidity 50+ 10% . Air flow through test bed 12,100 ml/min . Superficial residence time 0.199 second I I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 972I-TI5.doc T15-3 I I I SECTION T15 AIR CONDITIONING AND CORROSION CONTROL SYSTEM I Acceptance criteria: Discharge air containing a maximum of 24 ppb H2S at 48 hours from start of test 1/8 inch Puracarb and 25 ppb for 1/8 inch Puralum. I In addition to the H2S test performed on the two medias, and H2S performance test shall be performed on the installed equipment. I The test shall be conc:ucted by introducing a sufficient quantity of hydrogen sulfide gas into the scrubber suction to raise the average concentration of hydrogen sulfide gas in the influent air stream to 5 parts per million (plus or minus ten percent) excluding moisture at a design air flow on a continuous basis for a 2-hour period. An outlet sample shall be measured hourly with instrumentation accurate in the 0-5 ppb range. The air flow shall be measured by a Pitot tube inserted upstream of the odor control unit. After successful completion of the testing, the hole for the Pitot tube shall be plugged During this test, gas samples shall be monitored at each of the following locations. I I I 1. Inlet air to the system. 2. Outlet treated air. I The H2S analyzer shall be calibrated both before and after by the testing laboratory previously approved by the owner and the engineer. I Performance testing she,ll be performed in the presence of the Engineer. Report: I A summary report shall be prepared for the media performance testing and the performance testing and submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer for review and acceptance. I The report shall include a one page executive summary, description of test protocol, table of results showing air flow, inlet air results, and outlet air results. I Acceptance: I Satisfactory installation, operation and performance of the required test shall be the basis of acceptance of the equipment. I If the hydrogen sulfide gas concentration in any sample taken from the dry chemical oxidizing vessel outlet during the test exceeds 10 ppb excluding moisture, or air flow is less that the design throughout the entire test period, the manufacturer shall have the opportunity to adjust or modify the equipment and operating conditions and testing shall be performed at no expense to the Owner. It modifications or adjustments are made which would affect the air flow rate, the air handing system (fan, drive, etc.) Shall be modified or replaced accordingly such that the design air flow rate is maintained. I I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-TI5.doc T15-4 I I I SECTION TIS AIR CONDITIONING AND CORROSION CONTROL SYSTEM I Should the installed equipment not meet the performance specifications upon retesting, the Contractor shall remove the installed equipment and replace it with equipment which meets the specifications at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall make all necessary supporting systems changes in order to provide a properly installed operating system. I I Analytical Services: I The manufacturer shall, after start up, provide a service, free of charge to the owner, to periodically secure media samples and provide a lab analysis to predict the remaining life style of the media. I Such service shall be provided at the manufacturer's expense for a period of two years. I DUCT WORK: Duct work shall be furnished as shown on drawings from pressurization unit to building and shall be SMAGNA standard weatherproof duct. I PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for any of the work covered by this section of the specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the lump sum Bid for the completed work. I I I I I I I I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T15.doc T15-5 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I I SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, appliances and materials, and in performing all operations in connection with the electrical work associated with the new lift station at the James B. Messerly Wastewater Treatment Plant; complete and in strict accordance with this section of the specifications, the applicable drawings, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. I GENERAL: The Contractor shall be responsible for providing a complete, safe and workable electrical system. I I All components or equipment furnished under this specification shall be new and unused. All electrical connections whether made by the Contractor or made by vendors furnishing equipment packages shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. I All electrical connections shall be checked for proper torque, tension, compression or tightness by the Contractor. I All electrical connections determined to need attention shall be corrected by the Contractor. I Trench excavation for underground conduits and duct banks shall conform to Section T-2 of these specifications. I CODES: All electrical work shall be in conformance with the requirements and recommendations of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code, the National Electrical Safety Code, and all local codes and ordinances. Materials shall bear the label of the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., whenever applicable labeling is available for such materials. I I STANDARDS: The latest issue of the specifications and standards of the following organizations are by reference made a part of these specifications. All electrical work, unless otherwise indicated, shall comply with their requirements and recommendations wherever applicable: I I Illumination Engineering Society (IES) Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) American National Standards Institute (ANSI) American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) National Bureau of Standards (NBS) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) I I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-TI6.doc T16-1 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I TESTS DURING CONSTRUCTION: All tests are to be conducted in the presence of the Engineer and OAR. Prior to energization, insulation resistance between individual conductors in conduit and from conductors and equipment windings to ground shall be measured. Measurements shall be made using a "Megger" ground tester (500 volts) as manufactured by the James G. Biddle Company, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, or "Vibraground" tester manufactured by the Associated Research Company, Inc., Chicago, Illinois. Wiring and equipment not measuring up to minimum insulation resistance required by the Underwriters' Laboratory regulations shall be put in good condition at the electrical contractor's expense. I I I All ground connections, ground buses, and equipment ground resistances shall be read using methods and test devices as manufactured by the James G. Biddle Company, or equal. I Rotation checks shall be made on all motors before final mechanical connections are made. Changes necessary to obtain correct rotation shall be performed by the Contractor. I TESTS OR CHECKS BY INSPECTING AUTHORITY: The Contractor shall cooperate with inspections or checks. code-enforcing authorities during I PRELIMINARY TRIALS: The electrical contractor shall, in the presence of the Engineer or his authorized representative, run preliminary trials of the equipment connected by him. These trials or tests shall consist of, but not be limited to, checking motor rotation, checking all interlock circuitry for correct operation and checking all equipment connected by him for proper operation. I I FINAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: After the wiring system is completed, and at such time as the Engineer shall direct, the Contractor shall conduct operational checks to demonstrate that all equipment performs in accordance with the requirements of these specifications, contract drawings and vendor information. I I The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer in performing final inspections. Panel covers shall be removed, doors opened, etc. at the direction of the OAR, to facilitate checks and inspections. All equipment opened or disturbed shall be returned to operational condition after the inspection and approval. I I TEST RESULTS: All results from tests, preliminary trials and final acceptance tests shall be documented by the Contractor and turned over to the Engineer at the completion of the job. Three copies (minimum) of complete test results are required. I CORRECTIONS: Any wiring installation or connection errors discovered during the test and/or trials shall be corrected by the Contractor at his own expense. Any equipment, materials or components damaged or destroyed as a result of improper I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9121-T16.doc T16-2 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I installation or connection by the Contractor shall be replaced by him at his own expense. I CONTRACT DRAWINGS: The drawings indicate the general arrangement of equipment. Do not scale drawings. Dimensions for layout of equipment shall be obtained from architectural or mechanical plans or by field measurement, unless specifically indicated on electrical plans. I I Coordinate electrical work with details, sections, elevations and plans found on architectural, mechanical and structural drawings and specifications. Modify electrical work to conform to requirements of equipment being served and conditions encountered in serving that equipment. I SHOP DRAWINGS, VENDOR PRINTS AND DATA: Each submittal item shall be marked to show the specification section and page numbers(s) covering that item, equipment name and number. I Submittals for lighting fixtures shall include photometric data and exact type of ballast and lamps to be used. The Engineer reserves the right to require sample fixtures to be submitted for approval. I RECORD DRAWINGS: The Contractor shall reserve one complete set of electrical prints for as-built drawings. Any approved deviation from the contract plans shall be recorded on these prints by the Contractor. As-built drawings will be checked on the last working day of each month for accuracy and completeness by the Engineer or his authorized representative. I I DOCUMENTATION: At the end of final inspection, the Contractor shall provide three sets of complete data on electrical materials and equipment used on this job. This data shall be in bound form and shall include the following items: I A complete table of contents. I Data sheets indicating electrical and functional characteristics of all devices and equipment. I Copies of all submittals. I Panelboard, switchboard and distribution center circuit directories reflecting all field changes. The Contractor shall turn over all as-built drawings (record drawings) to the Engineer at the time of final inspection. I The motor control centers and control panels for the lift pumps are being furnished by the Owner and the Vendor of this equipment will furnish drawings and manuals on the equipment that they furnish. I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-TI6.doc T16-3 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I MATERIALS: Materials shall be furnished in accordance with the requirements of this specification, applicable drawings, agreement and "Codes and Standards" as set forth hereinbefore. I All material furnished by the Contractor shall be new, without defects and shall be delivered to the job site in the original cartons or packages. I All material of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer. I Equipment grouped together to serve a common purpose shall be the product of one manufacturer or supplier (e. g. ; lineup of starters, contactors, controllers, transformers, etc. I The use of manufacturer's name and catalog number in these specifications is to define the type and quality of electrical components required. Where possible, two or more sources have been listed. Other manufacturer's products may be used only with written approval of the Engineer to assure overall system compatibility and reliability. I WORK: The term "Work" is taken to include "labor, supervision, installation" and other action needed to complete the electrical system. I I All work shall be of accepted. All work involved. the shall highest quality. No sub-standard work will be be performed by workmen skilled in the trades I CONDUIT: All exposed conduit shall be rigid aluminum with threaded couplings and fittings. Aluminum conduit threads shall be painted with conductive joint compound before assembly. Thin wall (EMT) conduit shall not be used except where specifically called for on the drawings. I Conduit runs smaller than 3/4" trade size shall not be used except 1/2" conduit may be used for making attachments to equipment which, because of its construction, will not accept as larger size conduit. Lengths of 1/2" conduits shall be as short as possible. I I All exposed conduit shall be run at right angles or parallel to structural members. Vertical runs shall be plumb. Diagonal conduit runs shall not be made except with written permission of the Engineer or when conduits are run below grade. Below grade runs of conduit shall follow paths as specified on the electrical drawings. I Conduit runs installed in or below concrete slabs on grade or routed within concrete walls of underground pits shall utilize rigid plastic conduit, Schedule 80, with threaded couplings and termination fittings. I I All underground conduit runs, whether single or runs in consist of rigid plastic conduit, not less than Schedule concrete with the top of the concrete envelope not less than grade. The concrete envelope for single conduit runs shall be duct banks shall 40, encased in 24 inches below not less than 3 I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 972I-TI6.doc T16-4 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I inches on all sides while duct banks shall be Encased conduit runs shall use cemented socketweld on conduit. All underground conduit runs shall be non-metallic elbows and fittings. as detailed on the plans. couplings or integral bells terminated with Schedule 80 I Concrete for electrical gravel aggregate, f'c Admixture shall be 3% by mixed into the concrete. conduit encasement shall be standard mix with pea 2000 psi, with admixture to produce red color. weight of pure synthetic red iron oxide uniformly I I All cuts on conduit shall be square. Conduit ends shall be reamed after cutting. Couplings and threaded hubs shall have no less than five (5) full threads of the conduit engaged and shall be screwed up wrench tight and butted. I Seamless pipe shall be used for all bends made in the field. Conduit bends shall be made with standard "hickeys" to prevent kinks or flats in the bends. The proper size hickey shall be used for each size conduit. I The radius of the curve of the inner edge of any bend shall not be less than six (6) times the internal diameter of the conduit. All bends shall be carefully inspected for flaws before installation. I Flexible conduit connections shall be used at all motors or wherever serious vibration may make rigid conduit connections impractical. Flexible conduit in non-hazardous areas shall be flexible metal conduit covered with a polyethylene jacket. Metallic portion of all flexible conduit shall be bonded to boxes. All fittings shall be of non-ferrous materials. I I Wherever conduits cross building expansion joints, conduit expansion joints shall be provided. I The installation of all conduit shall be properly coordinated with the work of other trades. Field routed conduit paths must be approved by the Engineer before installation. I PULL BOXES: Pull boxes shall be constructed of stainless steel or copper free aluminum of not less than the minimum size recommended by the National Electrical Code. Pull boxes shall be rain tight, NEMA 3R. I The Contractor shall provide pull boxes where shown on the drawings or as required by the code, whether shown on the drawings or not. Pull boxes shall be approved for use in the area where they are installed. All pull boxes and junction boxes shall be sized to permit pulling of conductors out of boxes and feeding back into the boxes without exceeding the bending radium of cables as recommended by the cable manufacturer. I I Pull boxes, junction boxes or suitable conduit fittings shall be provided in accordance with the following schedule: Run Max. lenqth without pull box I Straight One 900 bend Two or more 900 bends not over 200 feet not over 125 feet not over 75 feet I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-TI6.doc T16-5 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I Conduit runs between outlets shall contain not more than the equivalent of four (4) quarter bends. I RACEWAY CLEANING: The electrical contractor shall be responsible for cleaning all conduit, wireways and ducts, both overhead and underground before pulling cables. For underground ducts, the minimum cleaning shall consist of pulling a flexible mandril 1/4 inch smaller in diameter than the duct, followed by two passes with wire brushes the same diameter as the duct and one pass with a swab. The Contractor must be satisfied that ducts are free of burrs or obstructions which might damage cables before beginning pulls. If cables are damaged while being installed they shall either be adequately repaired in a manner suitable to the Engineer, or shall be replaced by the Contractor with new cable of comparable quality and description, at no cost to the Owner. I I I Underground ducts for all services, including active, spare and telephone shall be cleaned as specified in this section. I RACEWAY SUPPORTS: "Raceway" is defined as conduit or any other material or equipment used to enclose or hold cable or wire, such as wireway or cable tray. I The electrical contractor shall provide material and labor to design, fabricate and install raceway supports. I Raceway shall be installed with at least uninsulated hot pipes or other hot surfaces. enough apart on supports so that the conduit pulling or splicing wires. six (6) inches clearance from Condui t shall be spaced far fittings are accessible for I Raceway shall not be supported from process piping. I All conduit one (1) inch trade size and smaller shall have supports spaced not more than eight (8) feet apart on horizontal runs and ten (10) feet on vertical runs. All other raceways shall be supported at intervals not to exceed ten (10) feet horizontally or vertically. I Supports shall be provided on each side of conduit bends or elbows and not more than 3 feet from any outlet or termination point. I Where raceway requires support between structural framing members, supplementary steel members shall be provided by the Contractor to span them. Drilling of holes in flanges of structural framing members for or supplementary steel will be permitted only with the approval Engineer. Under no circumstances shall holes be permitted in the portion of any structural member. suitable between hangers of the center I I Conduit not located in main racks shall be supported in a suitable manner by one (1) hole malleable clamps, U-bolts, Korns Clamps or similar means. Perforated strap or plumbers strap will not be permitted. All supporting materials shall be non-ferrous, including angle, channel, conduit clamps and U- bolts. I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-TI6.doc T 16- 6 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I Raceway supports shall be secured to concrete work by approved expansion anchors or bolts, or by inserts set at the time the concrete is poured. When conduit supports or racks are attached to structural members with stainless steel bolts, properly drilled holes shall be used. Burning of holes in structural steel members shall not be permitted. Supports or racks may be welded to structural steel members only if welded areas and cut ends are repaired with Galvalloy or equal. I I All structures or supports for raceway shall be constructed for free draining, such that condensation or precipitation will not be trapped. I WIRE AND CABLE: General: I Conductors for lighting and power circuits shall not be less than #12 AWG, stranded copper and conform to the following standards and/or specifications. Conductors for control use shall not be less than #14 AWG, stranded copper with type THHN/THWN insulation. I Conductors shall not be smaller than indicated on the drawings nor less than that required by the National Electrical Code (NEC). I Solid wire shall not be accepted in any service except thermocouple lead wire, if used. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, replace any solid wire used on this job with correct type and size stranded wire. I Cables and conductors shall be tagged for identification by the electrical contractor using printed tape, or equal method, at each end and at all intermediate junction, tap or splice points. Use individual wire numbers as shown on the wiring diagrams and elementaries for all wires so numbered. Use cable numbers as shown on cable or circuit schedules. I I All power wires shall be colored black. Control and lighting wires shall be color coded in accordance with the design drawings, ICEA standards or the NEC if not indicated by the design drawings. I All feeders entering or leaving distribution equipment, junction and pull boxes shall have conductors tagged as to phase identification; i. e., 'A', 'B' 'c' or '1', '2', '3' and circuit designations. I Each coil or reel of wire and cable furnished by the electrical contractor shall bear a tag containing the Underwriter's listing stamp, name of manufacturer, trade designation and month and year of manufacture. Material shall be of recent manufacture and in no case older than six (6) months. I 600 Volts and Below: I Wire sizes through #6 shall have THNN/THWN insulqtion. Wire sizes larger than #6 shall have XHHW insulation. Insulated ground conductors shall have THHN/THWN or XHHW green insulation. . . Insulation and jacket for single conductor wire and cable shall meet or exceed UL Standard 83. I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 972I-TI6.doc T16-7 I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I Conductors shall be manufactured by General Cable, Okonite, Rome, Cablec or an approved equal. I WIRE CONNECTIONS AND DEVICES: Wires and cables shall be installed without joints or splices, as far as practical. Splices, connections and terminations, when needed, shall be made with approved pressure-type solderless fittings. I I Connectors, splices and terminations shall be securely fastened with double indent tools designed to bring uniform pressure on all sides and shall not loosen under normal vibration or strain. Fittings shall be of the correct size for the conductors and strands shall not be cut from conductors. I Splices, if used, shall be insulated such that insulation will be equal to or better than the insulation on wires which are spliced. I Installinq Wire And Cable: I All wire and cable shall be installed in raceway systems. No wire or cable shall be installed until the raceway system for that wire or cable is complete. I Wire pulling lubricant shall be used when installing wire or cable in raceway whose length from feeding point to pulling point exceeds 25 feet (except tray). Care shall be taken to ensure conductor maximum pulling tension is not exceeded while pulling wire into conduit. I Installation in Panelboards, Cabinets, Control Panels, Etc.: I Wiring in such installation shall be neatly formed, grouped and laced with non- conductive binders. I BOXES, CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES: Pull boxes shall be supplied in conformance with a prior subsection of this specification. I Junction boxes, cabinets and other enclosures for electrical materials or equipment shall be provided as shown on the drawings or as required by the National Electrical Code. I Size shall be the larger of that shown on the drawings or as required by the National Electrical Code. I Material shall be stainless steel or copper free aluminum. All connections to boxes and cabinets installed outdoors shall be by threaded hubs or fittings meeting NEMA 3R minimum requirements. I All boxes and cabinets installed outdoors shall be of minimum NEMA 3R construction. I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-TI6.doc T16-8 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I Outlet boxes of a type to suit the intended use shall be installed at the locations shown on the drawings. I Location of outlet boxes shall be closely coordinated with the work of other trades to avoid interferences and provide efficient service to the devices or equipment served. I Boxes for exposed outdoor use shall be stainless steel or copper free aluminum material, fitted with covers suitable for the environment in which they are located. I All supports fabricated for outdoor boxes shall be aluminum. I PANELBOARDS: Furnish and install circuit breaker type lighting and power panelboards as indicated on the drawings and schedules. I panelboards shall be of the dead-front safety type employing thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers. All current-carrying parts of the bus assembly shall be copper. Main ratings shall be as shown in the panelboard schedule on the drawings and schedules. I A steel circuit directory frame and card with a clear plastic covering shall be provided on the inside of the door. The directory card shall provide a space at least 1/4" high x 3" long for each circuit. The directory shall be typed to identify the load fed by each circuit. I I SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES AND DEVICES: All wiring devices shall be of heavy duty industrial grade or hospital grade construction. I Wiring connections shall be made only via looping conductors around terminal screws. Devices employing only "slip-in" wire connections shall not be used. (Compression type connections are permitted with power receptacles and plugs.) I Devices shall be held securely in place by threaded screws attached to outlet boxes. Devices shall, in no way, depend on cover plates for support. I Wiring devices installed outdoors or in potentially wet areas shall be installed in FS boxes with weatherproof covers. Plates installed on masonry walls shall be oversized jumbo type. I Wiring devices installed indoors shall be installed in surface mounted boxes with stainless steel covers. I Plates installed on surface mounted outlet boxes shall also be stainless steel. Plates shall be properly aligned horizontally and vertically. I I '-- 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-TI6.doc T16-9 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I Switches: All switches shall be rated 20 amps, 120/277 volt, silent type. I Where more than one switch is indicated in the same location, switches shall be gang mounted under a common cover plate. I Unless noted otherwise, switches shall be set 48 inches above walking surface and shall clear door trim or corners approximately 4 inches from the edge of the space occupied. I Switch locations shall be coordinated to place switches on the strike side of doors. 120 Volt Convenience Outlets (Receptacles): I All receptacles shall be duplex grounding type rated 20 amps, 125 volts, A.C., NEMA 5-20R, except as noted on drawings. I All receptacles located outdoors or in damp locations shall be the ground fault interrupting type with a weatherproof hinged cover. I Control Switches: I Push buttons and selector switches shall be industrial, heavy duty, oil tight construction to mount in a standard 1-7/32 inch diameter hole. Contact blocks shall be suitable for side-by-side and/or tandem mounting to the base of the operator. Terminals shall be pressure clamp type to accommodate #12 - #18 stranded copper wire. Contacts to be rated at least 60 ampere make, 6 ampere break at 120 volts AC. I Pilot Liqhts: I Pilot lights shall be industrial, oil tight construction, 120 volt transformer type, with interchangeable colored lens, to mount in a standard 1-7/32 inch diameter hole. Terminals shall be pressure clamp type to accommodate #12 - #18 stranded copper wire. I Relays: I Unless otherwise noted on drawings, all relays shall be industrial machine tool type with convertible 600 volt AC contacts with minimum ratings of 60 ampere make, 6 ampere break at 120 volts AC. Coils shall be of molded construction, matched to the circuit voltage and continuous duty rated. Terminals shall be provided with pressure wire connectors. I I DISCONNECT SWITCHES: Switches shall be provided as shown on the drawings or as required by the National Electrical Code and shall be of heavy duty, industrial rated construction with stainless steel or aluminum enclosures. I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T16.doc T16-10 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I Switches shall be type and size as shown on the drawings. All switches shall be rated NEMA 3R whether located indoors or outdoors, unless otherwise noted on drawings. I Switches shall be installed to be fully accessible in accordance with the NEe. I Switches shall be constructed to simultaneously disconnect all ungrounded conductors. I Switches shall be identified with name and number of circuit (s) or motor (s) served. I All double throw switches shall have a safety interlock switch connected to de- energize the motor via the control circuit before the motor power circuit is opened, or padlocked with engraved plates attached thereto giving specific instructions regarding switch operation. Padlocks shall be Master or equal. All keys shall be turned over to the Facility Manager. I Ratinq and Over-current Protection: I Low voltage switches used to disconnect motor circuits shall be horsepower rated. Rating must equal or exceed the horsepower of motor (s) fed by the switch(es) . I If a fused disconnect switch is called for, fuses of size and rating specified on the drawings or schedules or by the NEC shall be supplied by the Contractor. I OVER-CURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES: Ratinq: I All devices shall be rated to conduct at least the maximum full load current of the circuit in which it is used. I All protective devices which interrupt overload or short circuit current shall be rated to interrupt and withstand the maximum bolted fault current which may occur in the circuit to which it is connected. I All devices shall be furnished to agree with additional requirements listed on the drawings and schedules. Fuses: I Fuses shall be one-time type. Renewable fuses are specifically prohibited. Fuses, unless noted otherwise, shall be current-limiting type. I Only cartridge-type fuses may be used. Plug-type fuses are prohibited. Circuit Breakers: I Molded case circuit breakers for panelboards and similar uses shall be thermal- magnetic type. Magnetic-only type may be used in combination motor starters. I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T16.doc T16-11 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I Molded case circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type. Plug-in type connections shall not be used. Load side lugs shall be furnished to match the number, type and size wire or cable attached. I Motor Overloads: Motor overload relays shall be 3 pole, ambient compensated type. I The Contractor shall provide all motor overload relay heaters. I Heaters shall be sized according to manufacturer's recommendations and according to actual motor nameplate data. Motor overload relays shall be furnished as integral components of all motor starters. I SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION: The 480 volt, 3 phase, 3 wire, 60 Hz control center room shall consist of existing variable frequency drive MCC the existing lift station building. Drawing No. 16. service to the new lift station motor two 800 amp 'feeders extended from the Room and a 100 amp feeder from MCC 4 in Refer to the single line diagram on I I The feeder for MCC 99-1 originates in Switchgear Unit No.1, Breaker 7, passes through ATS 7 and serves variable frequency drives No. 1 and No.2. Disconnect the circuits to these drives (3-750KCMIL and 1-#2/0G to each drive) and route via existing and new cable tray to new manual transfer switch MTS 7. Splice on new conductors of same size as required. Install new conductors of same size back to variable frequency drives No. 1 and No. 2 for emergency use in future. Install 2-4" conduits with 3-750KCMIL and 1-#2/0G from MTS 7 to MCC 99-1 via underground ductbank. Also install an empty 1" conduit for future interlocking. I I I The feeder for MCC 99-2 shall be same as above for MCC 99-1 except that the feeder originates in Switchgear Unit No.2, Breaker 21, passes through ATS 2000, and serves variable frequency drives No. 3 and No.4. New manual transfer switch is designated MTS 2000. I See LABELS, Page T16-15, for warning labels to be placed on MTS 7 and MTS 2000. I I The 100 amp feeder to the 480 volt distribution panel DP located in new MCC room shall originate from existing MCC 4 located in the existing lift station building. Provide a circuit breaker or fused disconnect at MCC 4 if required. Field route a 1 1/2" conduit with 3-#2 and 1-#6G conductors to DP as shown on Drawing 15. I The Contractor shall provide all materials, labor, equipment, and supervision to install the service as required under this phase and coordinate with the plant superintendent any plans for outages of electrical service that may be needed to complete these tie-ins. I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 972I-T16.doc T16-12 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I GROUNDING: A ground loop consisting of a #4/0 bare copper conductor shall be installed around the new motor control center building with 3/4" x 10' copper clad ground rods installed at diagonal corners. A #4/0 bare copper conductor shall be run from the loop to the ground bus in each motor control center. I I Non-current carrying metal parts of all electrical equipment shall be grounded to equal or exceed the requirements of the National Electrical Code. In general, a separate ground conductor shall be attached to each item for which grounding is required. Switchgear assemblies, motor control centers, motors, motor starters, feeder breakers or switches and switch racks shall be connected to the ground system. All metallic conduit and raceway shall be grounded directly or through the equipment. I I All neutral conductors shall be grounded, except where specifically exempted. Neutrals shall be connected to ground at only one point, as specified by the NEC (usually at system distribution panel) . All new ground conductors or systems shall be tied into existing ground system (s) such that electrical continuity will be maintained throughout the completed ground grid. I I TRANSFORMERS: Ventilated dry-type transformers shall be designed in full accordance with ANSI C89.2 (NEMA ST-20) for all KVA ratings 600 volts and below, and up through 500 KVA above 600 volts. I Transformers shall be designed and rated for continuous operation at rated KVA 24 hours per day, 365 days per year, with normal life expectancy as defined in IEEE No. 65. I Transformers shall have proven 2200C. insulation systems. The coils shall be wound with copper conductors insulated with proven high temperature resistant, 2200C. material. I Transformer enclosures shall be fabricated of code gauge steel and arranged to prevent the entrance of foreign objects. Transformers mounted inside motor control center enclosures may be supplied less cabinet. I I LIGHTING: Lighting fixtures and lamps similar and equal to the type drawings, schedules and/or this specification shall be furnished by the Contractor. shown on the and installed I Lighting fixtures shall be located approximately as shown on the electrical drawings. The Contractor shall review drawings of other trades to provide lighting fixtures compatible with surrounding conditions, to provide effective lighting for the work areas and to prevent interference between lighting equipment and other equipment. I I Installation and responsibility of uniformly. Aiming proper support of lighting fixtures shall be the the Contractor. Fixtures shall be aligned and mounted to accomplish effective lighting of areas to be illuminated I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 972I-TI6.doc T16-13 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply all hardware and accessories necessary for proper mounting and installation of fixtures. Exterior Liqhtinq Fixtures: I All lighting fixtures (both interior and exterior) shall be industrially rated, enclosed, gasketed, and weatherproof. I Poles, fittings, supports and all hardware and materials necessary for the complete installation and connection of fixtures shall be furnished by the Contractor. Poles shall be aluminum to match existing. I Lamps: I Lamps shall be provided for all fixtures. Lamps installed during construction, which have experienced more than 75% of burning hour life, as published in manufacturer's data, shall be replaced with new lamps prior to final inspection. I Incandescent lamps shall be rated for a minimum of 2500 burning hour life and shall be vibration resistant. I Fluorescent lamps shall be high efficiency type employing latest technology designed to yield maximum lumens output per watts input. I HID lamps shall be clear type, rated for 24,000 average hours minimum life, suitable for all operating positions. Ballasts: I Ballasts for High Intensity Discharge fixtures (HID) shall be high power factor type. I Area Liqhtinq Control: Area lighting shall be served at a voltage of 460 volts, single phase through a contactor in the Motor Control Center. The lighting contactor shall be controlled automatically by a photoelectric cell with manual override provided by a Hand-Off-Automatic switch. I MOTORS: I Motors furnished under other sections of these specifications shall be of sufficient size for the duty to be performed and shall not exceed 115% of the full-load rating when the driven equipment is operating at specified capacity under the most severe conditions likely to be encountered. Unless otherwise specified, all motors shall be for operation on 460 volts, 3 phase, 60 Hertz and shall be totally enclosed suitable for continuous-duty based on a 40 degree C. ambient temperature of reference. Polyphase motors shall be squirrel-cage type, having normal-starting-torque and low-starting-current characteristics, unless other characteristics are specified elsewhere. The horsepower ratings indicated on electrical drawings are for guidance only and do not limit the equipment size. When electrically driven equipment furnished under other sections of these specifications materially differs from the contemplated design, the Contractor shall make the necessary adjustments to the wiring, disconnect devices, branch circuit protection and starters to accommodate the equipment actually installed, without additional cost to the Owner. I I I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 972I-TI6. doc T 16-14 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I MOTOR STARTERS, CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: Motor Startinq and Controls: Unless otherwise specified herein or noted on the drawings, it is the intent of these specifications that motor starters and controls for all motor operated equipment shall be furnished, installed and wired complete for operation under this section of the specifications. All motors are specified under other sections of these specifications to be furnished with the equipment to be driven and, for certain specific equipment hereinafter referenced, the control equipment is likewise specified to be furnished with the equipment. I I I Maqnetic Motor Starters: Magnetic motor starters shall be two and three pole, full voltage, across the line starters equipped with thermal overload relays sized to suit the motor served. The minimum size magnetic starter shall be NEMA Size O. Starter coils shall have 120VAC rating unless noted otherwise. Suitable starter enclosures shall be provided to suit the environment. Magnetic motor starters shall be as hereinafter specified under Motor Control Center. I I Equipment Connections: All wiring (conduit, conductors and connections) for the interconnection of electrical equipment and its controls shall be furnished and installed under this section of the specifications, except as otherwise stated hereinafter for Instrumentation. Connections shall comply with all applicable requirements of this section of the specifications. Flexible raceways six feet or less in length shall be provided to all electrical equipment subject to vibration or movement and for all motors. Liquidtight raceways with compression fittings shall be used in damp or wet locations. I I I LABELS: General: Labels and tags are to be provided on all equipment as specified in other paragraphs of this section. In addition to the general equipment labels, warning labels as specified below are to be provided and installed. I Warninq Labels: Warning labels are to be furnished and installed on MTS 7, MTS 2000, and JB-Ml thru JB-M8. Labels are to be made from red lamacoid with white engraved letters. Labels are to be attached to outside front of equipment with epoxy cement. Letters are to be IH, 3/4H, and 3/8H high as noted, headings to be centered. I I MTS 7: To be ISH (t) wide, height as required, engraved as follows: MTS 7 (3/4" High) I WARNING (1" High) (Following to be 3/8" high letter) TO BE OPERATED BY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY. DO NOT OPERATE SWITCH UNLESS THE FOLLOWING ARE OPEN AND LOCKED OUT: I MCC 99-1, MAIN BREAKER VF DRIVE #1, MAIN BREAKER VF DRIVE #2, MAIN BREAKER I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-TI6.doc T16-15 I I I SECTION Tl6 ELECTRICAL I Also provide 3 each 1" high x width required labels with 3/4" high letters, one engraved "MCC 99-1", one engraved "VF DRIVES #1 & #2", and one engraved "OFF". Install on front of switch opposite designated switch position. I MTS 2000: To be same size and same letter heights as MTS 7. Engrave as follows: MTS 2000 I WARNING I TO BE OPERATED BY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY. UNLESS THE FOLLOWING ARE OPEN AND LOCKEO OUT: DO NOT OPERATE SWITCH I MCC 99-2, MAIN BREAKER VF DRIVE #3, MAIN BREAKER VF DRIVE #4, MAIN BREAKER I Also provide 3 each 1" high x width required labels with 3/4" high letters, one engraved "MCC 99-2", one engraved "VF DRIVES #3 & #4", and one engraved "OFF". Install on front of switch opposite designated switch position. I Junction Boxes JB-Ml thru JB-MS: Provide a label 12" (t) wide height as required, for each of the S junction boxes. Engrave as follows for JB-M1: I JB-M1 (3/4" High) WARNING (1" High) HIGH VOLTAGE INSIDE (1" High) (Following to be 3/S" high letters:) TO BE OPENED BY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY. 99-1, MUST BE OPENED AND LOCKED OUT BEFORE BREAKER FOR PUMP # 1, OPENING THIS DOOR. MCC I I Labels for JB-M2 thru JB-M4 to be same except change to JB-M2, -M3, and -M4, and Pump #2, 3, and 4. I Labels for JB-M5 thru JB-MS to be same except change to JB-M5, -M6, -M7 and -MS and Pump #5, 6, 7 and 8, MCC 99-2. I EQUIPMENT REFERENCES: particular attention and reference shall be made to the other sections of these specifications for the proper coordination of all material to be furnished and/or installed and all work to be accomplished under this section, and for descriptions of control equipment furnished thereunder as well as the manner in which the equipment will function. Equipment requiring electrical connections and coordination shall include, but not be limited to the following: I I Section T-l1; Hoist: The hoist specified in this section is to be purchased complete with controls, a pendant pushbutton station, and a festoon cable system with track. Provide and install a non-fused disconnect switch, a junction box to terminate festoon cable, and power wiring to junction box. Install track and festoon cable and connect up as required. I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T16.doc Tl6-16 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I Section T-12; Lift Pumps with Motors, Motor Control Centers and Control System: The equipment purchase specification included herein gives the requirements for the following equipment being purchased by the Owner: I I · Nine submersible lift pumps with motors and power and control cables sufficient to reach junction boxes located on walkway above the wet wells (Eight to be installed, one spare.) · Two motor control centers (99-1 and 99-2) complete with main breakers and combination solid state reduced voltage starter for eight lift pumps. · Two control panels: One will control pumps 1 thru 4 installed in wet well #1, the other will control pumps 5 thru 8 installed in wet well #2. · Two submersible level transducers. I I The supplier of this equipment will furnish shop drawings, wiring diagrams, and installation and instruction manuals on this equipment, and a service representative will be available as required during installation, check-out and start-up. I I This equipment is to be installed, wired up, and checked out for proper operation under this contract. I Feeders to the MCC's shall be installed as specified under "SERVICES AND OISTRIBUTION" section of this specification. A junction box with terminal blocks for each motor is to be installed on the walkway and power and control wiring shall be installed from the MCC's to the junction boxes. The power and control cables furnished with the pumps are to be terminated on the terminal blocks in the junction boxes. See LABELS, Page T16-15 for details of Warning Labels to be installed on the junction boxes. Padlocks are to be provided for the eight junction boxes. Padlocks to be Master or equal, keyed alike. All keys are to be turned over to the Facility Manager. I I Conduits and wiring is to be provided between the MCC's and the respective control panels per the vendor's drawings, and 120 volt power shall be provided from the LP to each control panel. I The two submersible level transducers are to be installed per details on the drawings, and conduit and wiring provided from the control panels to junction boxes installed at the walkway to terminate the waterproof cables furnished with the transducers. I I Section T-14; Bar Screen: A control panel with disconnect switch is included wi th the bar screen being furnished under this section. Install the control panel where indicated on the drawings, provide feeder to the panel, and install conduit and wiring per vendor requirements from the control panel to junction box on the bar screen. I Section T-15; HVAC and Air Purification Equipment: Provide 480 volt power wiring and local fused disconnects for the air conditioning unit, condenser and the Purafil tub scrubber unit. Provide a 240 volt circuit to the Purafil C .A. R. E. unit. I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T16.doc T16-17 I I I SECTION T16 ELECTRICAL I Section T-17; Sonic Flow Transmitter: I MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS: The motor control centers are Owner furnished as noted hereinbefore in this section and in Section T-12. They are to be installed under this contract as listed hereinbefore. I PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for work covered under this section of the specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the lump sum Bid for the completed work. I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-Tl6.doc T16-1S I I I SECTION TI8 GRASSING I I SCOPE: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all plant, labor, equipment and materials and performing all operations required to establish a satisfactory cover of grass within all unpaved areas disturbed by construction. All work shall be performed in strict accordance with this section of the specifications and the applicable drawings and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. I I GENERAL: The grassing operations shall consist of preparation of the soil, including tillage, liming and fertilizing, seeding or sprigging, mulching, watering, and maintenance and repair of planted areas until a satisfactory grass cover is obtained and the work is finally accepted. I MATERIALS: Seed: Areas to be grassed shall be seeded with Hulled Bermuda grass seed. All seed for grassing shall be tested and approved by the Georgia Department of Agriculture not more than 6 months prior to the date of sowing and packaged and labeled in accordance with the Georgia Seed Laws and Rules and Regulations in effect on the date of the Invitation for Bids. Seed which has become wet or moldy or otherwise damaged prior to the time of. sowing will be rejected. I I I Aqricultural Lime shall be a pulverized limestone having the following certified chemical and physical properties: I Total Carbonates, not less than 85% Passing 10-mesh screen, at least 100% Passing 100-mesh screen, at least 25% I Fertilizer: All fertilizer shall be a dry, free-flowing commercial 10-10-10 fertilizer suitable for application by a fertilizer distributor, grain drill, planting machine or similar standard equipment. The fertilizer shall be certified to meet the requirements of Fertilizer Laws of the State of Georgia in effect on the date of the Invitation for Bids. Any fertilizer which becomes caked or otherwise damaged prior to the time of use will be rejected. I I Mulch: Any of the mulch materials, consisting of forest litter, hay, straw, hulls of cotton balls or peanuts, ground corncobs, stalks of corn, cane, potato vines, tobacco or other stems, or peat, which are permitted under Standard Specifications of the State Highway Department of Georgia will be acceptable provided they are properly shredded or ground. Mulch materials which contain seeds of species of weeds or plants which would germinate and be harmful to the proposed planting will not be accepted. Before collection of mulch material is begun or delivery is made, the Contractor shall submit samples for approval. Only approved mulch from approved sources will be accepted. I I Water for use in connection with the grassing operations will be furnished by the Owner, or obtained from any other approved source. Such water shall be free of excess chlorine, or other chemicals or substances harmful to plant growth. I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 972I-T18.doc T18-1 I I I SECTION T18 GRASSING I I GROUND PREPARATION: Prior to preparing the ground for grassing operations, all weeds, brush and other vegetation in the areas to be planted which has not been removed during clearing and grubbing and grading operations shall be removed from the site. All irregularities in the surface shall be smoothed out and all roots, clay lumps and stone greater than 2 inches in diameter, and other foreign material detrimental to tillage, planting and proper growth and maintenance of the area shall be removed. In all areas where the topsoil has been removed during grading operations, the topsoil which has been stockpiled shall be returned and evenly distributed over these areas. Stockpiled topsoil shall be kept free from subsoil, brush, objectionable weed growth, litter, stones and clay lumps larger than 2 inches in diameter, stumps, roots, and other material that would interfere with planting and maintenance operations. Herbicides used for weed control shall conform to SC-14. I I I LIMING AND FERTILIZING: After the areas to be seeded have been brought to finished grade, agricultural lime and fertilizer conforming to the requirements of this specification shall be uniformly distributed over the areas, lime at the rate of one ton per acre and fertilizer at the rate of 1000 pounds per acre. In areas where mechanical spreaders cannot be used, the lime and fertilizer may be applied by hand methods. The lime and fertilizer shall not be applied when the wind makes it difficult to obtain satisfactory distribution. I I I TILLAGE: The lime and fertilizer shall be thoroughly and uniformly mixed with the soil to a depth of approximately 3 inches by plowing, discing and harrowing until the soil is friable and well pulverized. Hand tillage will be required in all areas where mechanical equipment cannot be operated. I I PLANTING: Seeding operations shall not be performed prior to April 15 or after September 15, nor unless the soil has the optimum moisture content or more, through a depth of at least 3 inches. I Seedinq: Seed conforming to the requirements of this specification shall be uniformly sown by approved mechanical power drawn drills or seeders or, in small areas, by mechanical hand seeders. Hulled Bermuda shall be planted at the rate of 40 pounds per acre. The seeds shall be covered and compacted to a depth of 1/8 to 1/2 inch by means of a cultipacker and an empty traffic roller or another roller weighing less than 3 tons. Broadcast seeding shall not be done when the wind makes it difficult to get satisfactory distribution. I I WATERING: After the planting has been completed, the moisture content of the soil will be tested. If there is not enough moisture in the soil to insure germination and adequate plant growth, water shall be applied by sprinkling until an adequate moisture content has been reached. In the absence of adequate rainfall during the germination and early growth period, the Contractor will be required to maintain the required adequate moisture content of the soil by periodic sprinkling operations. I I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 972I-TI8. doc T18-2 I I I SECTION TIS GRASSING I MULCHING: Mulching of planted areas will not be required but may be employed at the option of the Contractor as an aid in reducing erosion and conserving soil moisture. I f employed, the mulch shall conform to the requirements of this specification. The rate of application of the mulch depends on the texture of the mulch. The proper application will allow some sunlight to penetrate and air to circulate, at the same time shading the ground. If desired, immediately after the mulch is spread, the material may be anchored to the soil by a cultipacker, disc harrow, or other suitable equipment. I I I ESTABLISHMENT AND MAINTENANCE: The Contractor is responsible for providing a satisfactory stand of living seeded grass in which gaps larger than 12 inches do not occur at the time of acceptance of the project. Any areas which fail to show a uniform stand for any reason whatsoever, shall be replanted according to these specifications and such replanting shall be repeated until acceptance by the Engineer. The Contractor shall properly water, mow and otherwise maintain all planted areas and any damage resulting from erosion, washing or other causes, shall be repaired by fill topsoil, tamping, refertilizing and replanting at no additional expense to the Owner, if such damage occurs prior to acceptance of the project. I I I EROSION CONTROL: In the event completion of grading operations of areas to be planted extends beyond September 15, planting must be postponed until the following spring season. The Contractor will be permitted to seed such areas with Rye qrass at his own expense, if he so desires, to control erosion of the qraded areas. All mowing and maintenance operations during the fall and winter seasons will be the obligation of the Contractor. Erosion must be controlled by acceptable methods to prevent damage to the Owner's propert y or to adj acent property owners. I I I PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for the grassing and other work covered by this section of the specifications. All costs in connection therewith shall be included in the lump sum Base Bid for the completed work. I I I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 972I-TI8.doc T1S-3 I I SECTION T19 EQUIPMENT ERECTION I I SCOPE: Equipment erection includes all labor, material and construction equipment costs required for the complete installation of equipment. I All equipment and pipe supports shall be grouted with plain grout, unless otherwise directed. I The Contractor, unless instructed otherwise by the Resident proj ect Representative (RPR) shall comply with the markings where shown for lifting and other such notations placed upon the packages. I The Contractor shall be responsible for the final alignment of all motors purchased directly by the Owner or furnished with the equipment purchased by the Owner or furnished by the Contractor. I All work necessary for preservation of and preventive maintenance for equipment, whether stored or erected, shall be performed by the Contractor. Preservatives shall be furnished by the Contractor. Contractor to maintain written records of all preservation and preventive maintenance performed on major equipment before time of final acceptance. I I Spare parts furnished with equipment, but not to be erected, shall be placed in the storage area designated by the RPR. I The Contractor shall furnish acetylene, stainless steel (ss) such expendables as welding rods, oxygen, shims, cleaning solvents, cleaning rags, etc. Equipment guards, platforms, railings, etc., furnished with equipment, shall be completely erected by the Contractor. I ERECTION AND ASSEMBLY: The Contractor shall place and assemble equipment and machinery in accordance with the best practice of the trades involved. I Wherever equipment manufacturer's special setting or erection instructions are furnished or called for by the manufacturer's representative, they shall be followed. I Wedging will not be permitted. equipment. All shims shall be not be used on anchor bolts for equipment. Only flat shims shall be used in leveling furnished by the Contractor. Jack nuts shall leveling, aligning or supporting machinery and I I Dial indicators shall be used for equipment alignment unless otherwise instructed by the RPR. I Couplings shall be aligned within .003" tolerance overall unless otherwise instructed by the RPR. I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 972I-TI9.doc T19-1 I I I SECTION T19 EQUIPMENT ERECTION I I Only oil bath heaters shall be used to expand bearings, couplings, etc. Oil temperature shall be controlled to prevent overheating of bearings. Should bearings be heated to temperature higher than that recommended by the bearing manufacturer, the Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to provide new bearings in exchange for those overheated. I I N9 piping shall be permanently bolted to equipment flanges until the pipe is sufficiently supported and has been checked by the RPR to see that no strain is placed on the equipment. All mechanical drive couplings assembled by the vendor shall be broken and checked by the Contractor prior to start-up and any misalignment shall be corrected. All mechanical drive couplings shall be rechecked prior to start-up for misalignment and any misalignment shall be corrected by the Contractor. I The work includes the flushing of gear cases and lubricant boxes where necessary and placement of initial fill of lubricants. I Equipment erection shall include furnishing and installing dowels which shall be standard taper pins (1/4 inch to ft.) with pulling nut. Dowels shall be installed for each component piece, in a drilled and taper reamed hole in each of the diagonally opposite feet near the anchor bolt. Dowels shall not be installed until after the final alignment, immediately prior to start-up, has been completed. I I The Contractor shall remove any beams, bracing, etc. , erection of equipment and shall reinstall all components after erection of the equipment. The Contractor shall supports required to permit erection of equipment. which interfere with so removed immediately install any temporary I Openings for access into the building shall be made and closed by the Contractor. I The Contractor must furnish, install, and dismantle any temporary access platforms that he deems necessary to erect the equipment. I All drives involving two or more items of equipment and a motor, shall generally be installed in a sequence in which the motor is installed last. This sequence is mandatory in cases involving a direct-connected motor drive. All items shall be in place and aligned prior to grouting. I Spare parts and maintenance tools furnished with equipment shall not be used for installation work, and shall be turned in to the RPR. I GROUTING: All grouting of equipment and machinery shall be done by Contractor with plain, Embeco or LL636 grout or equal as specified by the RPR. I Materials shall be the following: I Portland cement, ASTM C150-67, Type 1. Water, potable. I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 972I-TI9. doc T19-2 I I I SECTION T19 EQUIPMENT ERECTION I Non-shrink grout. Embeco (pre-mixed) or LL636 (pre-mixed) by Master Builders or equal shall be used. I Sand, ASTM C33-64. Coarse Aggregate, ASTM C33-64, Size No. 8 (3/8 in. to No.8) . I I Forms for grout shall be properly designed and constructed to hold grout in position, without leakage until the cement has set up. Form plank shall be dressed and of uniform thickness, tongue and grooved sufficiently tight to prevent the loss of mortar. I Plywood or metal forms, approved by the RPR, may be used at the Contractor's option. Exposed edges shall have chamfer as directed. I All necessary ties, wires, braces, etc., required to properly align the forms, shall be furnished by the Contractor. I Grout mixer RPR. water shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer, either concrete mixer or mortar type. For small amounts, hand mixing may be permitted if approved by the Material shall be accurately measured by volume or by weight, with mixing carefully measured. I Foundation surface shall be clean dense concrete, free from laitance, oil, soaps, or other foreign material before placing grout. Surface of foundation shall be chipped to remove deleterious material and expose aggregate. All sand, paper, or other packing shall be removed by the Contractor from anchor bolt sleeves before placing equipment. Surface to receive grout shall be thoroughly wet ahead of grouting operation. All dirt and excess water shall be removed by blowing with compressed air, or other means suitable to the RPR. I I Any required chipping of foundations to prepare a satisfactory surface shall be done prior to placing machinery by the Contractor. I Grouting of equipment, for which the manufacturer furnished equipment erection supervision, shall be done when directed by and under the general supervision of the manufacturer's erection supervisor. I Unless otherwise directed, grout shall fill the entire base and shall be finished off smoothly and flush at the grout holes. I The following mixes shall be used to grout equipment as directed by the RPR: I No. 1 Mix - Plain mix (by weight) to be used for grouting two inches thick and less and shall consist of one part cement and one and one-half parts sand. I No. 2 Mix - Plain mix inches thick, and shall parts sand. (by weight) shall be used for grouting over two consist of one part cement and one and one-half I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T19.doc T19-3 I I I SECTION T19 EQUIPMENT ERECTION I No. 3 Mix - Ernbeco Mix (pre-mixed) shall be used only where specified and shall be prepared in strict compliance with the recommendations of the Master Builders Company. I No. 4 Mix - LL636 (pre-mixed) shall be used only where specified and shall be prepared in strict compliance with the recommendations of the Master Builders Company. I Any equipment that is required to be grouted with Ernbeco or LL636 by the manufacturer or manufacturer's erection supervisor shall be grouted with same unless otherwise changed by the RPR. I Add just enough water to make a placeable mix. Mix shall be stiff and rammed into place unless otherwise instructed by the RPR or manufacturer's erection supervisor. Where thick grout (over 3") is to be placed, it shall be done in two operations, bringing the surface up to about 1" of the machinery base and allowing the initial section to set a minimum of 24 hours before placing final grouting. I I Where edge or surface of Embeco grout will be exposed, cut back 3/4 inch minimum, and finish with plain Portland cement mortar (No.1 Mix). I INSTALLATION OF CHAIN OR BELT DRIVEN EQUIPMENT: Direction and speed of rotation of driving shafts and motors shall be checked before connecting to driven shafts. Driving shafts having axial end play, such as those of motor and certain other equipment, shall be run at operating speed; and the running position shall be marked, using chalk and scriber or other similar method. The shafts shall be blocked in this position while aligning the equipment. I I Shaft leveling shall be by use of a machinist's (Starrett #98, or equivalent) level on bare shafts, across the teeth of multiple width sprockets, or across the outer faces of sheaves. I Angular alignment and end clearance shall be checked by use of a feeler gauge of proper thickness inserted at four equally spaced points, 900 apart, around the outer edges of coupling halves. I Rechecks shall be made for level, radial, and angular alignment and end clearance in the same order as originally made and readjustments made until all four are in satisfactory adjustment, since any readjustment of one of the above may destroy prior readj ustment of another. Final recheck shall be made with dial indicators of high accuracy, or optical equipment approved by the Engineer. I I INSTALLATION OF OIRECT DRIVEN EQUIPMENT: Direction and speed of rotation of driving shafts and motors shall be checked before connecting to driven shafts. Driving shafts having axial end play, such as those of motors and certain other equipment, shall be run at operating speed; and the running position shall be marked, using chalk and scriber or other similar method. The shafts shall be blocked in this position while aligning the equipment. I I I 'ZEL, ENGINEERS 9721-T19.doc T19-4 I I I SECTION T19 EQUIPMENT ERECTION I Shaft leveling shall be by use of a machinist's (Starrett #98, or equivalent) level placed across the faces of the two coupling halves. Radial alignment shall be checked at the same time by use of a straight edge placed across the faces of the two coupling halves in both the horizontal and vertical planes. I I Angular alignment and end clearance shall be checked by use of a feeler gauge of proper thickness inserted at four equally spaced points, 900 apart, around the outer edges of coupling halves. I Rechecks shall be made for level, radial, and angular alignment and end clearance in the same order as originally made and readjustments made until all four are in satisfactory adjustment, since any readjustment of one of the above may destroy prior readjustment of another. Final recheck shall be made with dial indicators of high accuracy, or . I TEST RUN: Before starting an item of equipment for the first time, all of the following shall be performed: I Direction and speed of rotation shall be checked. I Removal of all shaft blocks used for blocking shafts in running position during installation. I Lubrication of all parts with manufacturer's recommended grade and quantity of lubricant, and under the Owner's supervision. Tightening of all bolts and capscrews. I Torch trim bolt projections to approximately 1/8 inch above nut, and grind smooth. I When ready to start, and before applying power, the connected equipment shall be rotated manually, if possible, to make sure that the rotating parts move freely and that there are no foreign objects in the equipment. Otherwise, a thorough visual inspection shall be made. I Start-up and test run shall be conducted in the presence of the Resident Project Representative. I Upon completion of test run and after all final corrections have been made, and wherever applicable, the equipment base and grouted foundation plate shall be doweled. Dowels shall be in place before placing the equipment in operation. In addition, torch trim bolt projections to approximately 1/8 inch above nut. I The equipment supplier shall provide a qualified "equipment technician (s)" at the job site who is knowledgeable and competent with all aspects of the equipment and the particular application required of the equipment. Such an individual(s) is to have demonstrated competence in the following areas: I I Equipment erection, installation, and tie-ins. Equipment operation. Equipment maintenance. Equipment trouble-shooting, problem analysis and problem correction. I 'ZEL, ENQINEERS 972I-TI9.doc T19-5 I I I SECTION T19 EQUIPMENT ERECTION I I Since the installation and start-up of equipment must proceed in an orderly manner and according to schedule, the "equipment technician (s)" is to be available at the job site when scheduled and is expected to cooperate with all personnel. I Trials shall be run in the presence of the RPR and shall be conducted in such a way and to such an extent to demonstrate to the RPR that all provisions of the equipment specifications have been complied with in full. I All results from tests, trials, and final acceptance tests shall be documented and turned over to the RPR as required by the RPR. I TAGS: All equipment shall be provided with stainless steel equipment identification tags (not painted) showing equipment number, permanently attached to the equipment. I Information Required: I Information on the equipment tag is to include equipment identification, equipment size, basic operating characteristics; such as RPM, GPM, HP, volts, amperes, full load efficiency and any other information pertinent to the use and operation of the equipment. I PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for work covered by this section of the specifications and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the lump sum Bid for the completed work. I I I I I I I I 972I-TI9.doc T19-6 'Z~I ENGINEERS. I